Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2

Table of Contents

As submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission confidentially on April 27, 2016

Registration No. 333-             

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



CONFIDENTIAL SUBMISSION NO. 5
ON
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Selecta Biosciences, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  26-1622110
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

480 Arsenal Street, Building One
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
(617) 923-1400
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Werner Cautreels, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Selecta Biosciences, Inc.
480 Arsenal Street, Building One
Watertown, Massachusetts 02472
(617) 923-1400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:
Peter N. Handrinos
Brandon J. Bortner
Latham & Watkins LLP
John Hancock Tower
200 Clarendon Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
(617) 948-6000
  Divakar Gupta
Marc Recht
Joshua A. Kaufman
Cooley LLP
500 Boylston Street, 14th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116
(617) 937-2300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.    o

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.    o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
To Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

 

Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share

  $                     $                  

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes the offering price of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) based on an estimate of the proposed maximum aggregate offering price.



The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS   Preliminary, Subject to Completion   April 27, 2016

                      Shares

GRAPHIC

Common stock


This is the initial public offering of our common stock. No public market for our common stock currently exists. We are offering all of the            shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $             and $             per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "SELB."

We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common shares in "Risk Factors" beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Per share
  Total
 

Public offering price

  $                 $                

Underwriting discounts(1)

  $                 $                

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $                 $                
(1)
We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning on page 198 for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional             shares of common stock from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts payable by us, to cover over-allotments, if any, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                           , 2016.

 
   
UBS Investment Bank   Stifel



Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company

Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS


 
  Page  

Prospectus summary

    1  

Risk factors

    12  

Special note regarding forward-looking statements

    64  

Industry and other data

    65  

Trademarks, service marks and tradenames

    65  

Use of proceeds

    66  

Dividend policy

    67  

Capitalization

    68  

Dilution

    70  

Selected consolidated financial data

    73  

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

    75  

Business

    95  

Management

    156  

Executive and director compensation

    165  

Certain relationships and related person transactions

    178  

Principal stockholders

    182  

Description of capital stock

    185  

Shares eligible for future sale

    191  

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

    194  

Underwriting

    198  

Legal matters

    206  

Experts

    206  

Where you can find more information

    206  

Index to financial statements

    F-1  



We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Through and including                           , 2016 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

For investors outside the United States: We have not, and the underwriters have not, done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.

i

Table of Contents

 

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the "Risk factors" section beginning on page 12 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our" and "Selecta" refer to Selecta Biosciences, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

OVERVIEW

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company using our proprietary synthetic vaccine particle, or SVP, technology to discover and develop targeted therapies that are designed to modulate the immune system to effectively and safely treat rare and serious diseases. Many such diseases are treated with biologic therapies that are foreign to the patient's immune system and, therefore, elicit an undesired immune response. Of particular concern are anti-drug antibodies, or ADAs, which are produced by the immune system in response to biologic therapy and can adversely affect the efficacy and safety of treatment. Our proprietary SVP technology encapsulates an immunomodulator in biodegradable nanoparticles to induce antigen-specific immune tolerance to mitigate the formation of ADAs in response to life-sustaining biologic drugs. We believe our SVP technology has the potential for broad applications to both enhance existing biologic drugs and enable novel therapies. Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, is a therapeutic enzyme designed to be the first biologic treatment for gout that durably controls uric acid in refractory gout and dissolves and removes harmful deposits of uric acid crystals in chronic tophaceous gout, each a painful and debilitating disease with unmet medical need. SEL-212 is currently in a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program. The Phase 1/2 clinical program is comprised of two Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial, and is designed to evaluate the ability of SEL-212 to control uric acid levels and mitigate the formation of ADAs. We expect to receive final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials in the first half of 2016 and initiate the Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2016.

Despite rapid advancement in biologic treatment of rare and serious diseases, many biologic therapies are not broadly effective because they are exogenous proteins that are foreign to the patient's immune system and, therefore, may elicit an immune response, known as immunogenicity. Undesired immunogenicity includes the formation of ADAs that can compromise the drug's efficacy and cause serious allergic reactions. The formation of ADAs is known to occur in established treatments such as enzyme and protein replacement therapies, as well as in novel technologies, such as gene therapy and antibody-drug conjugates. ADAs can start developing in the body with the first dose of a biologic therapy and can render subsequent doses ineffective or unsafe, potentially depriving patients of life-saving therapeutic options and limiting the likelihood of success for many otherwise promising novel biologic drugs and technologies. We believe our SVP technology has the potential to overcome these limitations of biologic treatments.

OUR SVP TECHNOLOGY

Our SVP technology is based on the pioneering research performed by our co-founders at Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, and Brigham and Women's Hospital, or Brigham. We license this technology pursuant to an agreement with MIT. Our SVP technology utilizes a biodegradable nanoparticle to selectively modulate an immune response in an antigen-specific manner. We believe that nanoparticles are uniquely suited to deliver precise instructions to the immune system as a result of the natural predisposition of the immune system to interrogate nanoparticles, such as viruses.

1

Table of Contents

Our SVP technology is a highly flexible nanoparticle platform, capable of incorporating a wide range of antigens and immunomodulators, allowing us to tailor our SVP products for specific applications across multiple indications. We are tailoring our SVP technology for:

the treatment of chronic tophaceous and refractory gout;

antigen-specific immune tolerance to gene therapy;

application with marketed products and novel biologic drugs that would otherwise be too immunogenic to develop;

the treatment of a life threatening food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes under a collaboration with Sanofi; and

immune stimulation programs to prevent and treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases.

SVP are designed to remain intact after injection into the body and accumulate selectively in lymphoid organs, which include lymph nodes and the spleen, where the immune response is coordinated. Depending on the type of immunomodulator encapsulated in the SVP, our technology is capable of either inducing a:

tolerogenic response to a biologic drug to mitigate the formation of ADAs; or

potent antigen-specific stimulatory response, such as an antibody response to a microbial antigen or a cytolytic T cell response to a tumor antigen.

A tolerogenic response is the induction of immune tolerance or non-responsiveness to a specific antigen. Cytolytic T cells are specialized antigen-specific immune cells that target and kill cells that harbor a specific antigen.

Our antigen-specific SVP tolerance programs utilize SVP-Rapamycin, our biodegradable nanoparticle encapsulating the immunomodulator rapamycin. Rapamycin is a small molecule approved for the prevention of organ rejection in kidney transplant patients. In preclinical studies, we have observed that SVP-Rapamycin, unlike free rapamycin, can be co-administered at the beginning of therapy with a biologic drug to mitigate the formation of ADAs without altering the drug or its dose regimen. As a result, we believe that SVP-Rapamycin may provide us with significant growth opportunities in the area of tolerance because SVP-Rapamycin can be co-administered at the beginning of therapy with many different biologic drugs.

In addition, we believe our SVP technology has the potential to be used for therapies that stimulate the immune system to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases. Our SVP immune stimulation programs are designed to encapsulate an antigen and a toll-like receptor, or TLR, agonist. Activation of TLRs alert the immune system that a potential pathogen is present and that the immune system should mount a response. TLR agonists can be used as supplements, or adjuvants, to vaccines to increase the immune response to the vaccine by activating the TLRs in antigen-presenting cells. To date, these programs have been primarily financed through grants.

2

Table of Contents

OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATE AND DISCOVERY PIPELINES

The following chart summarizes our current SVP product candidate pipeline.

Program
  Description
  Development status
  Program strategy
SVP for immune tolerance

Refractory and chronic tophaceous gout (SEL-212)

 

SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase

 

Final data from Phase 1a and Phase 1b trials expected in the first half of 2016. Initiation of Phase 2 trial expected in the second half of 2016

 

Own development

Gene therapy

 

SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with AAV vector

 

Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, filing for first indication expected by the end of 2017

 

Own development

SVP for immune stimulation

Smoking cessation and relapse prevention (SEL-070)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-nicotine

 

Good laboratory practice, or GLP, toxicology studies ongoing

 

Own development, with grant from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, or NIDA

HPV-associated cancer (SEL-701)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-HPV antigen

 

Currently in preclinical studies

 

Own development, with grant from the Russian-based Development Fund of New Technologies Development and Commercialization Center, or the Skolkovo Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following chart summarizes our current discovery pipeline.

Program
  Description
  Development status
  Program strategy
SVP for immune tolerance

Food allergy

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-food allergen

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi worldwide exclusive license

Celiac disease

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-gluten

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi worldwide exclusive license

Type 1 diabetes

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-insulin

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi and Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation, or JDRF, sponsored research program

SVP for immune stimulation

Malaria

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-malaria antigen

 

Currently in discovery

 

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation sponsored research program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SEL-212 FOR THE TREATMENT OF REFRACTORY AND CHRONIC TOPHACEOUS GOUT

Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, consists of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase, our proprietary pegylated uricase, for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. Our preclinical data indicate that SVP-Rapamycin, when co-administered with pegsiticase, induces antigen-specific immune tolerance to pegsiticase and substantially reduces the formation of associated ADAs. We believe that our SEL-212 has the potential to offer a uniquely effective treatment for patients with refractory or chronic tophaceous gout, while also demonstrating the clinical effectiveness of our SVP

3

Table of Contents

technology. We completed the patient treatment portion of our Phase 1a trial in November 2015 and initiated a Phase 1b trial in December 2015, with final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials expected in the first half of 2016.

Approximately 8.3 million and 10 million patients in the United States and the European Union, respectively, suffer from gout, which is caused by elevated levels of serum uric acid. Excessive uric acid levels result in harmful deposits of uric acid crystals in joints and tissues, causing joint damage and painful inflammation. High concentrations of uric acid in the blood also increase the risk for other conditions, including hypertension, diabetes, atherosclerosis and kidney disease. No treatment has been approved to remove uric acid deposits from joints and tissues. Approximately 50,000 patients in the United States have been diagnosed with chronic refractory gout, an orphan indication defined by uric acid levels that cannot be controlled by available oral therapies. The U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, may designate a product as an orphan product if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a disease or condition with a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population of greater than 200,000 individuals in the United States but for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States the drug or biologic will be recovered from sales in the United States. Although we expect to seek orphan drug designation for one or more of our product candidates, we have not yet applied for or obtained such designation.

In addition, approximately 500,000 patients in the United States suffer from chronic tophaceous gout in which patients develop nodular insoluble masses of uric acid crystals referred to as tophi, which can occur either in joints such as fingers, toes or elbows or in the tissues that make up organs such as the kidney and heart. Both refractory and chronic tophaceous gout are severe diseases that can cause pain, arthritis and organ failure. Krystexxa, a pegylated uricase, is the only product approved by the FDA for the treatment of chronic refractory gout. There is no approved product for chronic tophaceous gout.

SEL-212 was designed specifically to overcome the challenges faced by Krystexxa. In clinical trials, Krystexxa demonstrated the ability to significantly reduce uric acid levels in serum upon initial dosing. However, despite these results, Krystexxa has not achieved broad commercial adoption. We believe this is primarily due to the product's undesired immunogenicity. The package insert information for Krystexxa indicates that during Phase 3 clinical trials, 92% of patients developed antibodies. The package insert information also indicates that during the drug's Phase 3 clinical trials, high Krystexxa-specific ADA levels in patients were associated with a failure to maintain normalization of uric acid levels. Similarly, a 2011 study published in The Journal of the American Medical Association found that 58% of Krystexxa patients were non-responders as measured by the high uric acid levels in patients, which was associated with the Krystexxa-specific ADA levels.

GENE THERAPY PROGRAMS

We are also applying our SVP technology to antigen-specific immune tolerance to gene therapy. Gene therapies often use an adeno-associated virus, or AAV, delivery mechanism to insert corrective genetic material into cells to treat genetic diseases. In clinical trials, AAV vectors have been observed to induce undesired immunogenicity, which we believe can limit the durability of the first dose of gene therapy and significantly reduce the efficacy of any subsequent dose of the gene therapy. In our preclinical studies, we have observed that the application of SVP-Rapamycin to an AAV-based gene therapy mitigates the formation of ADAs against AAV vectors. Based on our preclinical data, we believe that SVP-Rapamycin has the potential to enable repeat dosing of AAV-based gene therapies via system-wide, or systemic, routes of administration by eliminating such undesired immunogenicity. We are currently in discussions with third parties experienced in developing AAV-based gene therapies and the clinical treatment of two monogenic diseases using AAV vectors regarding potential collaborative arrangements for the treatment of these diseases.

4

Table of Contents

OTHER PROGRAMS FOR AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES, ALLERGIES AND MARKETED BIOLOGICS

We are also applying our SVP technology to the treatment of autoimmune diseases, allergies and marketed biologics. Currently, most autoimmune diseases are treated with broadly immunosuppressive therapies that indiscriminately affect the function of the entire immune system. Our SVP technology is designed to re-program the immune system to elicit tolerance to a specific antigen that is causing the autoimmune disease, without impacting the rest of the immune system. We believe that our preclinical data may support potential applications of SVP-Rapamycin to both marketed products, such as monoclonal antibodies against human tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or TNF-alpha, which are known to induce undesired immunogenicity, and novel biologic drugs that would otherwise be too immunogenic to develop. Since 2012, we have established three collaborations with Sanofi to research novel SVP products for the treatment of a life-threatening food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes. We intend to continue our strategy of out-licensing our SVP technology for antigen-specific immune tolerance for applications that are outside our areas of focus.

IMMUNE STIMULATION PROGRAMS

We also believe our SVP technology, by encapsulating other antigens and adjuvants, has the potential to be used for therapies that stimulate the immune system to prevent and treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases. We have early-stage research programs for therapeutic vaccines for human papilloma virus, or HPV, associated cancers and for antibody-based vaccine programs for nicotine addiction and malaria. To date, these programs have been primarily financed through grants.

OUR STRATEGY

Our goal is to become the first biopharmaceutical company to develop and commercialize targeted therapies that are designed to modulate the immune system to effectively and safely treat rare and serious diseases. In addition, we intend to maximize the value of our SVP technology by collaborating with biopharmaceutical companies on programs that can benefit from our technology but that are outside our area of focus. The key elements of our strategy include the following.

Rapidly advance the development of our lead product candidate, SEL-212, for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. SEL-212 has the potential to be the first biologic treatment for gout that durably controls uric acid in refractory gout and dissolves and removes harmful deposits of uric acid crystals in chronic tophaceous gout. We are currently conducting a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program, comprised of two Phase 1 clinical trials, for which we expect to receive final data in the first half of 2016, and a Phase 2 clinical trial, which we expect to initiate in the second half of 2016. We plan to advance this program through regulatory approval and commercialization.

Leverage our SVP technology for immune tolerance to develop novel uses and classes of non-immunogenic biologics. We intend to use our SVP technology to develop first-in-class non-immunogenic versions of therapeutic enzymes or proteins for human therapy. We have several programs in various stages of discovery and we plan to continue to identify opportunities to utilize with our technology. In addition, we intend to pursue opportunities to in-license proprietary enzymes that we can co-administer with SVP-Rapamycin to address the issues of immunogenicity and develop effective proprietary products. We also intend to use our SVP technology to develop AAV-based gene therapies designed to mitigate the formation of ADAs and therefore enable repeat administration.

Establish infrastructure and capabilities to commercialize our products in rare and orphan diseases. While we believe our SVP technology may be broadly applicable across disease areas, we intend to focus our efforts on developing and commercializing proprietary SVP-enabled products for rare and serious diseases where there is high unmet medical need. Therapies for treating rare and
5

Table of Contents

    serious diseases require focused commercial efforts and coordination with patient groups and investigators. As our product candidates advance towards commercialization, we intend to build a commercial infrastructure to market our products to capture the full value of our proprietary SVP products.

Selectively pursue collaborations and maximize the value of our SVP programs for immune tolerance. In addition to our own proprietary product development efforts, we are in discussions with third parties regarding potential collaborations to pursue AAV gene therapies and are collaborating with Sanofi on programs for a food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes. We also intend to selectively pursue additional collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies to further leverage our SVP technology.

Utilize our expertise in SVP to stimulate the immune system to fight disease. We are currently developing prophylactic and therapeutic vaccines that activate the immune system to fight disease through our SVP immune stimulation programs, which are primarily funded by grants. Our current product pursuits include a SVP product to treat HPV-associated cancers, a SVP nicotine vaccine for smoking cessation and relapse prevention and a SVP product for the prevention of malaria. We are developing our programs for HPV-associated cancers and smoking cessation and relapse prevention on our own with grant funding from the Skolkovo Foundation for our HPV program and NIDA for our nicotine program. We are developing our malaria program under a sponsored research arrangement with The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

RISKS FACTORS

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled "Risk factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

we are a development-stage company, have incurred significant losses since our inception, expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability;

even if this offering is successful, we will need additional funding in order to complete development of our product candidates and commercialize our products, if approved, and if we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts;

we are very early in our clinical development efforts and may not be successful in our efforts to use our SVP technology to build a pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable drugs;

our product candidates are based on our SVP technology, which is an unproven approach designed to induce antigen-specific immune tolerance to biologic drugs or stimulate the immune system;

clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome, and we may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates;

we rely, and expect to continue to rely, on Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., or 3SBio, in China for pegsiticase and other third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, which increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or that such quantities may not be available at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts;

our existing collaborations are important to our business and future licenses may also be important to us, and if we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these arrangements are not successful, our business could be adversely affected;
6

Table of Contents

if we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, or obtain and maintain issued patents which are sufficient to protect our product candidates, others could compete against us more directly, which would negatively impact our business; and

our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

IMPLICATIONS OF BEING AN EMERGING GROWTH COMPANY

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012. An "emerging growth company" may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We may take advantage of these provisions until the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period.

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

We were incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in 2007. Our principal executive offices are located at 480 Arsenal Street, Building One, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472 and our telephone number is (617) 923-1400. Our website address is www.selectabio.com. The information contained in, or accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

7

Table of Contents

 

The offering

Common stock offered by us

               shares (or                           shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

             shares (or                           shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $             , or approximately $             if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering to support the clinical development of SEL-212, conduct preclinical studies in order to advance the development of our other SVP product candidates and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See "Use of proceeds" beginning on page 66.

Directed share program

 

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. These sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors or executive officers shall be subject to a 180-day lock-up. All of these lock-up agreements will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described herein. See "Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements."

Risk factors

 

See "Risk factors" beginning on page 12 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"SELB"



The             shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 8,505,810 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015, which included 29,540 shares of

8

Table of Contents

unvested restricted stock, reflects the issuance of             shares of common stock issued in connection with the automatic cashless exercise of warrants, or the Series E Common Warrants, on                    , 2016, and gives effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into             shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, upon the closing of this offering, and excludes:

6,120,579 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.18 per share;

315,198 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50;

390,136 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan;

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 Incentive Award Plan on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Incentive Award Plan"; and

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2016 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2016 ESPP on January 1 of year subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan."

Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

a                           -for-                            reverse stock split of our common stock, which will become effective prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part;

the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock outstanding into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of                            shares of our common stock;

outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series D Preferred Stock, becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E redeemable preferred stock, or Series E Preferred Stock, becoming warrants to purchase                       shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering;

no exercise of options or warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015 after that date, except for the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants;

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our restated bylaws, which will occur upon the closing of this offering; and

no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.
9

Table of Contents

 

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables set forth, for the periods and as of the dates indicated, our summary consolidated financial data. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in "Selected consolidated financial data," "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated operations data and the consolidated balance sheet data for the years ended and as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 have been derived from our audited condensed consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

Consolidated statement of operations data:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Grant and collaboration revenue

  $ 3,040   $ 6,011  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    10,486     22,980  

General and administrative

    7,953     8,335  

Total operating expenses

    18,439     31,315  

Loss from operations

    (15,399 )   (25,304 )

Other income (expense):

             

Investment income

    111     171  

Foreign currency gain

    3,004     933  

Interest expense

    (552 )   (948 )

Other expense

    (44 )   (26 )

Total other income, net

    2,519     130  

Net loss

    (12,880 )   (25,174 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (4,951 )   (7,335 )

Net effect of extinguishment of Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,459      

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (16,372 ) $ (32,509 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

             

Basic and diluted

  $ (2.01 ) $ (3.88 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding(1)

             

Basic and diluted

    8,153,640     8,386,644  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1)(2)

             

Basic and diluted

  $                       

Pro forma weighted average common shares of common stock outstanding (unaudited)(1)(2)

             

Basic and diluted

       

(1)
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and weighted average common shares outstanding give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover

10

Table of Contents

    of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of             shares of our common stock, (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase                       shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants for             shares of our common stock.

Consolidated balance sheet data:

 
  As of December 31, 2015  
 
  Actual
  Pro forma(1)
  Pro forma as
adjusted(2)

 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 32,337   $     $    

Total assets

  $ 42,824   $     $    

Long-term debt, net of current portion

  $ 11,855   $     $    

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 137,482   $     $    

Accumulated deficit

  $ (111,508 ) $     $    

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (4,986 ) $     $    

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ (116,493 ) $     $    

(1)
The pro forma balance sheet data give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock, (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase                        shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants for              shares of our common stock.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data give further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity (deficit) by $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us at the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase (decrease) each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity (deficit) by $              million. The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of our initial public offering determined at pricing.

11

Table of Contents


Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, as well as the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and "Management's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition," before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The occurrence of any of the events or developments described below could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. In such an event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR FINANCIAL POSITION AND NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

We are a development-stage company and have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $12.9 million and $25.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $111.5 million. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through issuances of preferred stock, debt, research grants and a research collaboration. We currently have no source of product revenue, and we do not expect to generate product revenue for the foreseeable future. All of our revenue to date has been collaboration and grant revenue. We have devoted substantially all of our financial resources and efforts to developing our SVP technology, identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical studies and our clinical trials. We are in the early stages of development of our product candidates, and we have not completed development of any SVP therapies. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future. We expect that our expenses will increase substantially as we:

conduct additional clinical trials of SEL-212, our lead product candidate;

continue the research and development of our other product candidates, including completing preclinical studies and commencing trials for such product candidates;

seek to enhance our SVP technology and discover and develop additional product candidates;

seek regulatory approvals for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

potentially establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale up external manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio, including through licensing arrangements;

add clinical, scientific, operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and potential future commercialization efforts and to support our transition to a public company; and

experience any delays or encounter any issues with any of the above, including, but not limited to, failed studies, complex results, safety issues or other regulatory challenges.

To become and remain profitable, we must succeed in developing and eventually commercializing products that generate significant revenue. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical testing and clinical trials of our product candidates, discovering additional product candidates, obtaining regulatory approval and securing reimbursement for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval, and establishing and managing our collaborations at

12

Table of Contents

Risk factors


various stages of a product candidate's development. We are only in the preliminary stages of most of these activities. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant enough to achieve profitability.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical and biological product development, we are unable to accurately predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve profitability. If we are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, or other regulatory authorities to perform studies in addition to those currently expected, or if there are any delays in completing our clinical trials or the development of any of our product candidates, our expenses could increase and revenue could be further delayed.

Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress our value and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or continue our operations.

In addition, we have recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations and will require additional capital to fund planned operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to raise additional capital on reasonable terms, if at all. These conditions cast substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. In this regard, our independent registered public accounting firm has issued an opinion on our 2014 and 2015 financial statements that included an explanatory paragraph referring to our ability to continue as a going concern. Our financial statements do not include any adjustments that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Even if this offering is successful, we will need additional funding in order to complete development of our product candidates and commercialize our products, if approved. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we conduct our clinical trials of SEL-212, and continue research and development for our other product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding to continue operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and investments, and funding under our existing collaborations, together with the expected net proceeds from this offering, will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through at least             . We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the progress and results of our clinical trials of SEL-212;

our collaboration agreements remaining in effect, our entering into additional collaboration agreements and our ability to achieve milestones under these agreements;

the cost of manufacturing clinical supplies of our product candidates;

the scope, progress, results and costs of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our other product candidates;

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;
13

Table of Contents

Risk factors


the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims;

the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies, including entering into licensing or collaboration arrangements for product candidates.

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. In addition, we cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Moreover, the terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders, and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our shares to decline. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities would dilute all of our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness could result in increased fixed payment obligations and we may be required to agree to certain restrictive covenants, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to seek funds through arrangements with collaborators or others at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable and we may be required to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product candidates, or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

We commenced active operations in 2007, and our operations to date have been limited to developing and researching our SVP technology and related products and programs, building our intellectual property portfolio, developing our supply chain, planning our business, raising capital and providing general and administrative support for these operations. All but one of our product candidates, SEL-212, are still in preclinical development. We completed the patient treatment portion of our Phase 1a clinical trial of pegsiticase, a component of SEL-212, our lead product candidate, but have not yet completed any other clinical trials for SEL-212 or any other product candidates. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete any Phase 2 clinical trial or any Phase 3 or other pivotal clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Additionally, we expect our financial condition and operating results to continue to fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

14

Table of Contents

Risk factors


The terms of our credit facility and subsidiary's charter place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility. If we raise additional capital through debt financing, the terms of any new debt could further restrict our ability to operate our business.

We have a $12.0 million credit facility with Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, and Pacific Western Bank, as successor in interest to Square 1 Bank, that is secured by a lien covering substantially all of our personal property, excluding intellectual property. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance under the credit facility was $12.0 million. The credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants and events of default applicable to us and our subsidiaries. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us (and us to cause our subsidiaries) to maintain our legal existence and governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports and notifications, maintain proper books of record and account, timely file and pay tax returns, maintain inventory and insurance coverage, maintain unrestricted cash in a control account equal to or greater than the lesser of 105% of all outstanding amounts under the credit facility and 100% of the cash and cash equivalents of our company and our wholly-owned subsidiary, Selecta Biosciences Security Corporation, and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us and our subsidiaries transferring collateral, changing businesses, dissolving, liquidating, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, adding new offices or locations, making certain organizational changes, incurring additional indebtedness, encumbering collateral, paying cash dividends or making other distributions, making investments, selling assets, undergoing a change in control, engaging in certain non-ordinary course material transactions with affiliates, and making certain payments or transfers to our subsidiary Selecta (RUS) LLC, or Selecta RUS, in each case subject to certain exceptions. If we default under the credit facility, Oxford, as collateral agent for the lenders, may accelerate all of our repayment obligations and take control of our pledged assets, potentially requiring us to renegotiate our agreement on terms less favorable to us or to immediately cease operations. Further, if we are liquidated, the lenders' right to repayment would be senior to the rights of the holders of our common stock to receive any proceeds from the liquidation. The lenders could declare a default upon the occurrence of any event that they interpret as a material adverse effect as defined under the credit facility, thereby requiring us to repay the loan immediately or to attempt to reverse the declaration of default through negotiation or litigation. Any declaration by the lenders of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause the price of our common stock to decline. If we raise any additional debt financing, the terms of such additional debt could further restrict our operating and financial flexibility.

In addition, the charter of our subsidiary, Selecta RUS, prohibits distributions to us in violation of Russian law or if, as a result of such distribution, Selecta RUS would be insolvent or its net assets would be less than its charter capital and statutory reserves.

Our ability to use our net operating loss and research and development tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, for federal and state income tax purposes of $82.4 million and $76.3 million, respectively, which may be available to offset our future taxable income, if any, at various times through 2035. At December 31, 2015, we had available federal and state research and development income tax credits of approximately $1.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, which may be available to reduce future income taxes, if any, at various times through 2035. Our federal NOLs begin to expire in 2028. In general, under Sections 382 and 383 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" is subject to limitations on its ability to use its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. If the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, challenges our analysis that

15

Table of Contents

Risk factors


existing NOLs will not expire before utilization due to previous ownership changes, or if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this public offering, our ability to use our NOLs could be limited by Section 382 of the Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. Furthermore, our ability to use NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, we may not be able to use a material portion of the NOLs reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

RISKS RELATED TO THE DISCOVERY, DEVELOPMENT AND REGULATORY APPROVAL OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES

We are very early in our clinical development efforts and may not be successful in our efforts to use our SVP technology to build a pipeline of product candidates and develop marketable drugs.

We are primarily using our SVP technology to improve and enable biologics that treat rare and serious diseases, with an initial focus on developing SEL-212 for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. While we believe our preclinical and clinical data to date, together with our collaborative relationships, have validated our technology to a degree, we are at an early stage of development and our technology has not yet led to, and may never lead to, approvable or marketable drugs. We are developing additional product candidates to address the problem of anti-drug antibodies, or ADAs, and immunogenicity in biologic therapy and to treat cancer and other infectious diseases and conditions that are not responsive to currently available vaccines. We may have problems applying our technologies to these other areas, and our new product candidates may not be as effective as our initial product candidates. Even if we are successful in identifying additional product candidates, they may not be suitable for clinical development, including as a result of harmful side effects, limited efficacy or other characteristics that indicate that they are unlikely to be products that will receive marketing approval and achieve market acceptance. The success of our product candidates will depend on several factors, including the following:

completion of preclinical studies and clinical trials with positive results;

receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

making arrangements with third party manufacturers for, or establishing, commercial manufacturing capabilities, or establishing such capabilities ourselves;

launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

our existing collaboration agreements remaining in effect and our entering into new collaborations throughout the development process as appropriate, from preclinical studies through to commercialization;

acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients and the medical community;

effectively competing with other therapies;

obtaining and maintaining coverage and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors, including government payors, for our products, if approved;

protecting our rights in our intellectual property portfolio;
16

Table of Contents

Risk factors


operating without infringing or violating the valid and enforceable patents or other intellectual property of third parties;

maintaining an acceptable safety profile of our products following approval; and

maintaining and growing an organization of scientists and business people who can develop and commercialize our product candidates and technology.

If we do not successfully develop and commercialize product candidates based upon our technological approach, we will not be able to obtain future revenues, which would result in significant harm to our financial position and adversely affect our stock price.

Our product candidates are based on our SVP technology, which is an unproven approach designed to induce antigen-specific immune tolerance to biologic drugs or stimulate the immune system.

All of our product candidates are derived from our SVP technology, which is an unproven approach to inducing antigen-specific tolerance or stimulating the immune system. In addition, SEL-212, our lead product candidate, uses pegsiticase, a biologic, which we source from Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., or 3SBio, in China. We have not, nor to our knowledge has any other company, received FDA approval for a therapeutic based on SVP or for a biologic product manufactured in China. In addition, we may use biologics other than pegsiticase with our SVP technology.

As a result, we cannot be certain that our approach, or our development of SEL-212, will lead to the development or approval of marketable products. In addition:

due to the unproven nature of our SVP therapeutics, they may have different efficacy and safety rates in various indications;

the FDA or other regulatory agencies may lack experience in evaluating the efficacy and safety of products based on SVP or a biologic sourced from China or other jurisdictions, which could result in a longer-than-expected regulatory review process, increase our expected development costs or delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates; and

in the event of a biologics license application for SEL-212 or another product and a pre-approval inspection by the FDA of the facilities of 3SBio or any other manufacturer of biologics we may use, the FDA may not approve the facility for production or may make observations that will take significant time for 3SBio or such other provider to address.

The occurrence of any of the foregoing, would effectively prevent or delay approval of our lead and other product candidates.

We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on other product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

Because we have limited financial and management resources, we focus on a limited number of research programs and product candidates and are currently principally focused on SEL-212. As a result, we may forego or delay our pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource-allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial drugs or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future research and development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable drugs. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential or target market for a particular product candidate, we may not pursue such product candidate, or we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through future

17

Table of Contents

Risk factors


collaboration, licensing or other arrangements, in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Aside from SEL-212, our other product candidates are in preclinical development. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective and safe in humans or will receive regulatory approval, and the risk of failure through the development process is high. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and its outcome is inherently uncertain. A failed clinical trial can occur at any stage of testing. Moreover, the outcome of preclinical testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results.

As of November 2015, we have completed the patient treatment portion of our Phase 1a trial for pegsiticase. The Phase 1a trial was a study of one of the components of SEL-212, pegsiticase, in an ascending single dose cohort study of 22 subjects. In this trial, pegsiticase demonstrated no serious adverse effects and was well tolerated at the five dose levels tested. There can be no assurance, however, that these preliminary results will be predictive of the final results of the trial. Moreover, the biological effect observed in this trial has been observed only in the subjects of the trial, and is not statistically significant and might not be observed in any other patients treated with pegsiticase or SEL-212.

We had a prior SVP-nicotine product candidate, which entered clinical development after a promising preclinical program. However, results from a Phase 1 clinical trial conducted in smokers and non-smokers with this product candidate showed that nicotine-specific antibodies were induced at sub-therapeutic levels. In this regard, many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in preclinical development or early-stage clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or other regulatory authority approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of our product candidates, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for our product candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be negatively impacted.

In addition, we cannot be certain as to what type and how many clinical trials the FDA will require us to conduct before we may successfully gain approval to market SEL-212 or any of our other product candidates in the United States or other countries. Prior to approving a new therapeutic product, the FDA generally requires that safety and efficacy be demonstrated in two adequate and well-controlled clinical trials. In some situations, evidence from a Phase 2 trial and a Phase 3 trial or from a single Phase 3 trial can be sufficient for FDA approval, such as in cases where the trial or trials provide highly reliable and statistically strong evidence of an important clinical benefit. We expect to conduct more than one Phase 3 trial for SEL-212 in the refractory gout indication in order to gain approval.

18

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Additional clinical trials could cause us to incur significant development costs, delay or prevent the commercialization of SEL-212 or otherwise adversely affect our business.

We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval for, or commercialize, our product candidates, including:

regulators or institutional review boards may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with contract research organizations, or CROs, or clinical trial sites;

we may be unable to recruit suitable patients to participate in a clinical trial, the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we expect, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we expect or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we expect;

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

we may have to suspend or terminate clinical trials of our product candidates for various reasons, including a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

investigators, regulators, data safety monitoring boards or institutional review boards may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research, or we may decide to do so ourselves, for various reasons including noncompliance with regulatory requirements, inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities resulting in the imposition of a clinical hold, unforeseen safety issues such as a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks, undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a drug, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions;

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we expect;

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate;

regulators may revise the requirements for approving our product candidates, or such requirements may not be as we expect; and

regarding trials managed by our existing or any future collaborators, our collaborators may face any of the above issues, and may conduct clinical trials in ways they view as advantageous to them but potentially suboptimal for us.

If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates, if at all;

lose the support of collaborators, requiring us to bear more of the burden of research and development;

not obtain marketing approval at all;

obtain marketing approval in some countries and not in others;

obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;
19

Table of Contents

Risk factors


obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;

be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements; or

have a product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in clinical testing or in obtaining marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, potentially impairing our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and harming our business and results of operations.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. In addition, from time to time our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that treat the same indications as our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may instead enroll in clinical trials of our competitors' product candidates.

We are initially developing our lead product candidate, SEL-212, for the treatment of chronic refractory gout, which affects approximately 50,000 patients in the United States. Accordingly, there is a limited number of patients who could enroll in our clinical studies.

In addition to the size of the patient population, patient enrollment is also affected by other factors including:

the severity of the disease under investigation;

the patient eligibility criteria for the study in question;

the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

the availability of other treatments for the disease under investigation;

the existence of competing clinical trials;

our efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

our payments for participating in clinical trials;

the patient referral practices of physicians;

the nature of the trial protocol;

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment; and

the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays and could require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. Enrollment delays in our clinical trials may result in increased development costs for our product candidates, which could cause the value of our common stock to decline and limit our ability to obtain additional financing.

20

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, adverse event reporting, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States, and by the EMA and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing that product candidate. We have not received approval to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. We have only limited experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely on third parties to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate's safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval for, or prevent or limit the commercial use of, such product candidates.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive and may take many years. If additional clinical trials are required for certain jurisdictions, these trials can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved, and may ultimately be unsuccessful. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment or promulgation of additional statutes or regulations, respectively, or changes in the regulatory review process for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the review and approval of an application. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept a marketing application as deficient or may decide that our data is insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

Although the FDA and other regulatory authorities have approved nanotechnology-based therapeutics in the past, they are monitoring whether nanotechnology-based therapeutics pose any specific health and human safety risks. While they have not issued any regulations to date, it is possible that the FDA and other regulatory authorities could issue regulations in the future regarding nanotechnology-based therapeutics that could adversely affect our product candidates.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

We may not be able to obtain orphan drug designation for our product candidates, and even if we do, we may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. We expect to seek orphan drug designation for several of our product candidates, although we have not yet applied for or obtained

21

Table of Contents

Risk factors


such designation. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, the FDA may designate a product as an orphan product if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population of greater than 200,000 individuals in the United States, but for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug or biologic will be recovered from sales in the United States.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product candidate that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan drug exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full biologics license application, or BLA, or full new drug application, or NDA, to market the same biologic or drug for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity or where the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient product quantity. Our competitors, including Horizon Pharma plc, may seek orphan drug status for the same biologic or drug for the same indication as our product candidates. In this regard, Krystexxa previously obtained orphan drug status for chronic refractory gout, although the exclusivity period has lapsed. However, Krystexxa could in the future obtain orphan drug status for chronic tophaceous gout, an indication we plan to pursue.

The applicable exclusivity period is ten years in Europe, but such exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same drug for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior if it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

Any breakthrough therapy designation that we may receive from the FDA for our product candidates may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

We may in the future seek breakthrough therapy designation for some of our product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. For drugs that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Drugs designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA are also eligible for accelerated approval.

Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. The availability of breakthrough therapy designation was established recently with the passage of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012. We cannot be sure that any evaluation we may make of our product candidates as qualifying for breakthrough therapy designation will meet the

22

Table of Contents

Risk factors


FDA's expectations. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that such product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.

Undesirable side effects caused by our product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable foreign authorities. Further, therapies such as those we are developing involve unique side effects that could be exacerbated compared to side effects from other types of therapies with singular components. Results of our clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects. In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The drug-related side effects could affect patient enrollment in our clinical trials or the ability of any enrolled patients to complete such trials or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Additionally, if one or more of our product candidates receives marketing approval, and we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by such products, a number of potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:

regulatory authorities may withdraw approvals of such product;

regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the product's label;

we may be required to create a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients;

we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and

our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the particular product candidate, if approved, and could significantly harm our business, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, if our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in certain patient populations, such as pediatric patients or the elderly, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective, any of which would harm our business.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR DEPENDENCE ON THIRD PARTIES AND MANUFACTURING

We rely on 3SBio in China as our sole supplier of pegsiticase and on other third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, and expect to continue to do so for the foreseeable future. Our reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or that such quantities may not be available at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

23

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We obtain the biologic pegsiticase, a component of SEL-212, our lead product candidate, from 3SBio in China. Under our license agreement with 3SBio, we are not permitted to manufacture pegisticase and, as a result, expect to continue to rely on 3SBio for our supply of pegsiticase for the foreseeable future. Although we intend to seek to secure a backup supplier outside of China, we cannot assure you that we will be able to do so on acceptable terms.

Any disruption in production or inability of 3SBio in China to produce adequate quantities of pegsiticase to meet our needs, whether as a result of a natural disaster or other causes, could impair our ability to operate our business on a day-to-day basis and to continue our research and development of our future product candidates. Furthermore, since 3SBio is located in China, we are exposed to the possibility of product supply disruption and increased costs in the event of changes in the policies of the Chinese government, political unrest or unstable economic conditions in China. Any of these matters could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Any issues related to the manufacturing lots or similar action regarding pegsiticase used in preclinical studies or clinical trials could delay the studies or trials or detract from the integrity of the trial data and its potential use in future regulatory filings. In addition, manufacturing interruptions or failure to comply with regulatory requirements by 3SBio could significantly delay our clinical development of potential products and reduce third-party or clinical researcher interest and support of our proposed trials. These interruptions or failures could also impede commercialization of our future product candidates and impair our competitive position. Further, we may be exposed to fluctuations in the value of the local currency in China. Future appreciation of the local currency could increase our costs. In addition, our labor costs could continue to rise as wage rates increase due to increased demand for skilled laborers and the availability of skilled labor declines in China.

In addition to 3SBio, we rely, and expect to continue to rely, on other third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. Our reliance on such third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates on a timely basis or at all, or that such quantities will be available at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers on acceptable terms or at all. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including the:

inability, failure or unwillingness of third-party manufacturers to comply with regulatory requirements, maintain quality assurance, meet our needs, specifications or schedules or continue to supply products to us;

reduced control we have over product development, including with respect to our lead product candidate, due to our reliance on such third-party manufacturers,

breach of manufacturing agreements by the third-party manufacturers;

misappropriation or disclosure of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how;

relationships that the third party manufacturer may have with others, some of which may be our competitors, and, if it does not successfully carry out its contractual duties, does not meet expectations, experiences work stoppages, or needs to be replaced, we may need to enter into alternative arrangements, which may not be available, desirable or cost-effective; and

termination or nonrenewal of agreements by third-party manufacturers at times that are costly or inconvenient for us.
24

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocations, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products. If our contract manufacturer is unable to comply with cGMP regulations or if the FDA does not approve their facility upon a pre-approval inspection, our product candidate may not be approved or may be delayed in obtaining approval. In addition, there are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing our products. Therefore, our product candidates and any future products that we may develop may compete with other products for access to manufacturing facilities. Any failure to gain access to these limited manufacturing facilities could severely impact the clinical development, marketing approval and commercialization of our product candidates.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a second source for required raw materials used in the manufacture of our product candidates or for the manufacture of finished product. Moreover, we often rely on one contract manufacturer to produce multiple product components. For instance, one of our contract manufacturers produces polymers used in our SVP technology. If our current contract manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers and we may be unable to replace them on a timely basis or at all. Our current and expected future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products could delay, prevent or impair our development and commercialization efforts.

Our existing collaborations are important to our business, and future licenses may also be important to us. If we are unable to maintain any of these collaborations, or if these arrangements are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

We have entered into collaborations with other parties, including pharmaceutical companies and universities, to develop products based on our SVP technology, and such collaborations and licensing arrangements currently represent a significant portion of our product pipeline. Our collaboration and license agreements include those with Sanofi, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, 3SBio and BIND Therapeutics, Inc. Our collaborations with Sanofi also provided us with important funding for some of our development programs and we expect to receive additional funding under collaborations in the future. Our existing collaborations, and any future collaborations we enter into, may pose a number of risks, including the following:

collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on preclinical or clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators' strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;
25

Table of Contents

Risk factors


collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for a clinical trial program, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;

a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products;

disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability;

collaborations may be terminated for the convenience of the collaborator and, if terminated, we would potentially lose the right to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates;

collaborators may learn about our technology and use this knowledge to compete with us in the future;

there may be conflicts between different collaborators that could negatively affect those collaborations and potentially others;

the number and type of our collaborations could adversely affect our attractiveness to future collaborators or acquirers; and

we currently have, and in the future may have, a limited number of collaborations and the loss of, or a disruption in our relationship with, any one or more of such collaborators may could harm our business.

If our collaborations do not result in the successful development and commercialization of products or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research and development funding or milestone or royalty payments under such collaborations. If we do not receive the funding we expect under these agreements, our continued development of our SVP technology and product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop additional product candidates. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our therapeutic program collaborators and there can be no assurance that our collaborations will produce positive results or successful products on a timely basis or at all.

26

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if one of our collaborators is involved in a business combination or otherwise changes its business priorities, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development or commercialization of any product candidate licensed to it by us. If one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and the perception of our business in the business and financial communities, and our stock price, could be adversely affected. In addition, we have a limited number of collaborations and if our relationship with any one or more of such collaborators were to cease, our business would be harmed as a result.

We may in the future collaborate with additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for development and potential commercialization of therapeutic products. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to access specific antigens that would be suitable to development with our technology, have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund and undertake development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market or continue to develop our programs, and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties to conduct our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including by failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials.

We expect to continue to rely on third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions and clinical investigators, to conduct and manage our clinical trials, including our Phase 1b clinical trial of SEL-212.

Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities but does not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with regulatory standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practice, or GCP, regulations, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, safety and welfare of trial participants are protected. Other countries' regulatory agencies also have requirements for clinical trials. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, do not meet expected deadlines, experience work stoppages, terminate their agreements with us or need to be replaced, or do not conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated

27

Table of Contents

Risk factors


protocols, we may need to enter into new arrangements with alternative third parties, which could be difficult, costly or impossible, and our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, or may need to be repeated. If any of the foregoing occur, we may not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates or in commercializing our product candidates.

We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of such product candidates, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

We have no experience manufacturing our product candidates at commercial scale, and if we decide to establish our own manufacturing facility, we cannot assure you that we can manufacture our product candidates in compliance with regulations at a cost or in quantities necessary to make them commercially viable.

We have a pilot manufacturing facility at our Watertown, Massachusetts location where we conduct process development, scale-up activities and the manufacture of SVP product candidates for preclinical use. We rely on the scale equipment at our CMOs for the manufacture of the clinical supply of all of our product candidates. If our facility, or our CMOs' facilities, were damaged or destroyed, or otherwise subject to disruption, it would require substantial lead-time to replace our manufacturing capabilities. In such event, we would be forced to identify and rely entirely on alternative third-party contract manufacturers for an indefinite period of time. Any disruptions or delays at our facility or its failure to meet regulatory compliance would impair our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In addition, the FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory agencies must, pursuant to inspections that are conducted after submitting a BLA or relevant foreign marketing submission, confirm that the manufacturing processes for the product candidate meet cGMP regulations. We do not currently have any of our own manufacturing facilities that meet the FDA's cGMP requirements for the production of any product candidates used in humans, and rely on our CMOs for clinical production.

We may choose to establish a manufacturing facility for our product candidates for production at a commercial scale. However, we have no experience in commercial-scale manufacturing of our product candidates. We currently intend to develop our manufacturing capacity in part by expanding our current facility or building additional facilities. This activity will require substantial additional funds and we would need to hire and train significant numbers of qualified employees to staff these facilities. We may not be able to develop commercial-scale manufacturing facilities that are adequate to produce materials for additional later-stage clinical trials or commercial use.

The equipment and facilities employed in the manufacture of pharmaceuticals are subject to stringent qualification requirements by regulatory agencies, including validation of such facilities, equipment, systems, processes and analytics. We may be subject to lengthy delays and expense in conducting validation studies, if we can meet the requirements at all.

28

Table of Contents

Risk factors


RISKS RELATED TO COMMERCIALIZATION OF OUR PRODUCT CANDIDATES AND OTHER LEGAL COMPLIANCE MATTERS

Even if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. If our product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if any, will depend on a number of factors, including:

their efficacy, safety and other potential advantages compared to alternative treatments;

the clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved;

our ability to offer them for sale at competitive prices;

their convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

the strength of marketing and distribution support;

the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement for our product candidates;

the prevalence and severity of their side effects and their overall safety profiles;

any restrictions on the use of our product candidates together with other medications;

interactions of our product candidates with other medicines patients are taking;

our ability to create awareness with patients and physicians about the harmful effects of uric acid deposits;

inability of certain types of patients to take our product candidates; and

their ability to remain attractive in the event of changing treatment guidelines.

The research, development and commercialization of our product candidates depends upon our maintaining strong working relationships with the medical community. We rely on these professionals to provide us with considerable knowledge and experience regarding the development, marketing and commercialization of our product candidates. If we are unable to maintain our strong relationships with these professionals and continue to receive their advice and input, our products and product candidates may not be developed and marketed in line with such professionals' needs and expectations. Accordingly, the development and commercialization of our products and product candidates could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We currently have no sales organization. If we are unable to establish effective sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, or enter into agreements with third parties with such capabilities, we may not be successful in commercializing our product candidates if and when they are approved.

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of pharmaceutical products. To achieve commercial success for any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, we will need to establish a sales and marketing organization or

29

Table of Contents

Risk factors


make arrangements with third parties to perform sales and marketing functions and we may not be successful in doing so.

In the future, we expect to build a focused sales and marketing infrastructure to market or co-promote our product candidates in the United States and potentially elsewhere, if and when they are approved. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing and distribution capabilities. For example, recruiting and training a sales force is expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of a product candidate for which we recruit a sales force and establish marketing capabilities is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales and marketing personnel.

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize our product candidates on our own include:

our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales and marketing personnel;

the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to or educate physicians on the benefits of our products;

the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive product lines;

unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales and marketing organization; and

inability to obtain sufficient coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors and governmental agencies for our product candidates.

Outside the United States, we may rely on third parties to sell, market and distribute our product candidates. We may not be successful in entering into arrangements with such third parties or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. In addition, our product revenue and our profitability, if any, may be lower if we rely on third parties for these functions than if we were to market, sell and distribute any products that we develop ourselves. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to sell and market our products effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing and distribution capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing our product candidates.

Our product candidates, if approved, may fail to offer material commercial advantages over other treatments.

The therapeutic advantages that we believe may be offered by our product candidates, if approved, may fail to materialize, or may not be recognized by physicians, hospital administrators, patients, caregivers, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. For example, physicians may be skeptical to use SEL-212 for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. Patients may also be skeptical of using a product based on our SVP technology. The therapeutic advantages of our product candidates may not be sufficient to either move market share to us or expand the population of patients using our treatments.

30

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new drug and biologic products and technologies is highly competitive and is characterized by rapid and substantial technological development and product innovations. We protect our products and technologies by filing patent applications in major pharmaceutical markets as well as leading emerging growth markets. We have either been granted patents or filed patent applications covering our SVP technology, our immune tolerance programs and our SEL-212 product candidate. To the extent that our product candidates and technologies are protected by such intellectual property rights, they will be protected from competition for the life of the applicable patents. However, many companies offer pharmaceutical products or technologies that may address one or more indications that our product candidates target. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide.

In this regard, SEL-212 may compete with Krystexxa, recently acquired by affiliates of Horizon Pharma plc, which contains a pegylated uricase similar to the pegsiticase component of SEL-212 and is indicated for the treatment of refractory gout. Large companies with active research to prevent the formation of ADAs and treat allergies and autoimmune diseases include Sanofi, Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, and Merck & Co., Inc., or Merck. Small early-stage biopharmaceutical companies active in the research for new technologies to achieve antigen-specific tolerance include Anokion SA, Cour Pharmaceutical Development Company, Inc., or Cour Pharmaceutical, and Dendright International, Inc. Large pharmaceutical companies, including Astra Zeneca PLC, or Astra Zeneca, Roche Holding AG, Pfizer, Merck, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, and Amgen Inc., as well as smaller biopharmaceutical companies, including Immune Design Corp., are active in the research and development of cancer vaccines. Clinical stage companies with vaccine approaches to treating HPV-associated cancer include VGX3100 from Inovio Pharmaceuticals, Inc., or Inovio, ISA-101 from ISA Pharmaceuticals B.V., GTL001 from Genticel, INO-3112 licensed by Astra Zeneca from Inovio, and others. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach, and others may be based on entirely different approaches. For example, Anokion SA targets to induce antigen-specific tolerance by attaching an antigen to red blood cells and Cour Pharmaceutical is working on a nanoparticle encapsulating antigen without any immunomodulator to treat celiac disease. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources, established presence in the market and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement for product candidates and in marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors.

These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales and marketing and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may

31

Table of Contents

Risk factors


obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market, especially for any competitor developing a microbiome therapeutic which will likely share our same regulatory approval requirements. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic or biosimilar products.

Even if we are able to commercialize any product candidates, the products may become subject to unfavorable pricing regulations or third-party coverage or reimbursement policies, any of which would harm our business.

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. Our ability to commercialize any product candidates successfully will depend, in part, on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Government authorities and third-party payors, such as private health insurers and health maintenance organizations, decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels.

Obtaining and maintaining adequate reimbursement for our products may be difficult. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price of a product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that such a payor will pay for the product. Further, one payor's determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and adequate reimbursement for the product. We cannot be certain if and when we will obtain an adequate level of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors. Even if we do obtain adequate levels of reimbursement, third-party payors, such as government or private healthcare insurers, carefully review and increasingly question the coverage of, and challenge the prices charged for, products. Reimbursement rates from private health insurance companies vary depending on the company, the insurance plan and other factors. A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications. Increasingly, third-party payors are requiring that pharmaceutical companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for products. We may also be required to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies to justify coverage and reimbursement or the level of reimbursement relative to other therapies. If coverage and reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval.

There may be significant delays in obtaining reimbursement for newly approved products, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by the FDA or similar regulatory authorities outside of the United States. Moreover, eligibility for reimbursement does not imply that a product will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new products, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may not be made permanent. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the product and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost products and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for products may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of products from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved

32

Table of Contents

Risk factors


products that we develop could have a material adverse effect on our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing, coverage and reimbursement for new products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a product before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some foreign markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control, including possible price reductions, even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, and negatively impact the revenues we are able to generate from the sale of the product in that country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval. There can be no assurance that our product candidates, if they are approved for sale in the United States or in other countries, will be considered medically necessary for a specific indication or cost-effective, or that coverage or an adequate level of reimbursement will be available.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

regulatory investigations, product recalls or withdrawals, or labeling, marketing or promotional restrictions;

decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

significant costs to defend the related litigation;

substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

loss of revenue;

reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

We currently hold $10 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, with no per occurrence limit, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

33

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Failure to obtain marketing approval in international jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

Although we do not have any current plans to market and sell our products in other jurisdictions outside of the United States, we may decide to do so in the future and either we or our collaborators would need to obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval in foreign countries may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. Clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product candidate be approved for reimbursement before the product candidate can be approved for sale in that country. We or our collaborators may not obtain approvals for our product candidates from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, or by the FDA. However, a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory process in others. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our product candidates in any market.

Although we are not currently marketing our product candidates, including to healthcare providers, if and when we do, our relationships with healthcare providers, customers and third-party payors may be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, exclusion from government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers, customers and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations may include the following:

the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation; in addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act);

the federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, which impose criminal and civil penalties, through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;
34

Table of Contents

Risk factors


the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, which also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, on certain types of people and entities with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children's Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to certain payments or other "transfers of value" made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to the government ownership and investment interests held by the physicians described above and their immediate family members and payments or other "transfers of value" to such physician owners; and

analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental laws and regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available under such laws, it is possible that some of our business activities, including our relationships with physicians and other healthcare providers, some of whom will recommend, purchase and/or prescribe our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws.

35

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

For example, in the United States, in 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the PPACA of importance to our potential product candidates are the following:

an annual, nondeductible fee payable by any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected;

a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries under their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

extension of manufacturers' Medicaid rebate liability to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect in April 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

36

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We expect that the PPACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more rigorous coverage criteria, new payment methodologies and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our products.

Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether the FDA's regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of the FDA's approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unexpected problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval, along with the manufacturing processes, post-approval clinical data, labeling, advertising and promotional activities for such product, will be subject to the continual requirements of and review by the FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, cGMP requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping. We and our contract manufacturers will also be subject to continual review and periodic inspections to assess compliance with cGMP. Accordingly, we and others with whom we work must continue to expend time, money and effort in all areas of regulatory compliance, including manufacturing, production and quality control.

Even if marketing approval of a product candidate is granted, the approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, including the requirement to implement a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, which could include requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk mitigation tools. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying label may limit the approved use of our product, which could limit sales of the product.

The FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of our approved products. The FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs and biologics to ensure they are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. The FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers' communications regarding off-label use, and if we market our products outside of their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label marketing. Violations of the FDA's restrictions relating to the promotion of prescription products may also lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state health care fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.

37

Table of Contents

Risk factors


In addition, if a regulatory agency or we later discover previously unknown problems with our products, such as adverse events of unexpected severity or frequency, problems with manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, the regulatory agency may impose restrictions on the products or us, including requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. Any failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements may yield various results, including:

litigation involving patients taking our products;

restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

restrictions on product distribution or use;

requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

warning letters;

withdrawal of products from the market;

suspension or termination of ongoing clinical trials;

refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

recall of products;

fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

damage to relationships with existing and potential collaborators;

unfavorable press coverage and damage to our reputation;

refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

product seizure or detention;

injunctions; or

imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

Noncompliance with other requirements in foreign jurisdictions regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with U.S. and foreign regulatory requirements regarding the development of products for pediatric populations and the protection of personal health information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response, and could generate negative publicity. Any failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements may significantly and adversely affect our ability to commercialize and generate revenues. If regulatory sanctions are applied or if regulatory approval is withheld or withdrawn, the value of our company and our operating results will be adversely affected.

The FDA's and other regulatory authorities' policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

38

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We are subject to U.S. and certain foreign export and import controls, sanctions, embargoes, anti-corruption laws, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations. Compliance with these legal standards could impair our ability to compete in domestic and international markets. We can face criminal liability and other serious consequences for violations, which can harm our business.

We are subject to export control and import laws and regulations, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, U.S. Customs regulations, various economic and trade sanctions regulations administered by the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign Assets Controls, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, and other state and national anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in the countries in which we conduct activities. Anti-corruption laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies and their employees, agents, contractors and other partners from authorizing, promising, offering or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. We may engage third parties for clinical trials outside of the United States, to sell our product candidates abroad once we enter a commercialization phase, and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities and other organizations. We can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our employees, agents, contractors and other partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have actual knowledge of such activities. Our violations of the laws and regulations described above may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties, imprisonment, the loss of export or import privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm and other consequences.

Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

In some countries, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product candidates. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after coverage and reimbursement have been obtained. Reference pricing used by various countries and parallel distribution or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced countries, can further reduce prices. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies, which is time-consuming and costly. If coverage and reimbursement of our product candidates are unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

If we or our contract manufacturers or other third parties fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

We and our contract manufacturers and other third parties with whom we do business are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including biological materials and chemicals, such as trichloroethylene. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot

39

Table of Contents

Risk factors


eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. The failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology, or obtain and maintain issued patents which are sufficient to protect our product candidates, others could compete against us more directly, which would negatively impact our business.

Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and product candidates. We also rely on trade secrets to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner or in all jurisdictions. Prosecution of our patent portfolio is at a very early stage, and we are just beginning to reach the statutory deadlines for deciding whether and where to initiate prosecution in specific foreign jurisdictions by filing national stage applications based on our Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, applications. As those deadlines come due, we will have to decide whether and where to pursue patent protection for the various inventions claimed in our patent portfolio, and we will only have the opportunity to obtain patents in those jurisdictions where we pursue protection. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as, with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business.

In some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents covering technology that we license from third parties. We may also require the cooperation of our licensors to enforce any licensed patent rights, and such cooperation may not be provided. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. Moreover, we have obligations under our licenses, and any failure to satisfy those obligations could give our licensor the

40

Table of Contents

Risk factors


right to terminate the license. Termination of a necessary license could have a material adverse impact on our business.

We currently own nine issued U.S. patents. Although we have patent applications pending, we cannot provide any assurances that any of these pending patent applications will mature into issued patents and, if they do, that such patents or our current patents will include claims with a scope sufficient to protect our product candidates or otherwise provide any competitive advantage. Further, it is possible that a patent claim may provide coverage for some but not all parts of a product candidate or third-party product. These and other factors may provide opportunities for our competitors to design around our patents, should they issue.

Moreover, other parties may have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our approach, and may have filed or may file patent applications, and may have received or may receive patents, that may overlap or conflict with our patent applications, either by claiming similar methods or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. In addition, given the early stage of prosecution of our portfolio, it may be some time before we understand how patent offices react to our patent claims and whether they identify prior art of relevance that we have not already considered.

Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in any owned patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions, nor can we know whether those from whom we may license patents were the first to make the inventions claimed or were the first to file. For these and other reasons, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are subject to a level of uncertainty. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

We may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize product candidates without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Furthermore, an adverse decision in an interference proceeding can result in a third party receiving the patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to develop, market or otherwise commercialize our product candidates. The issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patents are subject to a level of uncertainty.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. Due to legal standards relating to patentability, validity, enforceability and claim scope of patents covering biotechnological and pharmaceutical inventions, our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents is uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Even if issued, a patent's

41

Table of Contents

Risk factors


validity, inventorship, ownership or enforceability is not conclusive. Accordingly, rights under any existing patent or any patents we might obtain or license may not cover our product candidates, or may not provide us with sufficient protection for our product candidates to afford a commercial advantage against competitive products or processes, including those from branded and generic pharmaceutical companies.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how, information, or technology that is not covered by our patents. Although our agreements require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, and we require all of our employees, consultants, advisors and any other third parties who have access to our trade secrets, proprietary know-how and other confidential information and technology to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements, we cannot be certain that our trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and other confidential information and technology will not be subject to unauthorized disclosure or that our competitors will not otherwise gain access to or independently develop substantially equivalent trade secrets, proprietary know-how, and other information and technology. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property globally. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized disclosure of our intellectual property related to our product candidates and technology to third parties, we may not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could adversely affect our business and operations.

Intellectual property rights do not prevent all potential threats to competitive advantages we may have.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and intellectual property rights may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage.

The following examples are illustrative:

others may be able to make compounds that are the same as or similar to our current or future product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we own or have exclusively licensed;

we or any of our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the patents or pending patent applications that we own or have exclusively licensed;

we or any of our licensors or collaborators might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our inventions;

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights;

the prosecution of our pending patent applications may not result in granted patents;

granted patents that we own or have licensed may not cover our products or may be held not infringed, invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

with respect to granted patents that we own or have licensed, especially patents that we either acquire or in-license, if certain information was withheld from or misrepresented to the patent examiner, such patents might be held to be unenforceable;

patent protection on our product candidates may expire before we are able to develop and commercialize the product, or before we are able to recover our investment in the product candidates;
42

Table of Contents

Risk factors


our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for such activities, as well as in countries in which we do not have patent rights, and may then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in markets where we intend to market our product candidates;

we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business; and

we may choose not to file a patent application for certain technologies, trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.

We may not identify relevant patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a patent, which might adversely affect our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

We cannot guarantee that any of our patent searches or analyses, including but not limited to the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete and thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every patent and pending application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our product candidates in any jurisdiction.

The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent's prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our products or pipeline molecules. We may incorrectly determine that our product candidates are not covered by a third-party patent.

Many patents may cover a marketed product, including but not limited to the composition of the product, methods of use, formulations, cell line constructs, vectors, growth media, production processes and purification processes. The identification of all patents and their expiration dates relevant to the production and sale of an originator product is extraordinarily complex and requires sophisticated legal knowledge in the relevant jurisdiction. It may be impossible to identify all patents in all jurisdictions relevant to a marketed product. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our product candidates.

If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets and know-how, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also seek to enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees, advisors and consultants. Despite these efforts, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Our trade secrets may also be obtained by third parties by other means, such as breaches of our physical or computer

43

Table of Contents

Risk factors


security systems. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. Moreover, if any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade secrets were to be disclosed to, or independently developed by, a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.

As is the case with other biotechnology companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biotechnology industry involves both technological and legal complexity, and is therefore costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. In addition, recent patent reform legislation could further increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, in particular the first to file provisions, became effective on March 16, 2013. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This requires us to be cognizant of the time from invention to filing of a patent application. Thus, for our U.S. patent applications containing a priority claim after March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. Moreover, some of the patent applications in our portfolio will be subject to examination under the pre-Leahy-Smith Act law and regulations, while other patents applications in our portfolio will be subject to examination under the law and regulations, as amended by the Leahy-Smith Act. This introduces additional complexities into the prosecution and management of our portfolio.

In addition, the Leahy-Smith Act limits where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and provides opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. These provisions apply to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in U.S. federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a federal court action.

Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims because it may be easier for them to do so relative to challenging the patent in a federal court action. It is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

In addition, recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances and weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. From time to time, the U.S. Supreme Court, other federal courts, the U.S. Congress or the USPTO may change the standards of patentability, and any such changes could have a negative impact on our business.

44

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Depending on these and other decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change or be interpreted in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce any patents that may issue to us in the future. In addition, these events may adversely affect our ability to defend any patents that may issue in procedures in the USPTO or in courts.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and ultimately unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our issued patents or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one of our patents is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent's claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, which could materially and adversely affect us and our collaborators.

Any litigation to enforce or defend our patent rights, even if we were to prevail, could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded if we were to prevail may not be commercially meaningful. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation, or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings, may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or potential collaborators, to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of our collaborators, to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. While no such litigation has been brought against us and we have not been held by any court to have infringed a third party's intellectual property rights, we cannot guarantee that our technology, product candidates or use of our product candidates do not infringe third-party patents.

We are aware of numerous patents and pending applications owned by third parties, and we monitor patents and patent applications in the fields in which we are developing product candidates, both in the United States and elsewhere. However, we may have failed to identify relevant third-party patents or applications. For example, applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain applications

45

Table of Contents

Risk factors


filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until patents issue. Moreover, it is difficult for industry participants, including us, to identify all third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our product candidates and technologies because patent searching is imperfect due to differences in terminology among patents, incomplete databases and the difficulty in assessing the meaning of patent claims. We may fail to identify relevant patents or patent applications or may identify pending patent applications of potential interest but incorrectly predict the likelihood that such patent applications may issue with claims of relevance to our technology. In addition, we may be unaware of one or more issued patents that would be infringed by the manufacture, sale or use of a current or future product candidate, or we may incorrectly conclude that a third-party patent is invalid, unenforceable or not infringed by our activities. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our technologies, our product candidates or the use of our product candidates.

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Other parties may allege that our product candidates or the use of our technologies infringes patent claims or other intellectual property rights held by them or that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates and technology, including interference or derivation proceedings before the USPTO and similar bodies in other countries. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing intellectual property rights and intellectual property rights that may be granted in the future. If we were to challenge the validity of an issued U.S. patent in court, such as an issued U.S. patent of potential relevance to some of our product candidates or methods of use, we would need to overcome a statutory presumption of validity that attaches to every U.S. patent. This means that in order to prevail, we would have to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of the patent's claims. There is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement or validity.

Patent and other types of intellectual property litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and their outcome is uncertain. If we are found, or believe there is a risk we may be found, to infringe a third party's intellectual property rights, we could be required or may choose to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing our product candidates and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any such license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

Even if we are successful in such proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and divert management time and attention in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. If we are unable to avoid infringing the patent rights of others, we may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action or challenge the validity of the patents in court, or redesign our product candidates. Patent litigation is costly and time-consuming. We may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. There could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

46

Table of Contents

Risk factors


In addition, intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following:

cease developing, selling or otherwise commercializing our product candidates;

pay substantial damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property;

obtain a license from the holder of the asserted intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; and

in the case of trademark claims, redesign or rename some or all of our product candidates, or other brands to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may not be possible and, even if possible, could be costly and time-consuming.

We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

Any of these risks coming to fruition could harm our business.

Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable or could be interpreted narrowly if challenged in court.

Competitors may infringe our intellectual property, including our patents or the patents of our licensors. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. If we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent, if and when issued, covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include alleged failures to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement, or failure to claim patent-eligible subject matter. Grounds for unenforceability assertions include allegations that someone connected with the prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post-grant review, inter partes review, interference proceedings and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, such as opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment of our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates or competitive products. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our product candidates. Moreover, even if not found invalid or unenforceable, the claims of our patents could be construed narrowly or in a manner that does not cover the allegedly infringing technology in question. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

47

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for noncompliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent and, in some jurisdictions, during the pendency of a patent application. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

It is our policy to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, contractors and advisors. These agreements generally provide that inventions conceived by the party in the course of rendering services to us will be our exclusive property. However, these agreements may not be honored and may not effectively assign intellectual property rights to us. For example, even if we have a consulting agreement in place with an academic advisor pursuant to which such academic advisor is required to assign any inventions developed in connection with providing services to us, such academic advisor may not have the right to assign such inventions to us, as it may conflict with his or her obligations to assign all such intellectual property to his or her employing institution.

Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in our intellectual property licenses and funding arrangements with third parties, we could lose rights that are important to our business.

We are party to multiple license agreements that impose, and we may enter into additional licensing and funding arrangements with third parties that may impose, diligence, development and commercialization timelines, milestone payment, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. For example, we currently rely on certain intellectual property rights licensed to us from MIT, and have licensed additional intellectual property rights under agreements with 3SBio and BIND Therapeutics, Inc. Under our existing licensing agreements, we are obligated to pay royalties on net product sales of product candidates or related technologies to the extent they are covered by the agreement. If we fail to comply with our obligations under current or future license agreements, our counterparties may have the right to terminate these agreements, in which event we might not be able

48

Table of Contents

Risk factors


to develop, manufacture or market any product candidate that is covered by these agreements, or may face other penalties under the agreements. Such an occurrence could materially adversely affect the value of product candidates being developed using rights licensed to us under any such agreement. Termination of these agreements or reduction or elimination of our rights under these agreements may result in our having to negotiate new or reinstated agreements with less favorable terms, or cause us to lose our rights under these agreements, including our rights to important intellectual property or technology. Furthermore, our counterparties may allege that we are operating outside the scope of the licenses granted and terminate our license or otherwise require us to alter development, manufacturing or marketing activities. For more information on our license agreements and associated obligations, please see "Business—Licenses and collaborations."

We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights to our product candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses.

We currently have rights to certain intellectual property, through licenses from third parties and under patents and patent applications that we own, to develop our product candidates. Because we may find that our programs require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license compositions, methods of use, processes or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our product candidates. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, financial resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment.

If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of that program and our business and financial condition could suffer.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may also engage advisors and consultants who are concurrently employed at universities or other organizations or who perform services for other entities. Although we try to ensure that our employees, advisors and consultants do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or our employees, advisors or consultants have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such party's former or current employer or in violation of an agreement with another party. Although we have no knowledge of any such claims being alleged to date, if such claims were to arise, litigation may be necessary to defend against any such claims.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party

49

Table of Contents

Risk factors


who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Similarly, we may be subject to claims that an employee, advisor or consultant performed work for us that conflicts with that person's obligations to a third party, such as an employer, and thus, that the third party has an ownership interest in the intellectual property arising out of work performed for us. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Although we have no knowledge of any such claims being alleged to date, if such claims were to arise, litigation may be necessary to defend against any such claims.

If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.

Our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential collaborators or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.

We will need to obtain FDA approval for any proposed product names, and any failure or delay associated with such approval may adversely affect our business.

Any proprietary name or trademark we intend to use for our product candidates will require approval from the FDA regardless of whether we have secured a formal trademark registration from the USPTO. The FDA typically conducts a review of proposed product names, including an evaluation of the potential for confusion with other product names. The FDA may also object to a product name if it believes the name inappropriately implies certain medical claims or contributes to an overstatement of efficacy. If the FDA objects to any product names we propose, we may be required to adopt an alternative name for our product candidates. If we adopt an alternative name, we would lose the benefit of any existing trademark applications for such product candidate and may be required to expend significant additional resources in an effort to identify a suitable product name that would qualify under applicable trademark laws, not infringe the existing rights of third parties and be acceptable to the FDA. We may be unable to build a successful brand identity for a new trademark in a timely manner or at all, which would limit our ability to commercialize our product candidates.

50

Table of Contents

Risk factors


We will not seek to protect our intellectual property rights in all jurisdictions throughout the world and we may not be able to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights even in the jurisdictions where we seek protection.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States could be less extensive than in the United States, assuming that rights are obtained in the United States and assuming that rights are pursued outside the United States. In this regard, in addition to the United States, we also seek to protect our intellectual property rights in other countries, including Russia. The statutory deadlines for pursuing patent protection in individual foreign jurisdictions are based on the priority date of each of our patent applications. For all of the patent families in our portfolio, including the families that may provide coverage for our lead product candidate, the relevant statutory deadlines have not yet expired. Therefore, for each of the patent families that we believe provide coverage for our lead product candidate, we will need to decide whether and where to pursue additional protection outside the United States or Russia. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries, do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, for our existing patent rights outside the United States and any foreign patent rights we may decide to pursue in the future, we may not be able to obtain relevant claims and/or we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we do not pursue and obtain patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as in the United States. These products may compete with our product candidates and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Even if we pursue and obtain issued patents in particular jurisdictions, our patent claims or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent third parties from so competing.

The laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in certain foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of some countries, particularly developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, especially those relating to biotechnology. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents, if obtained, or the misappropriation of our other intellectual property rights. For example, many foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit. Patent protection must ultimately be sought on a country-by-country basis, which is an expensive and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. Accordingly, we may choose not to seek patent protection in certain countries, and we will not have the benefit of patent protection in such countries.

If our ability to obtain and, if obtained, enforce our patents to stop infringing activities is inadequate, third parties may compete with our product candidates, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Accordingly, our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property we develop or license.

51

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If we do not obtain additional protection under the Hatch-Waxman Act and similar foreign legislation extending the terms of our patents for our product candidates, our business may be harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA regulatory approval for our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term restoration under the Hatch-Waxman Act. The Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. Patent term restorations, however, are limited to a maximum of five years and cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval by the FDA.

The application for patent term extension is subject to approval by the USPTO, in conjunction with the FDA. It takes at least six months to obtain approval of the application for patent term extension. We may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, the period during which we will have the right to exclusively market our product will be shortened, our competitors may obtain earlier approval of competing products and our ability to generate revenues could be materially adversely affected.

We may face competition from biosimilars, which may have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects of our product candidates.

Even if we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate faster than our competitors, we may face competition from biosimilars. In the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are demonstrated to be "highly similar," or biosimilar, to or "interchangeable" with an FDA-approved biological product. This new pathway could allow competitors to reference data from innovative biological products 12 years after the time of approval of the innovative biological product. This data exclusivity does not prevent another company from developing a product that is highly similar to the innovative product, generating its own data, and seeking approval. Data exclusivity only assures that another company cannot rely upon the data within the innovator's application to support the biosimilar product's approval. In his proposed budget for fiscal year 2017, President Obama proposed to cut this 12-year period of exclusivity down to seven years. He also proposed to prohibit additional periods of exclusivity due to minor changes in product formulations, a practice often referred to as "evergreening." While President Obama has proposed these measures in previous years without success, it is possible that Congress may take these or other measures to reduce or eliminate periods of exclusivity. The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation and meaning is subject to uncertainty. Although it is uncertain when any such processes may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our product candidates.

52

Table of Contents

Risk factors


RISKS RELATED TO EMPLOYEE MATTERS AND MANAGING GROWTH AND OTHER RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on Werner Cautreels, Ph.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and clinical team. Although we have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with Dr. Cautreels and certain of our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or other employees.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize product candidates. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of lead discovery and product development, regulatory affairs, clinical affairs and manufacturing and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our expected future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such expected growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

A variety of risks associated with operating in Russia and internationally could adversely affect our business.

In addition to our U.S. operations, we have operations in Russia through our wholly owned subsidiary, Selecta RUS, and may expand international operations in the future, including by conducting clinical trials of our product candidates in countries outside the United States, including Russia and Belgium. We face risks associated with our operations in Russia, including possible unfavorable regulatory,

53

Table of Contents

Risk factors


pricing and reimbursement, legal, political, tax and labor conditions, which could harm our business. For example, one of our principal shareholders, RUSNANO, is a Russian controlled entity and in 2015 several RUSNANO managers were accused of corruption and removed from their respective positions. While we and our officers and directors were not accused of any wrongdoing, further corruption charges could harm our reputation and increase the risk of political action against RUSNANO or us.

We may also rely on collaborators to commercialize any approved product candidates outside of the United States. Doing business in Russia and internationally involves a number of risks, including but not limited to:

multiple, conflicting and changing laws and regulations, such as privacy regulations, tax laws, export and import restrictions, employment laws, regulatory requirements and other governmental approvals, permits and licenses;

failure by us to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for the use of our product candidates in various countries;

additional potentially relevant third-party patent rights;

complexities and difficulties in obtaining protection of and enforcing our intellectual property rights;

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations;

complexities associated with managing multiple-payor reimbursement regimes, government payors or patient self-pay systems;

limits on our ability to penetrate international markets;

financial risks, such as longer payment cycles, difficulty collecting accounts receivable, the impact of local and regional financial crises on demand and payment for our product candidates and exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues;

natural disasters, political and economic instability, including wars, events of terrorism and political unrest, outbreak of disease, boycotts, curtailment of trade and other business restrictions and economic weakness, including inflation;

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

challenges in enforcing our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the United States;

certain expenses including, among others, expenses for travel, translation and insurance;

legal risks, including use of the legal system by the government to benefit itself or affiliated entities at our expense, including expropriation of property; and

regulatory and compliance risks that relate to maintaining accurate information and control over sales and activities that may fall within the purview of the FCPA its books and records provisions, or its anti-bribery provisions.

Any of these factors could significantly harm our future international expansion and operations and, consequently, our results of operations.

54

Table of Contents

Risk factors


Sanctions against Russia, and Russia's response to those sanctions, could adversely affect our business.

Due to Russia's recent military intervention in Ukraine, the United States and the European Union have imposed sanctions on certain individuals and six financial institutions in Russia and have proposed the use of broader economic sanctions. In response, Russia has imposed entry bans on certain U.S. lawmakers and officials. Our wholly owned subsidiary, Selecta RUS, held $3.8 million of cash in Russian banks as of December 31, 2015. If the United States and European Union were to impose sanctions on Russian businesses, or if Russia were to take retaliatory action against U.S. companies operating in Russia, our research and development activities with respect to our program for HPV-associated cancers currently conducted by Selecta RUS, or any other research and development activities with respect to our other immune stimulation programs conducted by Selecta RUS in the future, could be adversely affected.

Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and future contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we are not aware of any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. Likewise, we rely on third parties to manufacture our product candidates and conduct clinical trials, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.

Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements, which could expose us to liability and hurt our reputation.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, CROs, consultants, commercial partners and vendors may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violates: (1) FDA laws and regulations, including those laws that require the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA, (2) manufacturing standards, (3) healthcare fraud and abuse laws, or (4) laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use or misrepresentation of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person or government could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending

55

Table of Contents

Risk factors


ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business and financial results, including, without limitation, the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

Acquisitions or joint ventures could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and otherwise harm our business.

We may acquire other businesses, product candidates or technologies as well as pursue strategic alliances, joint ventures, technology licenses or investments in complementary businesses. We have not made any acquisitions to date, and our ability to do so successfully is unproven. Any of these transactions could be material to our financial condition and operating results and expose us to many risks, including:

disruption in our relationships with future customers or with current or future distributors or suppliers as a result of such a transaction;

unexpected liabilities related to acquired companies;

difficulties integrating acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business;

diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to acquisition integration challenges;

increases in our expenses and reductions in our cash available for operations and other uses;

possible write-offs or impairment charges relating to acquired businesses; and

inability to develop a sales force for any additional product candidates.

Foreign acquisitions involve unique risks in addition to those mentioned above, including those related to integration of operations across different cultures and languages, currency risks and the particular economic, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries.

Also, the expected benefit of any acquisition may not materialize. Future acquisitions or dispositions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or amortization expenses or write-offs of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future joint ventures or acquisitions, or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK AND THIS OFFERING

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on The NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares, or at all.

56

Table of Contents

Risk factors


The market price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

the success of competitive products or technologies;

actual or expected changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

developments related to our existing or any future collaborations;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

development of new product candidates that may address our markets and make our product candidates less attractive;

changes in physician, hospital or healthcare provider practices that may make our product candidates less useful;

announcements by us, our partners or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

actual or expected changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

the other factors described in this "Risk factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
57

Table of Contents

Risk factors


After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of                                        , 2016, our executive officers, directors and stockholders who owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, hold shares representing approximately          % of our outstanding voting stock. As a result, if these stockholders choose to act together, they would be able to control or significantly influence all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control or significantly influence the election of directors, the composition of our management and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets.

If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options or warrants, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share as of                                        , 2016, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price. In addition, purchasers of common stock in this offering will have contributed approximately         % of the aggregate price paid by all purchasers of our stock but will own only approximately         % of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We expect that we will use the net proceeds of this offering to support the clinical development of SEL-212, conduct preclinical studies of our other SVP product candidates in order to advance such product candidates into clinical development and for working capital and general corporate purposes. However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have outstanding                           shares

58

Table of Contents

Risk factors


of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of                                        , 2016. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining                                        sh ares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will become eligible to be sold at various times beginning 180 days after this offering, unless held by one of our affiliates, in which case the resale of those securities will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Rule 144. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of                           shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders, until such shares can otherwise be sold without restriction under Rule 144 or until the rights terminate pursuant to the terms of the investors' rights agreement between us and such holders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" disclosure in this prospectus;

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there

59

Table of Contents

Risk factors


may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

60

Table of Contents

Risk factors


If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no or few securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model, our intellectual property or our stock performance, or if our target animal studies and operating results fail to meet the expectations of analysts, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions include those establishing:

a classified board of directors with three-year staggered terms, which may delay the ability of stockholders to change the membership of a majority of our board of directors;

no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;

the exclusive right of our board of directors to elect a director to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors or the resignation, death or removal of a director, which prevents stockholders from filling vacancies on our board of directors;

the ability of our board of directors to authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock and to determine the terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;

the ability of our board of directors to alter our bylaws without obtaining stockholder approval;

the required approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors to adopt, amend or repeal our bylaws or repeal the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors;

a prohibition on stockholder action by written consent, which forces stockholder action to be taken at an annual or special meeting of our stockholders;
61

Table of Contents

Risk factors


the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by the chairman of the board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the board of directors, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors; and

advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders' meeting, which may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders' ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, specifies that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for most legal actions involving claims brought against us by stockholders. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation described above.

We believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law by chancellors particularly experienced in resolving corporate disputes, efficient administration of cases on a more expedited schedule relative to other forums and protection against the burdens of multi-forum litigation. However, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, employees and agents as it may limit any stockholder's ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that such stockholder finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or agents. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any applicable action brought against us, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Because we do not expect paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, our credit facility with Oxford and Pacific Western Bank currently prohibits us from paying cash dividends on our equity securities, and any future debt agreements may likewise preclude us from paying

62

Table of Contents

Risk factors


dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. This risk is especially relevant for us because biopharmaceutical companies have experienced significant stock price volatility in recent years. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's attention and resources, which could harm our business.

63

Table of Contents


Special note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy, prospective products and product candidates, product approvals, research and development costs, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations and future results of expected products and product candidates, are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as "may," "will," "should," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "could," "intend," "target," "project," "contemplate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "potential" or "continue" or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. The forward-looking statements in this prospectus are only predictions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of factors, risks, uncertainties and assumptions described under the sections in this prospectus entitled "Risk factors" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified and some of which are beyond our control, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in an evolving environment. New risk factors and uncertainties may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all risk factors and uncertainties. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein, whether as a result of any new information, future events, changed circumstances or otherwise.

64


Industry and other data

We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they frequently involve a number of assumptions and limitations and therefore do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Our estimates also involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings "Risk factors," "Special note regarding forward-looking statements" and "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" in this prospectus.

Trademarks, service marks and tradenames

We own or have rights to use a number of registered and common law trademarks, service marks and trade names in connection with our business in the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions, including, but not limited to, "SELECTA."

Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, logos and trade names referred to in this prospectus are included without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors to these trademarks, service marks and trade names. This prospectus contains additional trademarks, service marks and trade names of others, which are the property of their respective owners. All trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are, to our knowledge, the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trademarks, service marks, copyrights or trade names to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies or third parties.

65


Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, we estimate that our net proceeds will be $              million. Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares we are offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price stays the same.

We expect that we will use the net proceeds from this offering for the following purposes:

approximately $              million to support the clinical development of SEL-212, including SEL-212's Phase 2 clinical trial;

approximately $              million to fund preclinical studies for our gene therapy program; and

the remainder, if any, to fund the further advancement of our gene therapy program as well as other potential future development programs, early-stage research and development and continued development of our SVP technologies, and for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to in-license, acquire, or invest in additional businesses, technologies, products or assets, although currently we have no specific agreements, commitments or understandings in this regard. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the closing of this offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. Predicting the cost necessary to develop product candidates can be difficult and we expect that we will need additional funds to complete the development of SEL-212 and any other product candidates we identify. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development efforts, the status of and results from preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, as well as any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments and U.S. government securities.

66


Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination related to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors after considering our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, business prospects and other factors the board of directors deems relevant, and subject to the restrictions contained in any future financing instruments. In addition, our ability to pay cash dividends is currently prohibited by the terms of our credit facility.

67

Table of Contents


Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2015, as follows:

on an actual basis;

on a pro forma basis to reflect the (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of             shares of our common stock, (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase              shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, (iii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants for             shares of our common stock and (iv) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation; and

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our issuance and sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Our capitalization following the closing of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus and the "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" section and other financial information contained in this prospectus.

 
  As of December 31, 2015  
 
  Actual
  Pro forma
  Pro forma
as adjusted

 
   
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except for share data)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 32,337   $                    $    

Preferred stock warrant liability

    290              

Long-term debt, net of current portion

   
11,855
             

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A, B, C, D, E and SRN), par value $0.0001 per share; 37,835,623 shares authorized, 34,127,186 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   
137,482
             

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual;           shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

   
             

Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 62,164,377 shares authorized, 8,505,810 shares issued and outstanding, actual(1) ;           shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted;           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma(1) ;           shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted(1)

    1              

Additional paid in capital

                 

Accumulated deficit

    (111,508 )            

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (4,986 )            

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

    (116,493 )                           

Total capitalization

  $ 20,989   $                    $    

(1)
Shares issued and outstanding include 29,540 shares of unvested restricted common stock subject to repurchase by us as of December 31, 2015.
68

Table of Contents

Capitalization


The number of shares in the table above does not include:

6,120,579 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.18 per share;

315,198 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50;

390,136 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan;

           shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 Incentive Award Plan on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Incentive Award Plan"; and

           shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2016 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2016 ESPP on January 1 of year subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan."
69

Table of Contents


Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

As of December 31, 2015, we had a historical net tangible book value of $21.0 million, or $2.47 per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015.

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 was $              million, or $             per share. Pro forma net tangible book value represents the amount of our total tangible assets less total liabilities, after giving effect to the (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of              shares of our common stock, (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase                                        sha res of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering, (iii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants for             shares of our common stock and (iv) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation; and the pro forma net tangible book value per share represents our pro forma net tangible book value divided by the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31, 2015, after giving effect to the pro forma adjustments described above as if they had occurred on such date.

After giving further effect to the sale of             shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2015 would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of approximately $             per share to new investors participating in this offering. We determine dilution by subtracting the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the amount of cash that a new investor paid for a share of common stock. The following table illustrates this dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Historical net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2015

  $ 2.47        

Increase (decrease) per share attributable to the conversion of our preferred stock and cashless exercise of our Series E Common Warrants

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2015

             

Increase per share attributable to this offering

             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $    

Dilution per share to new investors in this offering

        $    
70

Table of Contents

Dilution


Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $              million, and increase (decrease) dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors by $             , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and decrease (increase) the dilution to new investors by $             per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value after this offering would be $             per share, the increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share would be $             and the dilution per share to new investors would be $             per share, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The following table summarizes on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, as of December 31, 2015, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us in cash and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 
   
   
  Total
consideration
   
 
 
  Shares purchased    
 
 
  Average price
per share

 
 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
 

Existing stockholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               

Total

          100 %         100 %      

The foregoing tables and calculations are based on 8,505,810 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2015, which included 29,540 shares of unvested restricted stock, reflect the issuance of             shares of common stock issued in connection with the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants on             , 2016, and give effect to the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into             shares of common stock, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, upon the closing of this offering, and exclude:

6,120,579 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $1.18 per share;

315,198 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50;
71

Table of Contents

Dilution


390,136 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan;

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Incentive Award Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 Incentive Award Plan on January 1 of each subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Incentive Award Plan"; and

             shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2016 ESPP, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as shares of our common stock that become available pursuant to provisions in our 2016 ESPP that automatically increase the share reserve under our 2016 ESPP on January 1 of year subsequent calendar year as described in "Executive and director compensation—Incentive plans—2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan."

To the extent any of these outstanding options or warrants is exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. If all of such outstanding options and warrants had been exercised as of December 31, 2015, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $             , and total dilution per share to new investors would be $             .

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full:

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering; and

the number of shares held by new investors will increase to             , or approximately         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
72

Table of Contents


Selected consolidated financial data

You should read the following selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the "Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations" section of this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data and the consolidated balance sheet data for the years ended and as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that should be expected in the future.

Consolidated statement of operations data:

 
  Years ended December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Grant and collaboration revenue

  $ 3,040   $ 6,011  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    10,486     22,980  

General and administrative

    7,953     8,335  

Total operating expenses

    18,439     31,315  

Loss from operations

    (15,399 )   (25,304 )

Other income (expense):

             

Investment income

    111     171  

Foreign currency gain

    3,004     933  

Interest expense

    (552 )   (948 )

Other expense

    (44 )   (26 )

Total other income, net

    2,519     130  

Net loss

    (12,880 )   (25,174 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (4,951 )   (7,335 )

Net effect of extinguishment of Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,459      

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (16,372 ) $ (32,509 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders(1)

             

Basic and diluted

  $ (2.01 ) $ (3.88 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding(1)

             

Basic and diluted

    8,153,640     8,386,644  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)(1)(2)

             

Basic and diluted

  $                       

Pro forma weighted average common shares of common stock outstanding (unaudited)(1)(2)

             

Basic and diluted

       

(1)
See Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for additional information regarding the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
73

Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data


(2)
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per common share and weighted average common shares outstanding give effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all shares of our preferred stock into common stock upon closing of this offering, which, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would result in the issuance of             shares of our common stock, (ii) outstanding warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase 69,768 shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $4.30 per share of common stock, and outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series E Preferred Stock becoming warrants to purchase             shares of our common stock, at a weighted average exercise price of $             per share of common stock, upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants for             shares of our common stock.

Consolidated balance sheet data:

 
  As of December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,592   $ 32,337  

Total assets

  $ 22,228   $ 42,824  

Long-term debt, net of current portion

  $ 4,824   $ 11,855  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 94,033   $ 137,482  

Accumulated deficit

  $ (83,880 ) $ (111,508 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  $ (3,876 ) $ (4,986 )

Total stockholders' equity (deficit)

  $ (87,755 ) $ (116,493 )
74

Table of Contents


Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with "Selected consolidated financial data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

OVERVIEW

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company using our proprietary synthetic vaccine particle, or SVP, technology to discover and develop targeted therapies that are designed to modulate the immune system to effectively and safely treat rare and serious diseases. Many such diseases are treated with biologic therapies that are foreign to the patient's immune system and, therefore, elicit an undesired immune response. Our proprietary SVP technology encapsulates an immunomodulator in biodegradable nanoparticles to induce antigen-specific immune tolerance to mitigate the formation of anti-drug antibodies, or ADAs, in response to life-sustaining biologic drugs. We believe our SVP technology has the potential for broad applications to both enhance existing biologic drugs and enable novel therapies. Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, is a therapeutic enzyme designed to be the first biologic treatment for gout that durably controls uric acid in refractory gout and dissolves and removes harmful deposits of uric acid crystals in chronic tophaceous gout, each a painful and debilitating disease with ummet medical need. SEL-212 is currently in a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program. The Phase 1/2 clinical program is comprised of two Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial, and is designed to evaluate the ability of SEL-212 to control uric acid levels and mitigate the formation of ADAs. We expect to receive final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials in the first half of 2016 and initiate the Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2016.

We were incorporated in 2007 under the laws of the State of Delaware and our corporate headquarters is in Massachusetts. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, acquiring operating assets, raising capital, developing our technology, identifying potential nanoparticle immunomodulatory product candidates, research and development, undertaking preclinical studies and conducting clinical trials. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, common stock and debt securities, funding received from research grants and collaboration arrangements and our credit facility. We do not have any products approved for sale and have not generated any product sales. All of our revenue to date has been generated from research grants and contracts.

Since our inception and through December 31, 2015, we have raised an aggregate of $149.8 million to fund our operations, of which $118.5 million was from the sale of preferred stock, $6.0 million was from government grants, $14.3 million was from the issuance of debt securities and $11.0 million was from grants and collaboration arrangements. As of December 31, 2015, we had cash and cash equivalents totaling $32.3 million, of which $3.8 million was held by our wholly owned Russian subsidiary and designated solely for use in its operations.

75

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


In August and September 2015, we issued and sold 8,888,888 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for $40.0 million in gross proceeds which included 1,619,550 shares of Series E Preferred Stock that were issued as a result of the conversion of convertible notes. As part of the Series E Preferred Stock issuance, we also issued 2,222,213 common stock warrants to the stockholders who participated in that round of financing.

All shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock in connection with this offering, and as a result, our common stock will be the only class of stock outstanding following this offering.

Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. We incurred net losses of $12.9 million and $25.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, we had an accumulated deficit of $116.5 million. We expect to continue incurring significant expenses and operating losses for at least the next several years as we:

conduct and expand clinical trials for SEL-212, our lead product candidate;

continue the research and development of our other product candidates;

seek regulatory approval for any product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

potentially establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and scale-up external manufacturing capabilities to commercialize any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval;

maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

hire additional staff, including clinical, scientific, operational and financial personnel, to execute our business plan; and

add personnel and clinical, scientific, operational, financial and management information systems to support our product development and potential future commercialization efforts, and to enable us to operate as a public company.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, license and collaboration agreements with partners, and research grants. We may be unable to raise capital when needed or on reasonable terms, if at all, which would force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts. We will need to generate significant revenues to achieve profitability, and we may never do so.

The consolidated financial information presented below includes the accounts of Selecta Biosciences Inc. and our wholly owned subsidiaries, Selecta (RUS) LLC, a Russian limited liability company, or Selecta RUS, and Selecta Biosciences Security Corporation, a Massachusetts securities corporation. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW

Grant and collaboration revenue

To date, we have not generated any product sales. Our revenue consists of grant and collaboration revenue, which includes amounts recognized related to upfront and milestone payments for research and development funding under collaboration and license agreements. In addition, we earn revenue under the terms of government contracts or grants, which require the performance of certain research and development activities. We expect that any revenue we generate will fluctuate from quarter to

76

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


quarter as a result of the timing and amount of fees, research and development reimbursements and other payments from collaborators. We do not expect to generate revenue from product sales for at least the next several years. If we or our collaborators fail to complete the development of our product candidates in a timely manner or fail to obtain regulatory approval as needed, our ability to generate future revenue will be harmed, and will affect the results of our operations and financial position. For a further description of the agreements underlying our collaboration and grant-based revenue, see Notes 2 and 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Research and development

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including compensation and benefits for full-time research and development employees, an allocation of facilities expenses, overhead expenses, manufacturing process-development and scale-up activities, clinical trial and related clinical manufacturing expenses, fees paid to contract research organizations, or CROs, and investigative sites, payments to partners under our license agreements and other outside expenses. Our research and development costs are often devoted to expanding our programs and are not necessarily allocable to a specific target.

Our research and development expenses consist of external research and development costs, which we track on a program-by-program basis and primarily include contract manufacturing organization and CRO-related costs, and internal research and development costs, which are primarily compensation expenses for our research and development employees, lab supplies, analytical testing, allocated overhead costs and other related expenses. As we expand the clinical development of SEL-212, we expect our research and development expenses to increase. The increase in external research and development spending is expected to outpace internal research and development spending. We have incurred a total of $75.5 million in research and development expenses from inception through December 31, 2015, with a majority of the expenses being spent on the development of SEL-212 and a prior nicotine vaccine, and the remainder being spent on our various discovery and preclinical stage product candidate programs and the general expansion of our technology.

We expense research and development costs as incurred. Conducting a significant amount of research and development is central to our business model. Product candidates in clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of development, primarily due to the size and duration of clinical trials. We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we seek to complete development of SEL-212, and to further advance our preclinical and earlier stage research and development projects. The successful development of our clinical and preclinical product candidates is highly uncertain. At this time, we cannot reasonably estimate the nature, timing or costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the development of SEL-212 or any of our preclinical programs or the period, if any, in which material net cash inflows from these product candidates may commence. Clinical development timelines, the probability of success and development costs can differ materially from our expectations. For example, if the FDA or another regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those which we currently expect will be required for the completion of clinical development of a product candidate, or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time to complete any clinical development.

77

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


The following table sets forth the components of our research and development expenses during the periods indicated (in thousands, except percentages):

 
  Years ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  Dollar
change

  %
change

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

External research and development expenses:

                         

SEL-212

  $ 474   $ 9,335   $ 8,861     NM  

Discovery and preclinical stage product programs, collectively

    38     856     818     2,153  

Internal research and development expenses

    9,974     12,789     2,815     28  

Total research and development expenses

  $ 10,486   $ 22,980   $ 12,494     119 %

General and administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related benefits, including stock-based compensation, related to our executive, finance, business development and support functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs not otherwise allocated to research and development expenses, travel expenses for our general and administrative personnel and professional fees for auditing, tax and corporate legal services, including intellectual property-related legal services. We expect that our general and administrative expenses will increase in future periods, reflecting an expanding infrastructure and increased professional fees associated with being a public reporting company.

Investment income

Investment income consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments.

Interest expense

Interest expense consists of interest expense on amounts borrowed under our credit facility.

Other expense

Other expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was de minimis.

Foreign currency

The functional currency of our Russian subsidiary is the ruble. In addition to holding cash denominated in rubles, our Russian bank accounts also hold cash balances denominated in U.S. dollars to facilitate payments to be settled in U.S. dollars or other currencies. At December 31, 2014 and 2015, we maintained cash of $7.3 million and $3.8 million respectively, in Russian banks, of which $3.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars for the period ended December 31, 2015. The amounts denominated in U.S. dollars and used in transacting the day to day operations are subject to transaction gains and losses, which are reported as incurred.

78

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Revenue

The following is a comparison of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except percentages):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Dollar
change

  %
change

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Grant and collaboration revenue

  $ 3,040   $ 6,011   $ 2,971     98 %

During the year ended December 31, 2015, total revenue increased by $3.0 million, or 98%, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to revenue from our grants and collaborations associated with increased research and development activities, including an increase of $1.9 million of revenue recognized during the year from the NIDA (NIH) grant, $0.1 million for our collaboration with JDRF, $0.4 million of revenue recognized that was previously reported as contingently repayable grant funding, $0.3 million from other collaborations initiated in 2015, and $0.3 million from other agreements.

Research and development

The following is a comparison of research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except percentages):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Dollar
change

  %
change

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Research and development

  $ 10,486   $ 22,980   $ 12,494     119 %

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our total research and development expenses increased by $12.5 million from the prior year, reflecting the costs associated with the advancement of SEL-212 into clinical trials, including related headcount growth, as compared to the prior year during which research and development expenses primarily reflected costs associated with the general pre-clinical development of SEL-212.

General and administrative

The following is a comparison of general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands, except percentages):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
   
   
 
 
  Dollar
change

  %
change

 
 
  2014
  2015
 

General and administrative

  $ 7,953   $ 8,335   $ 382     5 %

During the year ended December 31, 2015, our general and administrative expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 5%, as compared to the prior year, primarily due to an increase in legal expense as a result of initiating and reviewing potential collaboration agreements and expanding intellectual property protections.

79

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Investment income

Change in investment income was de minimis during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the prior year as cash and cash equivalent balances held in interest bearing accounts and the prevailing interest rates remained relatively consistent during both years.

Foreign currency gain

We recognized a foreign currency gain of $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $3.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2014 reflecting the continued strength of the U.S. dollar to the ruble occurring between December 31, 2014 (beginning of the period) to December 31, 2015 (end of period).

Interest expense

Interest expense was $0.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $0.6 million in the prior year. The increase was primarily due to outstanding borrowings throughout 2015 as well as incremental amounts borrowed during the year. As of January 2014, we had outstanding borrowings of $3.0 million under our credit facility. In July 2014, we drew the remaining $4.5 million of available borrowings under the credit facility. As of December 31, 2015, we expanded the credit facility to a total of $12.0 million and drew all of the remaining borrowings available under the credit facility. Additionally, the increase included the amortization of loan issuance costs and interest accrued on convertible notes issued in April 2015 that were converted into our Series E Preferred Stock in August 2015.

Other expense

Other expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was de minimis.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Since our inception and through December 31, 2015, we have raised an aggregate of $149.8 million to fund our operations, of which $118.5 million was from the sale of preferred stock, $6.0 million was from government grants and $14.3 million was from borrowings under our credit facility and $11.0 million was through our collaborations and license agreements.

As of December 31, 2015, our cash and cash equivalents were $32.3 million, of which $3.8 million was held by our Russian subsidiary designated solely for use in its operations and is consolidated for financial reporting purposes. Additionally, our Russian subsidiary maintained $0.7 million in short term investments and $0.1 million in restricted cash.

In addition to our existing cash and cash equivalents, we receive research and development funding and are eligible to earn a significant amount of milestone payments under collaboration agreements. Our ability to earn these milestone payments, and the timing of achieving these milestones, is dependent upon the outcome of our research and development and regulatory activities, and is uncertain at this time. Currently, funding from research grants and payments under collaboration agreements represent our only source of committed external funds.

80

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock and common stock, issuance of debt securities, funding received from grants and collaborative arrangements and through borrowings under our credit facility. We expect that we will continue to incur losses and that such losses will increase for the foreseeable future. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may raise through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, third-party funding and other collaborations and strategic alliances.

Indebtedness

In August 2013, we entered into a credit facility with Oxford Finance, LLC, or Oxford, and Pacific Western Bank, as successor in interest to Square 1 Bank, as co-lenders. The credit facility initially provided funding for an aggregate principal amount of up to $7.5 million. The term loan A portion of the facility was funded on the facility's closing date in the aggregate principal amount of $3.0 million. In July 2014, we borrowed the remaining $4.5 million of the available capacity under a term loan B portion of the facility. On December 31, 2015, we expanded the credit facility to a total of $12.0 million, and drew down all available funding at the closing, with the full amount borrowed referred to as the term loan.

The credit facility is secured by substantially all of our personal property other than our intellectual property. The term loan under the credit facility bears interest at an annual rate equal to the greater of (i) 8.0% and (ii) the sum of (a) the 30-day U.S. LIBOR rate five business days prior to the applicable funding date plus (b) 7.68%. We are required to make interest payments through January 1, 2017, or the interest only period. Following the interest only period, all outstanding borrowings under the credit facility will begin amortizing with monthly payments of principal and interest being made over 30 consecutive monthly installments. All loans under the facility mature on July 1, 2019, and include a final payment fee equal to 6% of the total amount borrowed under the credit facility. This final payment has been recorded as a discount to the loan balance and is being amortized into interest expense over the life of the loan.

The term loan is prepayable at our option in whole, but not in part, subject to a prepayment fee of 3% if the term loan is prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the December 31, 2015 borrowing date, the borrowing date, 2% if the terms loans are prepaid between the first and second anniversary of the borrowing date and 1% if the term loan is prepaid after the second anniversary of the borrowing date. We are also required to prepay the term loan upon the occurrence of customary events of default set forth in the credit agreement. In addition, the term loan contains a subjective acceleration clause whereby an event of default and immediate acceleration of the borrowings under credit agreement occurs in the event of a material impairment of the perfection or priority of the lenders' lien in the collateral or the value of such collateral, a material adverse change in our business operations or condition (financial or otherwise) or a material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the obligations.

We were also required to issue the lenders warrants for the purchase of preferred stock equal to 4.0% of the term loan A and term loan B at each closing, and 2.5% for the additional borrowing on December 31, 2015. In connection with the term loan security and loan agreement, in August 2013, we issued a fully vested warrant to purchase 26,668 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, in July 2014, we issued an additional fully vested warrant to purchase 40,000 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock, and in December 31, 2015, we issued an additional fully vested warrant to purchase 37,978 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock. The exercise price for all warrants is $4.50 per share, and they have a ten year life from date of issuance. These are recorded at the fair market value and expensed through the income statement.

81

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


The credit facility includes affirmative and negative covenants applicable to us and our subsidiaries. The affirmative covenants include, among others, covenants requiring us to (and to cause our subsidiaries to) maintain our legal existence and governmental approvals, deliver certain financial reports, maintain inventory and insurance coverage, maintain unrestricted cash in a control account equal to or greater than the lesser of 105% of all outstanding amounts under the credit facility and 100% of the cash and cash equivalents of our company and our wholly owned subsidiary, Selecta Biosciences Security Corporation, and protect material intellectual property. The negative covenants include, among others, restrictions on us and our subsidiaries transferring collateral, incurring additional indebtedness, engaging in mergers or acquisitions, paying dividends or making other distributions, making investments, creating liens, selling assets and allowing a change in control, in each case subject to certain exceptions. Additionally, the credit facility restricts us from making certain payments or transfers to our Russian subsidiary, Selecta RUS, subject to certain exceptions. The credit facility does not include any other financial covenants. As of December 31, 2015, we were in compliance with the covenants under our credit facility.

The credit facility also includes events of default, the occurrence and continuation of which provide the co-lenders with the right to exercise remedies against us and the collateral securing the loans under the credit facility, including our cash. These events of default include, among other things, our failure to pay any amounts due under the credit facility, a breach of covenants under the credit facility, our insolvency and the insolvency of our subsidiaries, the occurrence of a material adverse event, the occurrence of any default under certain other indebtedness, and a final judgment against us in an amount greater than $100,000. As of December 31, 2015, there had been no such events of default and the lenders had not exercised their rights with respect to an event of default under the credit facility.

Plan of operations and future funding requirements

To date, we have not generated any product sales. We do not know when, or if, we will generate revenue from product sales. We will not generate significant revenue from product sales unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize one of our current or future product candidates. Our primary uses of capital are, and we expect will continue to be, compensation and related expenses, third-party clinical research and development services, laboratory and related supplies, clinical costs, legal and other regulatory expenses, and general overhead costs. We expect that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. We are subject to risks in the development of our products, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may adversely affect our business. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. We expect that we will need substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. In their report on our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph stating that we have recurring losses from operations since inception and negative cash flows from operating activities and will require additional capital to fund planned operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

We expect that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015, and research and development funding that we expect to receive under our existing collaborations, excluding any potential milestone payments, will fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements through           . We have based these estimates on assumptions

82

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Additionally, the process of testing product candidates in clinical trials is costly, and the timing of progress in these trials is uncertain. Because our product candidates are in various stages of clinical and preclinical development and the outcome of these efforts is uncertain, we cannot estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our product candidates or whether, or when, we may achieve profitability. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

the progress and results of our clinical trials of SEL-212;

our collaboration agreements remaining in effect, our ability to enter into additional collaboration agreements and our ability to achieve milestones under these agreements;

the scope, progress, results and costs of preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our other product candidates;

the number and development requirements of other product candidates that we pursue;

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

the costs and timing of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending any intellectual property-related claims; and

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other products and technologies.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings and revenue from license and collaboration arrangements. Except for any obligations of our collaborators to reimburse us for research and development expenses or to make milestone payments under our agreements with them, upon completion of this offering, we will not have any committed external source of liquidity. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the future sale of equity or debt, the ownership interest of our stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our existing common stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration arrangements in the future, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams or product candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

83

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Cash flows

The following is a summary of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands):

 
  Years ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Beginning of the period

  $ 8,057   $ 16,592  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (12,686 )   (22,463 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (227 )   (4,679 )

Net cash provided by financing activities

    24,771     43,906  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    (3,323 )   (1,019 )

End of the period

  $ 16,592   $ 32,337  

Net cash used in operating activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $22.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $10.0 million in cash used in operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2015, was primarily related to the increased net loss position as a result of the incremental costs associated with the clinical trial.

Net cash used in investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to net cash used in investing activities of $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase in cash used for investing activities was caused by the purchase of $3.5 million of short-term investments and an additional $1.2 million of purchased equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $43.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. The increase of $19.1 million reflected the difference in proceeds from the issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock and the convertible notes (that converted into Series E Preferred Stock) in 2015 versus the proceeds from the issuance of Series D Preferred Stock and our Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock, or Series SRN Preferred Stock, issued in 2014.

Effect of exchange rates on cash

The functional currency of our Russian subsidiary is the ruble. The statement of cash flows for our Russian subsidiary is translated using the average translation rate applicable during the period except that all cash and cash equivalents, short term investments and restricted cash at the beginning of the period is translated using the exchange rate as of the beginning balance sheet date, and short term investments and restricted cash at the end of the period is translated using the exchange rate as of the ending balance sheet date.

84

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Contractual obligations and contingent liabilities

The following summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015 (in thousands):

Contractual Obligations
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1 to 3 years
  3 to 5 years
  More than
5 years

 

Operating leases(1)

  $ 1,473     1,176     297          

Research and development contract obligations(2)

    240     60     120     60      

Long term debt(3)

    14,988     972     10,637     3,379      

Total obligations

  $ 16,701   $ 2,208   $ 11,054   $ 3,439   $  

(1)
Represents future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases in effect as of December 31, 2015, including the remaining lease payments for our current facilities in Watertown, Massachusetts. The minimum lease payments above do not include common area maintenance charges, real estate taxes or any sublease payments we receive.

(2)
Represents minimum annual license fees payable to universities or partners under our license agreements. Under our license agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, or MIT, milestone and royalty payments commence upon our commercialization of a product. For the purposes of presenting our contractual obligations under the MIT agreement, we have assumed license payments are fully offset by milestone and royalty payments in 2020.

(3)
Represents payments of principal and interest under our credit facility assuming $12.0 million of borrowings, net of principle paydown, and no prepayments.

The contractual obligations table does not include any potential contingent payments upon the achievement by us of specified clinical, regulatory and commercial events, as applicable, or patent prosecution or royalty payments we may be required to make under license agreements we have entered into with various universities or partners pursuant to which we have in-licensed certain intellectual property, including our license agreement with MIT. We have excluded these potential payments in the contractual obligations table because the timing and likelihood of these contingent payments are not known. See "Business—Licenses and collaborations" for additional information about these license agreements, including with respect to potential payments thereunder.

We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with manufacturers and CROs for clinical trials, preclinical research studies and testing, manufacturing and other services and products for operating purposes. As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $9.2 million of purchase orders under these agreements. However, these agreements generally provide for termination upon notice. As a result, we have excluded payments under these agreements because (i) the timing of these payments is uncertain and contingent upon completion of future activities and (ii) we believe that our non-cancelable obligations under these agreements are not material.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND USE OF ESTIMATES

Our management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. These items are monitored and analyzed by us for changes in facts and circumstances, and material changes in these estimates could occur in the future. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events,

85

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results for the period in which they become known. Actual results may differ materially from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and understanding and evaluating our reported financial results.

Revenue recognition

Collaborative research and development and multiple-deliverable arrangements

We enter into collaborative arrangements for the development and commercialization of product candidates utilizing our SVP technology. The terms of these agreements have typically included multiple deliverables by us (for example, license rights, research and development services and manufacturing of clinical materials) in exchange for consideration to us of some combination of non-refundable upfront payments, research and development funding, payments based upon achievement of clinical development or other milestones, and royalties in the form of a designated percentage of product sales or profits.

Revenue is recognized when there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. When one or more of the revenue recognition criteria are not met, we defer the recognition of revenue until such time as all such criteria are met. Multiple-deliverable arrangements, such as development agreements, are analyzed to determine whether the deliverables can be separated or whether they must be accounted for as a single unit of accounting. When deliverables are separable, consideration received is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on the relative selling price method and the appropriate revenue recognition principles are applied to each unit.

We determine the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE, of selling price, if available, third-party evidence, or TPE, of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the best estimate of selling price for a deliverable requires significant judgment. We have used our best estimate of selling price to estimate the selling price for licenses related to our proprietary technology, since we do not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for these deliverables. In those circumstances, we consider market conditions as well as entity-specific factors, including those factors contemplated in negotiating the agreements, estimated development costs, probability of success and the time needed to commercialize a product candidate pursuant to the license. In validating the best estimate of selling price, we evaluate whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the best estimate of selling price will have a significant effect on the allocation of consideration between multiple deliverables.

We may receive upfront payments when licensing our intellectual property in conjunction with a research and development agreement. When management believes the license to our intellectual property does not have stand-alone value from the other deliverables to be provided in the arrangement, we generally recognize revenue attributed to the license over the contractual or estimated performance period. When management believes the license to our intellectual property has stand-alone value, we generally recognize revenue attributed to the license upon delivery. The periods over which revenue should be recognized are subject to estimates by management and may change over the course

86

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


of the research and development agreement. Such a change could have a material impact on the amount of revenue we record in future periods. We have not experienced any significant adjustments to our estimates to date.

Payments or reimbursements resulting from our research and development efforts are recognized and presented on a gross basis as the services are performed. The rationale for presenting on a gross basis is that we are the principal for such efforts, and as long as there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the related amount is reasonably assured. Grant agreements generally provide for the reimbursement of direct costs, including salaries, benefits and supplies, as well as indirect costs.

At the inception of each agreement that includes milestones payments, we evaluate whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone, as well as the level of effort and investment required. Revenues from milestones, if they are nonrefundable and deemed substantive, are recognized upon successful accomplishment of the milestones. Milestones that are not considered substantive are accounted for as license payments and recognized over the remaining period of performance.

Deferred revenue

Amounts received prior to satisfying the above revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amounts not expected to be recognized within one year following the balance sheet date are classified as non-current deferred revenue.

Accrued expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves reviewing contracts and purchase orders, reviewing the terms of our vendor agreements, communicating with our applicable personnel to identify services that have been performed on our behalf, and estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual cost. The majority of our service providers invoice us monthly in arrears for services performed. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in our consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. Examples of estimated accrued research and development expenses include:

fees payable to CROs and other third parties;

fees payable to vendors in connection with preclinical or clinical development activities; and

fees payable to vendors related to product manufacturing, development and distribution of clinical supplies.

We base our expenses related to clinical studies on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended pursuant to contracts with multiple research institutions and CROs that conduct and manage clinical studies on our behalf. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract, and may result in uneven payment flows and expense recognition. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from our estimate, we adjust the accrual accordingly. Our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of

87

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


services performed may vary and may result in our reporting changes in estimates in any particular period. We have not experienced any significant adjustments to our estimates to date.

Stock-based compensation

We issue stock-based awards to employees and non-employees, generally in the form of stock options and restricted stock. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with the ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation, or ASC 718. We account for stock-based awards to non-employees in accordance with ASC 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, or ASC 505-50.

Pursuant to ASC 718, we measure stock options and other stock-based awards granted to employees and directors based on the fair value on the date of grant and recognize the corresponding compensation expense of those awards, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award. Generally, we issue stock options and restricted stock awards with only service-based vesting conditions and record the expense for these awards using the straight-line method.

Pursuant to ASC 505-50, we measure stock-based awards granted to consultants and non-employees based on the fair value of the award on the date at which the related service is complete. Compensation expense is recognized over the period during which services are rendered by such consultants and non-employees until completed. At the end of each financial reporting period prior to completion of the service, the fair value of these awards is remeasured using the then-current fair value of our common stock and updated assumption inputs in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and assumptions we make for the volatility of our common stock, the expected terms of our stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options and our expected dividend yield.

Stock-based compensation for employees and non-employees were classified in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as outlined below (in thousands):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 

Research and development

  $ 384   $ 495  

General and administrative

    840     630  

Total

  $ 1,224   $ 1,125  

As of December 31, 2015, we had $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation expense, net of related forfeiture estimates, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average remaining vesting period of approximately 3.1 years. We expect the impact of our stock-based compensation expense for stock options and restricted stock granted to employees and non-employees to grow in future periods due to the potential increases in the value of our common stock and headcount.

88

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Common stock valuation

As there has been no public market for our common stock to date, the estimated fair value of our common stock has been determined by our board of directors, with input from management, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors' assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant, and factors that may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. We have periodically determined the estimated fair value of our common stock at various dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid.

The Practice Aid identifies various available methods for allocating enterprise value across classes and series of capital stock to determine the estimated fair value of common stock at each valuation date. In accordance with the Practice Aid, our board of directors considered the following methods.

Option Pricing Method.    Under the option pricing method, or OPM, shares are valued by creating a series of call options with exercise prices based on the liquidation preferences and conversion terms of each equity class. The estimated fair values of the preferred and common stock are inferred by analyzing these options.

Probability-Weighted Expected Return Method.    The probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, is a scenario-based analysis that estimates value per share based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns, considering each of the possible outcomes available to us, as well as the economic and control rights of each share class.

Given the range of possible financing and exit events that existed at the time we completed our valuations, our board of directors concluded the PWERM to be the most appropriate for purposes of valuing our common stock given our expected time to a liquidity event, subjectivity with regards to estimating possible proceeds from a future liquidation event and subjectivity with regards to the ability to estimate the probability of an initial public offering, sale or other financing events. The PWERM explicitly considers the various terms of our investor related documents, including various rights of each class of our stock, at the date of the liquidity event when those rights will either be executed or abandoned.

We obtained valuations of our common stock on February 28, 2014, November 30, 2014, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015, January 31, 2016 and March 31, 2016. All valuations utilized the PWERM methodology to allocate the enterprise value to the common stock. The fair value of our common stock was estimated using a probability-weighted analysis of the present value of the returns afforded to common stockholders under several future stockholder exit or liquidity event scenarios, either through (1) a near-term and longer-term initial public offering, or IPO, scenario; (2) a sale of our company at values deemed to be low, medium and high; or (3) a liquidation event where the value is well below the preferred stock preference levels.

The selected enterprise value in the near-term IPO scenario was based on the pre-money market data for IPOs between the median and the mean of the observed range given reasonably "like" stage companies. The selected aggregate enterprise value in the longer-term scenario was also based on the pre-money market data for IPOs of equivalent stage biotechnology companies, but with added consideration that the market may not be as robust in the near-term initial public offering time frame and we will have completed our proof-of-concept with positive findings. The selected enterprise values utilized for each of the three scenarios in the sale scenario considered management's best estimates considering program accomplishments towards one or more indications being in the clinic, the

89

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


available cash runway and additional preclinical data from our other product candidates. In the liquidation scenario at a price below liquidation preference, the valuations assumed a value that would not allow the preferred stockholders to realize their full liquidation preference resulting in no value to common stockholders.

Under all the exit scenarios considered in the PWERM, the fair value of our common stock was calculated using the estimated future enterprise valuations and a risk-adjusted discount rate based on the inherent risk of a hypothetical investment in our common stock, and a discount for lack of marketability. The risk-adjusted discount rate was based on consideration of the weighted average cost of capital, or WACC, for comparable biotechnology companies adjusted for company-specific risk factors, the venture capital rates of return and an analysis of other quantitative and qualitative factors considered pertinent to estimating the discount rate. We corroborated the discount based on the value of a put option compared to the value of common stock using Black-Scholes. We also considered the rights and privileges of our preferred stock as compared to our common stock, including anti-dilution protection, redemption rights, protective provisions in our certificate of incorporation and rights to participate in future rounds of financing.

We performed these valuations, with the assistance of a third-party valuation specialist, on February 28, 2014, November 30, 2014, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015, January 31, 2016 and March 31, 2016. The resulting estimated fair value of our common stock as of March 31, 2016 was $2.09, January 31, 2016 was $1.80, December 31, 2015 was $1.74, September 30, 2015 was $1.64, November 30, 2014 was $2.40 and February 28, 2014 was $2.30 per share. The changes in the assumptions used for the September 2015 valuation as compared to the November 2014 valuation reflected our progress towards proof of scientific concept and resulting technology advancement, the decision to advance towards an IPO, and the offering value of our Series E Preferred Stock financing. This decrease in per share value was primarily due to then-current valuations for biotechnology companies, capital market conditions for biotechnology companies and the terms of our recent Series E Preferred Stock financing. The valuations performed as of January 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, as compared to September 30, 2015, reflected only the advancement of time between valuations towards the future stockholder exit or liquidity event scenarios. As there were no new significant clinical data, financial events or other changes in the business during that period, management believes the change in valuation is attributable to time progression. The valuation performed for March 31, 2016 included consideration for the continued advancement of time towards an IPO in the second quarter of 2016, the apparent stabilization of the capital markets, the initial results of our Phase 1b clinical trial and analysis of the valuations for other biotechnology companies.

The assumptions underlying these valuations represent management's best estimates, which involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management judgment. As a result, if factors or expected outcomes change and we use significantly different assumptions or estimates, our equity-based compensation could be materially different.

Following the closing of this offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the quoted market price of our common stock.

90

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


Stock option grants

The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares subject to options granted since January 1, 2014, the per share exercise price of the options, the fair value of common stock underlying the options on date of grant and the per share estimated fair value of the options:

Grant date
  Number of
common shares
underlying
options
granted

  Exercise price
per common
share(1)

  Fair value of
common stock
per share on
grant date(2)

  Per share
estimated
fair value
of options

 
   

April 8, 2014

    596,000   $ 2.30   $ 2.30   $ 1.76  

April 23, 2014

    80,000   $ 2.30   $ 2.30   $ 1.63  

September 9, 2014

    27,000   $ 2.30   $ 2.30   $ 1.79  

February 6, 2015

    225,000   $ 2.40   $ 2.40   $ 1.83  

February 21, 2015

    245,000   $ 2.40   $ 2.40   $ 1.83  

April 7, 2015

    20,000   $ 2.40   $ 2.40   $ 1.81  

June 12, 2015

    25,000   $ 2.40   $ 1.64   $ 0.99  

September 8, 2015

    450,000   $ 2.40   $ 1.64   $ 0.97  

December 4, 2015

    929,750   $ 1.64   $ 1.64   $ 1.17  

March 9, 2016

    670,000   $ 1.80   $ 1.80   $ 1.46  

    3,267,750                    

(1)
Our board of directors determined at the time of grant of the stock options that the exercise price was based upon the fair value of our common stock calculated in the most recent valuation as of February 28, 2014, November 30, 2014, September 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 or January 31, 2016, as applicable.

(2)
As described below, the fair value of common stock at the date of these grants was adjusted to recognize the decline in the per share valuation for the period between the November 30, 2014 and the December 31, 2015 contemporaneous valuations. The adjustments are made based on a reassessment of the events occurring between the two valuations, such as the value paid for the most recent venture funding, and the determination of the time in which the pricing of the funding would be known. The fair value of common stock per share on the March 9, 2016 grant date was based on the valuation performed as of January 31, 2016.

In the course of preparing for this offering, on January 31, 2016, we performed a fair value assessment and concluded that the fair value of our common stock underlying the stock options we granted between April 8, 2014 and March 9, 2016 was between $1.64 and $2.40 per share for accounting purposes. These reassessed values, which we applied to determine the fair values of the option grants in determining the stock-based compensation expense for accounting purposes, were based in part upon the valuation of our common stock as of January 31, 2016, performed with the assistance of a third-party specialist, taking into account an increased probability of executing a successful IPO during the first half of 2016, the recent IPO valuations for early-stage biotechnology companies and the probability of a successful result in our Phase 1/2 clinical trials of SEL-212. These revised common stock valuations were performed using the PWERM method noted above.

Initial public offering

In consultation with the underwriters for this offering, we determined the estimated price range for this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The midpoint of the price range is $             per share. In comparison, our estimate of the fair value of our common stock was $             per share as of the                       valuation. We note that, as is typical with IPOs, the estimated price range for this offering was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined by

91

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


negotiation between us and the underwriters. Among the factors that were considered in setting this range were the following:

an analysis of the typical valuation ranges seen in recent IPO for companies in our industry;

the general condition of the securities markets and the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies;

an assumption that there would be a receptive public trading market for clinical and pre-commercial biotechnology companies such as us; and

an assumption that there would be sufficient demand for our common stock to support an offering of the size contemplated by this prospectus.

We believe that the difference between the fair value of our common stock as of                      and the midpoint of the price range for this offering is the result of these factors as well as the fact that the estimated IPO price range necessarily assumes that the IPO has occurred, a public market for our common stock has been created and that our preferred stock converted into common stock in connection with the IPO, and therefore excludes any discount for lack of marketability of our common stock, which was factored into the                      valuation.

WARRANT VALUATION

We granted warrants to purchase shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock to the lenders under our loan and security agreement dated August 9, 2013, as amended on May 9, 2014, and as amended and restated on December 31, 2015. These warrants are classified as a liability as the warrants are free-standing financial instruments that may require us to transfer assets upon exercise. The warrants were initially recorded at their grant date fair value on and are remeasured to fair value at each subsequent balance sheet date. Changes in fair value of these warrants are recognized as a component of other income (expense) in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value of the warrants until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants.

The fair value of the warrants are estimated using Black-Sholes, which incorporates assumptions and estimates to value these warrants. We assess these assumptions and estimates on a quarterly basis based on information available to us on each valuation date. Such assumptions and estimates include: the fair value per share of the underlying Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, the remaining contractual term of the warrants, risk-free interest rate applicable to the remaining contractual term, expected dividend yield and expected volatility of the price of the underlying preferred stock. We determine the fair value per share of the underlying preferred stock by taking into consideration the most recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, results obtained from third-party valuations and additional factors that we deem relevant. We have historically been a private company and lack company-specific historical and implied volatility information of our stock. Therefore, we estimate expected stock volatility based on the historical volatility of publicly traded comparable companies for a term equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. The risk-free interest rate is determined by reference to the U.S. Treasury yield curve for time periods that approximately equal to the remaining contractual term of the warrants. We assumed no dividend yield based on the fact that we have never paid or declared dividends, and do not expect to pay or declare dividends in the future.

In connection with this offering, the underlying redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted to common stock. The preferred warrants will therefore become exercisable into common

92

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


stock instead of preferred stock and the fair value of the warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital at that time.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

NET OPERATING LOSS AND RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT TAX CREDIT CARRYFORWARDS

As of December 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, for federal and state income tax purposes of $82.4 million and $76.3 million, respectively, which expire at various times through 2035. In 2014, our wholly owned subsidiary, Selecta RUS, was granted a "Skolkovo designated" resident status in Russia. As a result, the subsidiary operates as a corporate tax exempt entity, with lower employee and employment taxes. All foreign net operating loss carryforwards have been eliminated. The state NOLs began expiring in 2015 and will continue to expire through 2035. At December 31, 2015, we had available federal and state research and development income tax credits of approximately $1.6 million and $1.1 million respectively, which may be available to reduce future income taxes, if any, at various times through 2035.

Utilization of the NOLs and credits may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership change limitations provided by Section 382 of the Code. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in our ownership of more than 50% within any three-year period. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on our value immediately before the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of our net operating losses and credits before we can use them. We have recorded a valuation allowance on all of our deferred tax assets, including our deferred tax assets related to our NOLs and research and development tax credit carryforwards. We plan to undertake a study to analyze and determine if any historical ownership changes have occurred to determine if there are any permanent limitations on our ability to utilize NOLs and other tax attributes in the future. In addition, we may experience ownership changes after this offering as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, we are unable to estimate the effect of these limitations, if any, on our ability to utilize NOLs and other tax attributes in the future.

JOBS ACT ACCOUNTING ELECTION

In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In May 2014, FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASU 2014-09, which amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous industry-specific requirements. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of

93

Table of Contents

Management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations


risk and rewards. ASU 2014-09 also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2014-09 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, but not before December 15, 2016. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are currently in the process of evaluating the effect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 may have on our financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern, or ASU 2014-15. ASU 2014-15 requires management to assess our ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures in certain circumstances. The requirements of ASU 2014-15 will be effective for the annual financial statement period beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases ("ASU 2016-02"). ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to separate the lease components from the non-lease components in a contract and recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. It also aligns lease accounting for lessors with the revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and is to be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2016-02. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The market risk inherent in our financial instruments and in our financial position represents the potential loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2015, we had cash equivalents of $32.3 million, consisting of non-interest and interest-bearing money market accounts. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates. Due to the short-term the low risk profile of our money market accounts, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our cash equivalents.

In addition, we are subject to currency risk for balances held in rubles in our foreign subsidiary. We hold portions of our funds in both U.S. dollars and rubles. The exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and ruble fluctuated significantly. As of December 31, 2013, the exchange rate was 32.7 rubles per U.S. dollar as compared to 56.26 rubles per U.S. dollar at December 31, 2014 and 72.89 rubles per U.S. dollar at December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, we held $3.8 million in Russian banks to support our Russian subsidiary, of which $3.0 million was denominated in U.S. dollars. We do not hedge against foreign currency risks. We do not believe that inflation and changing prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

94

Table of Contents


Business

OVERVIEW

We are a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company using our proprietary synthetic vaccine particle, or SVP, technology to discover and develop targeted therapies that are designed to modulate the immune system to effectively and safely treat rare and serious diseases. Many such diseases are treated with biologic therapies that are foreign to the patient's immune system and therefore, elicit an undesired immune response. Of particular concern are anti-drug antibodies, or ADAs, which are produced by the immune system in response to biologic therapy and can adversely affect the efficacy and safety of treatment. Our proprietary SVP technology encapsulates an immunomodulator in biodegradable nanoparticles to induce antigen-specific immune tolerance to mitigate the formation of ADAs in response to life-sustaining biologic drugs. We believe our SVP technology has the potential for broad applications to both enhance existing biologic drugs and enable novel therapies. Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, is a therapeutic enzyme designed to be the first biologic treatment for gout that durably controls uric acid in refractory gout and dissolves and removes the harmful deposits of uric acid in chronic tophaceous gout, each a painful and debilitating disease with unmet medical need. SEL-212 is currently in a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program. The Phase 1/2 clinical program is comprised of two Phase 1 clinical trials and a Phase 2 clinical trial, and is designed to evaluate the ability of SEL-212 to control uric acid levels and mitigate the formation of ADAs. We expect to receive final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials in the first half of 2016 and initiate the Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2016. We have submitted to the FDA two investigational new drug, or IND, applications, both of which are active. Each IND lists us as a named sponsor and is indicated for the treatment of chronic gout in adult patients refractory to conventional therapy.

Despite rapid advancement in biologic treatment of rare and serious diseases, many biologic therapies are not broadly effective because they are exogenous proteins that are foreign to the patient's immune system and, therefore, may elicit an immune response, known as immunogenicity. Undesired immunogenicity includes the formation of ADAs that can compromise the drug's efficacy and cause serious allergic reactions. The formation of ADAs is known to occur in established treatments such as enzyme and protein replacement therapies, as well as in novel technologies, such as gene therapy and antibody-drug conjugates. ADAs can start developing in the body with the first dose of a biologic therapy and can render subsequent doses ineffective or unsafe, potentially depriving patients of life-saving therapeutic options and limiting the likelihood of success for many otherwise promising novel biologic drugs and technologies. We believe our SVP technology has the potential to overcome these limitations of biologic treatments.

Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, was designed specifically to overcome the challenges faced by Krystexxa, a pegylated uricase. Krystexxa, is the only product approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, for the treatment of chronic refractory gout. In clinical trials, Krystexxa demonstrated the ability to rapidly reduce uric acid levels in serum upon initial dosing. However, despite these results, Krystexxa has not achieved broad commercial adoption. We believe this is largely attributable to undesired immunogenicity. The package insert information for Krystexxa indicates that during Phase 3 clinical trials, 92% of patients developed antibodies. The package insert information also indicates that during the drug's Phase 3 clinical trials, high Krystexxa-specific ADA levels in patients were associated with a failure to maintain Krystexxa-induced normalization of uric acid levels. Similarly, a 2011 study published in The Journal of the American Medical Association found that 58% of Krystexxa patients were non-responders.

SEL-212 consists of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase, our proprietary pegylated uricase, for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. SVP-Rapamycin uses our SVP

95

Table of Contents

Business


technology to encapsulate the approved immunomodulator rapamycin in biodegradable nanoparticles. Our preclinical data indicate that SVP-Rapamycin, when co-administered with pegsiticase, induces antigen-specific immune tolerance to pegsiticase and substantially reduces the formation of associated ADAs. We believe that SEL-212 has the potential to offer a uniquely effective treatment for patients with refractory or chronic tophaceous gout, while also demonstrating the clinical effectiveness of our SVP technology. Approximately 8.3 million patients in the United States suffer from gout, which is caused by elevated levels of serum uric acid. Excessive uric acid levels result in harmful deposits of insoluble uric acid crystals in joints and tissues, causing joint damage and painful inflammation. High concentrations of uric acid in the blood also increase the risk for other conditions, including hypertension, diabetes, atherosclerosis and kidney disease. No treatment has been approved to remove uric acid deposits from joints and tissues. Approximately 50,000 patients in the United States have been diagnosed with chronic refractory gout, an orphan indication defined as uric acid levels that cannot be controlled by available oral therapies. Approximately 500,000 patients in the United States suffer from chronic tophaceous gout, in which patients develop nodular insoluble masses of uric acid crystals referred to as tophi, which can occur either in joints, such as fingers, toes or elbows, or in the tissues that make up organs, such as the kidney and heart. Tophi are a source of inflammation and pain, and have been associated with diseases of the heart, vascular system, metabolic process, kidney and joints. There is no approved drug for chronic tophaceous gout.

We are also applying our SVP technology to antigen-specific immune tolerance to gene therapy. Gene therapies often use an adeno-associated virus, or AAV, delivery mechanism to insert corrective genetic material into cells to treat genetic diseases. In clinical trials, AAV vectors have been observed to induce undesired immunogenicity, which we believe can limit the durability of the first dose of gene therapy and significantly reduce the efficacy of any subsequent dose of the gene therapy. In our preclinical studies, we have observed that the application of SVP-Rapamycin to an AAV-based gene therapy mitigates the formation of ADAs against AAV vectors. Based on our preclinical data, we believe that SVP-Rapamycin has the potential to enable repeat dosing of AAV-based gene therapies via system-wide, or systemic, routes of administration by eliminating such undesired immunogenicity. We believe that many gene therapy applications may require multiple doses, especially therapies designed to treat non-localized diseases by intravenous administration. Some of these rare genetic deficiencies are best treated when patients are infants or small children, to prevent developmental defects. However, the need for repeat dosing may be greater in pediatric patients due to higher cell turnover as the patient grows. We believe a solution that enables repeat dosing for gene therapies would significantly expand the number of diseases that could be treated by these therapies. In addition, we are currently in discussions with third parties experienced in developing AAV-based gene therapies and the clinical treatment of two monogenic diseases using AAV vectors regarding potential collaborative arrangements for the treatment of these diseases.

In addition to developing proprietary non-immunogenic therapeutic enzymes and gene therapies, we intend to pursue out-licensing opportunities for select applications of our SVP technology. We believe that our preclinical data may support the potential application of SVP-Rapamycin to both marketed products, such as monoclonal antibodies against human tumor necrosis factor-alpha, or TNF-alpha, which are known to induce undesired immnogenicity, and novel biologic drugs that would otherwise be too immunogenic to develop, such as novel antibody-drug conjugates. We are also applying our SVP technology to the treatment of autoimmune diseases and allergies. Currently, most autoimmune diseases are treated with broadly immunosuppressive therapies that indiscriminately affect the function of the entire immune system. Our SVP technology is designed to re-program the immune system to elicit tolerance to a specific antigen without impacting the rest of the immune system. Since 2012, we have established three collaborations with Sanofi to research novel products for the treatment of a life-threatening food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes. We intend to continue a strategy of

96

Table of Contents

Business


out-licensing our SVP technology for antigen-specific immune tolerance for applications that are outside our areas of focus.

We believe our SVP technology also has the potential to be used for therapies that stimulate the immune system to prevent and treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases. We have early-stage research programs for therapeutic vaccines for human papilloma virus, or HPV, associated cancers and for antibody-based vaccine programs for nicotine addiction and malaria. These programs use our SVP technology to encapsulate an immune-stimulatory agent in biodegradable nanoparticles in order to stimulate the immune system in response to a specific antigen. To date, these programs have been primarily financed through grants.

The following chart summarizes our current SVP product candidate pipeline:

Program
  Description
  Development status
  Program strategy
SVP for immune tolerance            

Refractory and chronic tophaceous gout (SEL-212)

 

SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase

 

Final data from Phase 1a and Phase 1b trials expected in the first half of 2016. Initiation of Phase 2 trial expected in the second half of 2016

 

Own development

Gene therapy

 

SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with AAV vector

 

Investigational New Drug Application, or IND, filing for first indication expected by the end of 2017

 

Own development

SVP for immune stimulation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Smoking cessation and relapse prevention (SEL-070)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-nicotine

 

Good laboratory practice, or GLP, toxicology studies ongoing

 

Own development, with grant from the National Institute on Drug Abuse, or NIDA

HPV-associated cancer (SEL-701)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-HPV antigen

 

Currently in preclinical studies

 

Own development, with grant from the Russian-based Development Fund of New Technologies Development and Commercialization Center, or the Skolkovo Foundation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
97

Table of Contents

Business


The following chart summarizes our current discovery pipeline.

Program
  Description
  Development status
  Program strategy
SVP for immune tolerance            

Food allergy

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-food allergen

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi worldwide exclusive license

Celiac disease

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-gluten

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi worldwide exclusive license

Type 1 diabetes

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-insulin

 

Currently in discovery

 

Sanofi and Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation, or JDRF, sponsored research program

SVP for immune stimulation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Malaria

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-malaria antigen

 

Currently in discovery

 

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation sponsored research program

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OUR STRATEGY

Our goal is to become the first biopharmaceutical company to develop and commercialize targeted therapies that are designed to modulate the immune system to effectively and safely treat rare and serious diseases. In addition, we intend to maximize the value of our SVP technology by collaborating with biopharmaceutical companies on programs that can benefit from our technology but that are outside our area of focus. The key elements of our strategy include the following.

Rapidly advance the development of our lead product candidate, SEL-212, for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout.    SEL-212 has the potential to be the first biologic treatment for gout that durably controls uric acid in refractory gout and dissolves and removes harmful deposits of uric acid crystals in chronic tophaceous gout. We are currently conducting a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program, comprised of two Phase 1 clinical studies, for which we expect to receive final data in the first half of 2016, and a Phase 2 clinical trial, which we expect to initiate in the second half of 2016. We plan to advance this program through regulatory approval and commercialization.

Leverage our SVP technology for immune tolerance to develop novel uses and classes of non-immunogenic biologics.    We intend to use our SVP technology to develop first-in-class non-immunogenic versions of therapeutic enzymes or proteins for human therapy. We have several programs in various stages of discovery and we plan to continue to identify opportunities. In addition, we intend to pursue opportunities to in-license proprietary enzymes that we can co-administer with our SVP-Rapamycin to address the issues of immunogenicity and develop effective proprietary products. We also intend to use our SVP technology to develop AAV-based gene therapies designed to mitigate the formation of ADAs and therefore enable repeat administration.

Establish infrastructure and capabilities to commercialize our products in rare and orphan diseases.    While we believe our SVP technology may be broadly applicable across disease areas, we intend to focus our proprietary efforts on developing and commercializing proprietary SVP-enabled products for rare and serious diseases where there is high unmet medical need. Therapies for treating these diseases require focused commercial efforts and coordination with patient groups and investigators. As our product candidates advance towards commercialization, we intend to build a
98

Table of Contents

Business


    commercial infrastructure to market our products to capture the full value of our proprietary SVP products.

Selectively pursue collaborations and maximize the value of our SVP programs for immune tolerance.    In addition to our own proprietary product development efforts, we are in discussions with third parties regarding potential collaborations to pursue AAV gene therapies and are collaborating with Sanofi on programs for a food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes. We also intend to selectively pursue additional collaborations with biopharmaceutical companies to further leverage our SVP technology.

Utilize our expertise in SVP to stimulate the immune system to fight disease.    We are currently developing prophylactic and therapeutic vaccines that activate the immune system to fight disease through our SVP immune stimulation programs, which are primarily funded by grants. Our current product pursuits include a SVP product to treat HPV-associated cancers, a SVP nicotine vaccine for smoking cessation and relapse prevention and a SVP product for the prevention of malaria. We are developing our programs for HPV-associated cancers and smoking cessation and prevention on our own with grant funding from the Skolkovo Foundation for our HPV program and from the National Institute for Drug Abuse for our nicotine program. We are developing our malaria program under a sponsored research arrangement with The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

OVERVIEW OF THE HUMAN IMMUNE SYSTEM

The human immune system is an integrated system of specialized immune cells, cell products and tissues that protect against infectious disease and cancer. The immune system recognizes antigens, which are substances, such as proteins, enzymes or complex sugars. These antigens can be endogenous, or self-antigens, which are produced by the body, or exogenous antigens derived from foreign sources, such as viruses, fungi or bacteria. The human immune system has evolved to recognize and destroy potentially harmful substances. To function effectively, the immune system must discern between harmful antigens and innocuous antigens. The immune system maintains a delicate balance between effector cells, which mount immune responses to antigens that represent potential threats, and regulatory cells, which mitigate undesired and potentially harmful immune responses through immune tolerance. Depending upon the characteristics of the antigen and the context in which the antigen is encountered, the immune system must determine whether to mount a defensive (effector) or regulatory (tolerogenic) immune response.

Antigens are processed in lymphoid organs, such as lymph nodes and the spleen, where the immune system determines whether to mount a defensive or regulatory response through a process called "antigen presentation." In connection with antigen presentation, dendritic cells process the antigens and present them to T cells. When presented, antigens perceived as harmful induce a stimulatory response that can result in the activation of cytolytic T cells or helper T cells, the latter of which help to induce B cells to produce antibodies. The role of cytolytic T cells is to kill cells that harbor intracellular antigens, such as viruses. The role of antibodies is to neutralize or eliminate extracellular antigens on cell surfaces or interstitial fluids, such as plasma. Figure 1 below depicts both antigen presentation and the related immune responses.

99

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figure 1. Antigen Presentation and Related Tolerogenic or Stimulatory Immune Response

There are a number of diseases that occur when the immune system mounts an undesired response to an innocuous foreign antigen or a self-antigen. For example, food allergy occurs when the immune system mounts an immune response to innocuous food particles. Another example of undesired immunogenicity occurs when the immune system is exposed to a biologic treatment, recognizes it as a foreign antigen and instructs the body to mount a defense by forming ADAs to the antigen, which can compromise a therapy's desired beneficial effect. Undesired immunogenicity is common with biologic therapies, such as in enzyme and protein replacement therapies, and in novel technologies, such as gene therapy and antibody-drug conjugates.

A number of therapies have been developed to modulate an immune response. These therapies fall into two categories:

Immunosuppressive therapies.    Immunosuppressive therapies are designed to suppress the immune system and inhibit an undesired immune response. However, many current therapies are not antigen-specific and, as a result, broadly suppress the immune system. Chronic, systemic suppression of the immune system limits the safety of these therapies due to undesired side effects, including opportunistic infections, skin cancer and lymphomas. We believe there is an opportunity to develop therapies that instruct the immune system to remain tolerant to a specific antigen and thereby avoid off-target effects of systemic immunosuppression.

Immunostimulatory therapies.    Immunostimulatory therapies are designed to stimulate the immune system to prevent or treat infections and cancers. The most common class of immunostimulatory therapies are vaccines, which are designed to simulate the body's immune system to mount a defensive response to a specific antigen. While traditional vaccines have been successful for the prevention of infectious diseases, there has been limited success in developing therapeutic vaccines for the successful treatment of certain other diseases, including chronic infections and cancer. As a result, we believe there is a need for more effective vaccines to treat these diseases.

OUR SVP TECHNOLOGY

Our proprietary SVP technology encapsulates an immunomodulator in biodegradable particles to selectively modulate an immune response in an antigen-specific manner. Our SVP technology is based on the pioneering research performed by our co-founders at Harvard University, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Brigham and Women's Hospital. We license this technology pursuant to an agreement with MIT, the party that administers licensing arrangements with respect to patents jointly

100

Table of Contents

Business


owned by these institutions. We believe one of the key insights from this research is that nanoparticles are uniquely suited to deliver precise instructions to the immune system as a result of the natural predisposition of the immune system to interrogate nanoparticles, such as viruses. This research led to a portfolio of patents and patent applications covering aspects of our SVP technology, which we have exclusively in-licensed with respect to therapeutic or prophylactic vaccine products or processes. We have aggressively sought to extend and protect the proprietary intellectual property underlying the composition and use of SVP for antigen-specific immunomodulation.

Our SVP technology is a highly flexible nanoparticle platform, capable of incorporating a wide range of antigens and immunomodulators, allowing us to tailor our SVP products for specific applications across multiple indications. We are tailoring our SVP technology for:

the treatment of chronic tophaceous and refractory gout;

antigen-specific immune tolerance to gene therapy;

application with marketed products and novel biologic drugs that would otherwise be too immunogenic to develop;

the treatment of a life-threatening food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes under a collaboration with Sanofi; and

immune stimulation programs to prevent and treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases.

SVP are designed to remain intact after injection into the body and accumulate selectively in lymphoid organs, which include lymph nodes and the spleen, where the immune response is coordinated. SVP are designed to be processed by specialized immune cells, such as dendritic cells and other antigen-presenting cells that initiate and regulate immune responses, where they deliver the antigen and immunomodulator in a coordinated and targeted manner. Depending on the type of immunomodulator encapsulated in the SVP, our technology is designed to induce either a:

tolerogenic response to a biologic drug to mitigate the formation of ADAs; or

potent antigen-specific stimulatory response, such as an antibody response to a microbial antigen or a cytolytic T cell response to a tumor antigen.

A tolerogenic response is the induction of immune tolerance or non-responsiveness to a specific antigen. Cytolytic T cells are specialized antigen-specific immune cells that target and kill cells that harbor a specific antigen.

101

Table of Contents

Business


Figure 2 below depicts the process by which SVP communicates with the immune system to induce either a tolerogenic or antigen-specific stimulatory response.

GRAPHIC

Figure 2. How SVP Communicate with the Immune System

OUR ANTIGEN-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE PROGRAM

Our antigen-specific SVP tolerance programs utilize SVP-Rapamycin, our biodegradable nanoparticle encapsulating the immunomodulator rapamycin. Rapamycin is a small molecule approved for the prevention of organ rejection in kidney transplant patients. To induce immune tolerance in the body, we co-administer our SVP-Rapamycin with a free antigen, such as a biologic drug, which is depicted in Figure 3 below.

GRAPHIC

Figure 3. Co-Administration of SVP-Rapamycin with a Biologic Drug

SVP-Rapamycin is co-administered at the beginning of therapy with a biologic drug to mitigate the formation of ADAs without altering the drug or its dose regimen. As a result, we believe our SVP-Rapamycin may provide us with significant growth opportunities in the areas of immune tolerance because SVP-Rapamycin can be co-administered at the beginning of therapy with many different biologic drugs. Importantly, each pairing of SVP-Rapamycin with a biologic drug also offers us the opportunity to pursue another proprietary product candidate, which can be separately patented, approved and marketed. SVP-Rapamycin is manufactured under cGMP using well-defined commercial operations, which, we believe, further enhances the scalability of our tolerance programs.

102

Table of Contents

Business


During preclinical studies, we observed that delivering an antigen together with SVP-Rapamycin provided the appropriate signals in vivo to induce regulatory T cells, which, in turn, inhibited effector immune responses, such as the formation of ADAs. In our preclinical studies, we observe that SVP-Rapamycin labeled with a fluorescent dye selectively accumulated in lymphoid organs where it was processed by antigen-presenting cells. Figure 4 below depicts a model of how SVP-Rapamycin would enter a lymph node and be taken up by a dendritic cell. We believe that when delivered in the context of our SVP-Rapamycin, both the biologic drug and SVP-Rapamycin are taken up and processed by dendritic cells in a manner that induces regulatory T cells, which can block the activation of helper T cells, mitigating the formation of ADAs.

GRAPHIC

Figure 4. SVP-Rapamycin and Antigen/Biologic Drug Presentation and Related Immune Tolerance Induction

Limitations of existing therapies

All biologics, even those comprised of human protein sequences, have the potential to induce ADAs. Whether a biologic drug elicits an ADA response depends on both product-specific factors, such as propensity to form aggregates, route of administration and mechanism of action, as well as patient-specific factors, such as genetics, underlying disease and medications. Many enzyme and protein replacement therapies used in the treatment of rare and serious diseases have a particularly high rate of immunogenicity because patients are genetically deficient in the target protein and, as a result, the therapeutic protein can be recognized as foreign.

The induction of ADAs can lead to neutralization of efficacy, modification of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics as well as allergic responses. Immunogenicity is a significant hurdle for the development of safe and effective biologic treatments and has become a key concern for regulators, as evidenced by over 100 approved biologics that describe immunogenicity in their labels. We believe that immunogenicity is a leading cause of treatment failure for patients and product development failure for

103

Table of Contents

Business


biopharmaceutical companies. Even therapeutics with fully human protein sequences, such as Humira, a human TNF-alpha antibody, can cause an undesired immune response, resulting in the need to switch patients to other therapies. Many other promising biologics, such as recombinant thrombopoeitin and long-acting coagulation Factor VII, were abandoned during clinical development due to immunogenicity issues. Treatment and product development failure resulting from undesired immunogenicity has not gone unnoticed by regulators and industry organizations. Recently, the FDA and the National Organization for Rare Diseases, or NORD, co-sponsored a workshop on undesired immune responses to enzyme replacement therapies and called on the biopharmaceutical industry to take a more proactive approach to addressing immunogenicity to biologics.

Currently, we believe there are no comprehensive solutions to the complications of immunogenicity. Drug developers often stop the development of biologics that show an undesired immune response during preclinical or clinical development. In some cases, biopharmaceutical companies may attempt to reduce undesired immune responses by re-engineering the biologic through protein pegylation or removal of immunogenic epitopes. However, these approaches are limited in their effectiveness. Physicians may try to address the issue of undesired immune responses by increasing the dose of the biologic, which can be prohibitively expensive, or in life-threatening situations by using general immunosuppressive combination therapies. We believe that our tolerogenic SVP technology could offer an entirely new and effective treatment alternative for undesired immune responses, including with respect to the formation of ADAs, but potentially also for autoimmune diseases and allergies.

Immune tolerance preclinical studies

We have conducted several preclinical studies that we believe demonstrate the efficacy of our SVP technology in inducing immune tolerance.

Transfer of immune tolerance from mice treated with SVP-Rapamycin

In a preclinical study, we observed that in vivo administration of SVP resulted in induction of regulatory T cells, which, in turn inhibited effector immune responses. The objective of this study was to evaluate the ability to transfer tolerance from a tolerized animal to a naïve animal, a hallmark of tolerance induction. As depicted in Figure 4 below, we injected donor mice with two injections of either:

an empty nanoparticle, or Empty Nanoparticle, as indicated in blue;

a nanoparticle encapsulating rapamycin, or NP-Rapamycin, and administered without antigen, as indicated in red; or

SVP-Rapamycin encapsulating a peptide sequence from proteolipoprotein, or PLP, a myelin antigen associated with multiple sclerosis, or SVP-Rapamycin.PLP, as indicated in green.

Two weeks after the second injection, spleen cells of the mice were harvested and expanded in vitro. These immune cells were then transferred into naïve recipient mice. The next day, all recipient mice were immunized with the PLP peptide in complete Freund's adjuvant, or CFA, a potent immune stimulating adjuvant, to induce experimental autoimmune encephalomyelitis, or EAE, a model of multiple sclerosis. As indicated by the increase in the mean clinical score for multiple sclerosis in Figure 5 below, the untreated control mice that were immunized but received no transferred cells developed EAE approximately ten days after immunization with PLP and CFA, as reflected in black in Figure 5 below. The mice receiving immune cells transferred from donor mice treated with either Empty Nanoparticle or NP-Rapamycin, as indicated in blue and red in Figure 5 below, respectively, also developed EAE approximately ten days after immunization. In contrast, mice that received immune cells transferred from donor mice treated with SVP-Rapamycin.PLP did not develop EAE during the course of the trial, as indicated in green in Figure 5 below. We believe that these results indicate that the SVP-Rapamycin treatment induces a population of antigen-specific regulatory cells that mediate immune tolerance, as evidenced by the ability of transferred cells to confer protection from disease to naïve animals, reflecting a hallmark of immune tolerance.

104

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figure 5. Preclinical Study: Transfer of Immune Tolerance from Mice Treated with SVP-Rapamycin to Naive Mice

Immune tolerance induction with SVP-Rapamycin

We conducted a preclinical study to test whether the encapsulation of rapamycin in SVP was necessary for immune tolerance induction by comparing weekly doses of SVP-Rapamycin with daily doses of free unencapsulated rapamycin. Our preclinical data indicated that SVP-Rapamycin, but not free unencapsulated rapamycin, induced antigen-specific tolerance that was resistant to subsequent challenges with the antigen alone. As depicted in Figure 6 below, study mice were separated into three groups during the course of a 21-day treatment period:

the first group, referred to as the Delayed Immunization Group indicated in black, was not treated with anything during the treatment period;

the second group, referred to as the Daily Free Rapamycin Group indicated in red, was treated with doses of free unencapsulated rapamycin five days per week and weekly doses of the highly immunogenic antigen keyhole limpet hemocyanin, or KLH; and

the third group, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin Group indicated in green, received three weekly doses of SVP-Rapamycin combined with KLH.

Following the treatment period, all of the mice were then challenged with three weekly injections of KLH alone to assess the durability of immune tolerance. As depicted in Figure 6 below, the mice in both the SVP-Rapamycin Group and Daily Free Rapamycin Group showed inhibition of the KLH-specific ADA responses after the treatment phase of the trial. However, only the SVP-Rapamycin Group maintained immune tolerance after the challenge phase. We believe that these results indicate that SVP-Rapamycin induced a population of regulatory T cells that maintained tolerance to challenge with antigen alone, whereas the administration of daily free rapamycin did not. Notably, the Daily

105

Table of Contents

Business


Free Rapamycin Group was administered free unencapsulated rapamycin at five times the dose of SVP-Rapamycin administered to the SVP-Rapamycin Group during the course of the treatment period, yet we observed that this treatment induced only transient immunosuppression during the treatment phase but not durable immune tolerance during the challenge phase. We believe that the transient immunosuppression observed in the Daily Free Rapamycin Group as compared to the durable immune tolerance observed in the SVP-Rapamycin Group was attributable to the ability of our SVP technology to specifically deliver the tolerogenic instructions, in the form of the encapsulated rapamycin, directly to the antigen-presenting dendritic cells.

GRAPHIC

Figure 6. Preclinical Study: Immune Tolerance Induction with SVP-Rapamycin

Inhibition of KLH-Specific ADA response by SVP-Rapamycin in nonhuman primates

In a preclinical study, we also observed that our SVP technology inhibited antibody responses to KLH in nonhuman primates. As depicted in Figure 7 below, during a 56-day treatment period, nonhuman primates were administered five biweekly intravenous doses of KLH combined with either:

an empty nanoparticle, referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue, or

SVP-Rapamycin, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin Group and indicated in green.

After the treatment period, there was a challenge phase in which the nonhuman primates were administered three doses of KLH alone on days 70, 84 and 98. As indicated in Figure 7 below, the animals in the SVP-Rapamycin Group, which were injected with KLH combined with SVP-Rapamycin, mounted no or a much lower immune response as indicated by the lack of KLH-specific ADAs. In comparison, we observed high levels of KLH-specific ADAs in the Empty Nanoparticle Group.

106

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figure 7. Preclinical Study: Inhibition of KLH-Specific ADA Response by SVP-Rapamycin in Nonhuman Primates

OUR SVP PROGRAMS TO INDUCE ANTIGEN-SPECIFIC TOLERANCE

We believe our SVP technology to induce antigen-specific tolerance has a broad range of applications. We are currently pursuing targeted product development strategies for four discrete applications in which we believe SVP products could be highly differentiated.

Therapeutic enzymes.    Therapeutic enzymes are a frequently used class of biologic drugs to treat rare diseases. Through our analysis of biologic drugs, including our preclinical studies, we have observed that enzymes are especially prone to undesired immune responses. Our lead product candidate, SEL-212, includes pegsiticase, a pegylated uricase enzyme, which is an example of an immunogenic enzyme for which we are applying SVP-Rapamycin with the intention of improving the enzyme's efficacy and safety. Other examples of immunogenic enzymes include acid alpha-glucosidase for the treatment of Pompe disease, alpha galactosidase A for the treatment of Fabry's disease and exogenous enzymes such as asparaginase for the treatment of cancers. We intend to seek opportunities to secure supply of and, if appropriate, licenses to, these or other enzymes that we would pair with SVP-Rapamycin to enhance their efficacy, safety and use in their treatment of diseases.

Gene therapies.    We believe gene therapies have the potential to address key unmet needs for many rare genetic diseases, but undesired immune responses may be restricting broader use. Through our analysis of genetic diseases, we have identified applications and patient segments which we believe would benefit from our SVP technology. We intend to develop SVP-Rapamycin-enabled non-immunogenic therapies by preventing the induction of immune responses to the AAV vector and the transgene that can occur with the first dose of gene therapy. Our targeted diseases include lysosomal storage diseases, genetic muscular diseases, genetic metabolic diseases and hematologic diseases. Our gene therapy program is focused on obtaining licenses to novel gene therapy vectors and collaborations to build proprietary AAV-based gene therapies that we can use together with SVP-Rapamycin.
107

Table of Contents

Business


Other products and product candidates affected by undesired immune responses.    We have generated preclinical data demonstrating the breadth of the SVP program for immune tolerance. For many biologic drugs, undesired immune responses limit efficacy and cause safety concerns. This includes TNF-alpha-specific ADAs for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and blood factor replacement therapies for the treatment of hemophilia. We intend to out-license SVP-Rapamycin technology for use with other products that are outside our focus on therapeutic enzymes and gene therapies to larger biopharmaceutical companies. We believe our SVP technology may also be of interest to biopharmaceutical companies with biologic product candidates in clinical development that have demonstrated initial efficacy but are experiencing issues with safety or sustained efficacy due to inhibitory ADAs.

Allergies and autoimmune diseases.    In addition to the formation of ADAs, undesired immunogenicity can take the form of allergies when the immune system reacts to allergens such as food and pollen, or autoimmune diseases when the immune system attacks the body's own proteins. We have three collaborations with Sanofi to advance our SVP programs in the area of allergies and autoimmune disease. As part of one of the collaborations, the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation and Sanofi have also awarded us with a grant to support the development of our SVP technology in the area of autoimmune disease by providing expertise and financial resources. Our SVP program in the area of allergies and autoimmune disease focuses on expanding our related product pipeline based on these collaborations and other out-licensing arrangements.

SEL-212 for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout

Overview

SEL-212 is our proprietary product candidate for the treatment of refractory and chronic tophaceous gout. SEL-212 consists of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase, a pegylated uricase. We believe that our SEL-212 has the potential to offer a uniquely effective treatment for patients with refractory or chronic tophaceous gout, while also demonstrating the clinical effectiveness of our SVP technology. Pegylated uricase, in the form of the approved drug Krystexxa, has demonstrated the ability to significantly reduce uric acid levels and dissolve the harmful uric acid crystals that are the manifestations of gout upon initial treatment in naïve patients. However, Krystexxa has not achieved broad commercial adoption, which we believe is primarily due to an undesired immune response that significant restricts clinical use. Based on our preclinical studies, we believe that by leveraging our SVP technology to induce durable immune tolerance of our pegylated uricase, pegsiticase, SEL-212 may potentially overcome this undesired immune response and optimize pegsiticase's effectiveness in controlling uric acid levels and, as a result, enable the effective dissolution and removal of uric acid crystals.

The market for gout therapy

Gout is a painful and potentially disabling form of arthritis resulting from excess accumulation of uric acid and deposition of uric acid crystals in joints and soft tissues, including those of the kidney and heart, causing harmful inflammation. Gout is caused by an overproduction of uric acid, a natural byproduct of purine metabolism that is produced after consumption of food with high levels of purines such as seafood, meat, yeast and certain vegetables, or an inability of the kidneys to excrete adequate amounts of uric acid from the body. High concentrations of uric acid in the blood lead to formation of insoluble uric acid crystals in joints and tissues, causing pain, inflammation and joint damage, and increase the risk for other conditions, including hypertension, diabetes, atherosclerosis and kidney disease.

108

Table of Contents

Business


There are approximately 8.3 million and 10 million gout sufferers in the United States and the European Union, respectively. The first line of treatments for gout are allopurinol and febuxostat. Both drugs are xanthine oxidase inhibitors, oral drugs that reduce the synthesis of uric acid. Lesinurad and probenecid are oral gout drugs that increase the rate of excretion of uric acid through the kidneys, and are used almost exclusively in combination with these first line treatments. While both of these treatments are designed to prevent the formation of uric acid deposits, neither of these treatments effectively reduces existing uric acid deposits in joints and tissues. Additionally, neither of these first line treatments individually or in combination with lesinurad and probenecid are indicated for refractory or chronic tophaceous gout.

We estimate that approximately 50,000 patients in the United States suffer from chronic refractory gout, an orphan indication defined by uric acid levels that cannot be controlled by available oral therapies. Krystexxa, an injectable pegylated uricase enzyme, is indicated for the treatment of chronic refractory gout. In clinical trials, Krystexxa demonstrated the ability to rapidly reduce uric acid levels upon initial dosing. However, despite these clinical results, Krystexxa has not achieved broad commercial adoption. Because uricase is an enzyme foreign to humans, we believe this is primarily due to an undesired immune response. The package insert information for Krystexxa indicates that 92% of patients develop antibodies, 26% experience infusion site reactions and 6.5% experience anaphylaxis, a life-threatening allergic reaction typically involving itchy rash, throat swelling and low blood pressure. The package insert information also indicates that during the drug's clinical trials, high Krystexxa-specific ADA titer in patients was associated with a failure to maintain normalization of uric acid levels. Similarly, a 2011 study published in The Journal of the American Medical Association found that 58% of Krystexxa patients were non-responders with loss of efficacy starting as early as two weeks after treatment.

Gout is a spectrum of disease with the traditional diagnosis being the extraction of monosodium urate crystals with joint fluid or uric acid crystals from a visible tophus. Additionally, high concentrations of uric acid in the blood increase the risk of co-morbidities, including hypertension, diabetes, atherosclerosis and kidney disease. Patients who are unable to reduce their serum uric acids levels below 6 mg/dl with oral drugs are diagnosed with refractory gout. Patients who have uric acid deposits, or tophi, in soft tissues, joints, the urinary tract, the digestive tract or the heart and a persistently elevated uric acid level when left untreated are diagnosed with chronic tophaceous gout. Tophi are a source of inflammation and pain.

Figure 8 below illustrates the association between gout and diseases of the heart, vascular system, metabolic process, kidney and joints.

109

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figure 8. Co-Morbidities Associated with Gout

Approximately 500,000 patients in the United States suffer from chronic tophaceous gout. There is no approved drug for this patient group that resolves tophi, although clinical studies have indicated that Krystexxa is effective in clearing uric acid deposits in patients that do not develop inhibitory levels of ADAs. We believe that oral gout drugs cannot effectively remove tophi from joints and tissue due to their limited ability to affect existing uric acid deposits.

Based on our preclinical studies and market research, we believe that SEL-212 may potentially deliver non-immunogenic pegsiticase that can address two key unmet needs in the treatment of gout, the durable control of serum uric acid levels in patients with chronic refractory gout and removal of painful and damaging uric acid deposits for patients with chronic tophaceous gout.

Our product development strategy is designed to address these unmet medical needs while improving the dosing regimen compared to Krystexxa. We plan to initially seek regulatory approval for the treatment of refractory gout by demonstrating reduction of serum uric acid levels below the FDA-approved endpoint and clinical guideline of 6 mg/dl. Subsequently, we plan to conduct a clinical program to support a label extension if approved for the refractory gout indication for the removal of uric acid crystals in patients with chronic tophaceous gout. During our market research, physicians expressed their preference for monthly dosing as well as for a subcutaneous route of administration. In response to this preference, we intend to develop SEL-212 as a monthly treatment and offer a subcutaneous formulation following the initial launch of the intravenous dosage form, if approved. We believe that Krystexxa has been developed as a bi-weekly intravenous-only formulation to avoid additional immunogenicity anticipated from a higher dose that would be required by a monthly regimen.

110

Table of Contents

Business


We believe that SEL-212, designed with low immunogenicity, is ideally suited for patients diagnosed with chronic tophaceous gout. If approved, our strategy is to position SEL-212 as an induction therapy for gout that would remove harmful uric acid deposits over five monthly doses on average and allow patients to switch to oral gout maintenance therapy with xanthine oxidase inhibitors unless and until such patients experience a subsequent manifestation of uric acid deposits at which time a new course of SEL-212 would be required. We do not believe that oral therapy would completely prevent the build-up over time of uric acid crystals in patients with a history of chronic tophaceous gout. As a result, we anticipate that SEL-212 induction treatment, if approved, would be required intermittently in such patients. We believe that, in contrast to Krystexxa, SEL-212 induction treatment may be effective in removing harmful uric acid deposits in most patients with chronic tophaceous gout over multiple cycles of treatment. Figure 9 below depicts this positioning strategy as a sample diagram illustrating what we believe to be a shift in the treatment paradigm for chronic tophaceous gout.

GRAPHIC

Figure 9. Sample Treatment Course for Chronic Tophaceous Gout.

We expect our clinical and marketing strategy for SEL-212 to focus on the estimated 160,000 patients with refractory or chronic tophaceous gout in the United States treated by rheumatologists, as well as approximately the same estimated number of patients in Europe. If SEL-212 is approved, we expect our strategy for marketing SEL-212 to rheumatologists will be to induce a switch from oral therapies to SEL-212 for patients with serum uric acid levels chronically above 6 mg/dl, increase the rate of diagnosis of tophi by promoting the use of imaging and drive the shift to induction therapy for the removal of uric acid crystals with SEL-212.

SEL-212 components

Our SEL-212 consists of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase. Our SVP-Rapamycin consists of nanoparticles composed of poly(D,L-lactide), or PLA, and

111

Table of Contents

Business


poly(D,L-lactide)-block-poly(ethylene-glycol), or PLA-PEG, encapsulating rapamycin. Our pegsiticase consists of a uricase modified with poly(ethylene-glycol), or PEG. The components of SEL-212 are depicted in Figure 10 below.

GRAPHIC

Figure 10. Components of SEL-212

Our pegsiticase is a pegylated version of the therapeutic enzyme uricase, which we have licensed from Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., or 3SBio, exclusively for all markets, except Japan and Greater China, and exclusively for Japan only in combination with our SVP Platform technology. Uricase is an enzyme endogenous to all mammals, except for humans and certain primates, which converts uric acid to the more soluble metabolite, allantoin. There is a natural limit to the amount of uric acid that can be excreted by the kidneys, which decreases with age and can be reduced by some medications. By converting uric acid to allantoin, uricase provides an additional way for the body to reduce uric acid. Unlike other gout drugs, uricase is highly effective in lowering existing high uric acid levels within the first few hours of administration.

SVP-Rapamycin is our biodegradable nanoparticle that encapsulates the tolerance-inducing immunomodulator rapamycin, also referred to as sirolimus. Rapamycin is the active ingredient of Rapamune, an immunosuppressant which has extensive prior use in humans and is currently FDA-approved for prophylaxis of organ rejection in kidney transplant patients aged 13 or older. PLA is part of the broader poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid), or PLGA, family of biodegradable polymers that have more than 30 years of commercial use and are formulation components in a number of approved products. Polyethylene glycol, or PEG, has been widely studied in clinical trials and is also a formulation component in many approved biologic products. In our preclinical studies, SVP-Rapamycin co-administered at the initiation of treatment with a biologic drug induced antigen-specific immune tolerance to the biologic drug, substantially reducing the formation of associated ADAs.

As depicted in Figure 11 below, SEL-212 is designed as a treatment course consisting of three doses of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase followed by two doses of pegsiticase alone, with each dose administered every two to four weeks.

GRAPHIC

Figure 11. SEL-212 Treatment Course

112

Table of Contents

Business


Preclinical development

We have executed a comprehensive preclinical program of SEL-212 in uricase deficient mice and wild type mice, rats and nonhuman primates to evaluate efficacy, dose regimens and safety.

Proof-of-concept study in uricase-deficient mice

We conducted a pharmacology study in mice that were genetically deficient in endogenous uricase. The study evaluated the efficacy of a dose regimen consisting of three immunizations with SEL-212 followed by doses of pegsiticase alone in preventing the formation of ADAs to pegsiticase. The treatment period consisted of the first 14 days of the study. In the study, mice were separated into three treatment groups. As depicted in Figure 12 below, during the treatment period:

the first group, referred to as the Untreated Group and indicated in black, received no treatment;

the second group, referred to as the Pegsiticase Group and indicated in red, was treated with pegsiticase alone; and

the third group, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin + Pegsiticase Group and indicated in green, was treated with SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase.

The Pegsiticase Group and SVP-Rapaymcin + Pegsiticase Group were treated on days zero, seven and fourteen of the treatment period. Each group was then treated with pegsiticase alone on days 35 and 42 of the study, or the challenge period. Uricase-specific ADA levels were recorded to determine the formation of ADAs to pegsiticase. Uric acid levels were measured to determine effectiveness of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase in lowering uric acid levels below 6 mg/dl, which is the treatment target for gout patients.

GRAPHIC

Figure 12. Preclinical Study: Proof-of-Concept in Uricase-Deficient Mice

Antibody formation.    The Pegsiticase Group developed uricase-specific ADAs when exposed to pegsiticase during the treatment period. The Untreated Group also developed uricase-specific ADAs as soon as they were challenged with pegsiticase. Despite exposure to pegsiticase during both the

113

Table of Contents

Business


treatment and challenge periods, the SVP-Rapamycin + Pegsiticase Group did not develop uricase-specific ADAs during either period.

Uric acid levels.    After initial exposure to pegsiticase, the Untreated Group maintained high uric acid levels of approximately 10 mg/dl. The Pegsiticase Group recorded uric acid levels below 6 mg/dl after the first dose in the treatment period. However, during subsequent doses in the treatment period and challenge period, uric acid levels returned to levels well in excess of 6 mg/dl. In contrast, the SVP-Rapamycin + Pegsiticase Group maintained uric acid levels that were close to zero throughout the study.

Proof-of-concept study in nonhuman primates

We also conducted a preclinical study to evaluate the ability of SVP-Rapamycin to mitigate the formation of uricase-specific ADAs in nonhuman primates. As depicted in Figure 13 below, during the study we either:

administered pegsiticase alone, referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue, or

co-administered pegsiticase with one of two dose levels of SVP-Rapamycin, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin 0.1X and SVP-Rapamycin 1X Groups and indicated in purple and green, respectively.

The Empty Nanoparticle Group received three monthly doses of pegsiticase and each of the SVP-Rapamycin 0.1X Group and SVP-Rapamycin 1X Group received three monthly doses of pegsiticase co-administered with SVP-Rapamycin. All groups then received two monthly doses of pegsiticase alone. The SVP-Rapamycin 0.1X Group received one-tenth of the dose administered in the SVP-Rapamycin 1X Group.

GRAPHIC

Figure 13. Preclinical Study: Proof-of-Concept in Nonhuman Primates

114

Table of Contents

Business


Antibody formation.    We observed that the Empty Nanoparticle Group produced high levels of uricase-specific ADAs by the end of the study. The SVP-Rapamycin 0.1X Group and SVP-Rapamycin 1X Group were able to reduce the levels of uricase-specific ADAs significantly compared to the Empty Nanoparticle Group and, in the case of the SVP-Rapamycin 1X Group, inhibited the formation of antibodies. Our observations in this study confirmed in non-human primates the mitigation of uricase-specific ADAs we observed in mice.

Uric acid levels.    As expected, we could not determine the effect that pegsiticase alone or pegsiticase co-administered with SVP-Rapamycin had on uric acid levels in nonhuman primates due to the activity of naturally occurring uricase in these animals.

Based on these preclinical studies, as well as toxicology studies conducted to conform to regulatory guidelines, referred to as current good laboratory practice, or GLP, we believe that SEL-212 demonstrated sufficient efficacy and safety in the preclinical animal models to justify movement into clinical development, and the FDA indicated that our Phase 1b clinical trial for SEL-212 was safe to proceed.

Clinical development

For chronic refractory gout, we are executing a clinical development program in which we expect to conduct five clinical studies in a total of approximately 400 subjects with gout or elevated levels of uric acid. We initiated our clinical program in the second quarter of 2015 with a Phase 1a trial of pegsiticase in subjects with elevated blood uric acid levels. The patient treatment portion of our Phase 1a trial was completed in November 2015 and we initiated a Phase 1b trial in December 2015, with final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials expected in the first half of 2016. We plan to follow this Phase 1b clinical trial with an open label multi-dose Phase 2 clinical trial of SEL-212 in patients with symptomatic gout with elevated uric acid levels. After an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA, we expect that we will be required to conduct two Phase 3 clinical trials in patients with refractory gout. We plan to leverage our experience in chronic refractory gout for separate but similar clinical trials for the indication of chronic tophaceous gout.

Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials

SEL-212 is currently being evaluated in a comprehensive Phase 1/2 clinical program that includes both a Phase 1a and Phase 1b clinical trial in subjects with high uric acid levels as well as a Phase 2 clinical trial in patients with symptomatic gout with high uric acid levels. Each Phase 1 clinical trial was designed with the primary objective to evaluate the safety and tolerability of SEL-212 and its individual components. Additional objectives of the Phase 1 clinical trials include identifying a pegsiticase dose that is capable of lowering serum uric acid levels, evaluating the immunogenicity of pegsiticase after a single dose and demonstrating that pegsiticase co-administered with SVP-Rapamycin reduces uric acid levels and mitigates the formation of uricase-specific ADAs. The Phase 2 clinical trial will evaluate the effect of multiple doses over an extended period of time on serum uric acid and the formation of uricase-specific ADAs. We expect to receive final data from both Phase 1 clinical trials in the first half of 2016 and initiate the Phase 2 clinical trial in the second half of 2016.

Phase 1a clinical trial

The Phase 1a clinical trial for SEL-212 was an ascending dose trial of pegsiticase alone in 22 subjects with elevated blood uric acid levels greater than 6 mg/dl who were separated into five cohorts. At the outset of the trial, each cohort received a single intravenous infusion of pegsiticase at ascending dose levels (Cohort #1 being administered the lowest dose level and Cohort #5 the highest). We monitored the subjects during a 30-day period post-infusion. We commenced enrollment of the clinical trial in the

115

Table of Contents

Business


second quarter of 2015 and completed the treatment portion of the trial in November 2015. We observed that pegsiticase demonstrated no serious adverse events and was well tolerated at the five dose levels tested. Additionally, we observed that pegsiticase rapidly reduced and sustained average blood uric acid levels below 6 mg/dl for each cohort for 14 to 30 days, depending on the dose level. Consistent with our preclinical studies in animals, pegsiticase induced uricase-specific ADAs in all subjects with varying levels in this Phase 1a trial.

Figure 14 below depicts average serum uric acid levels, or levels of uric acid in the blood, of the Phase 1a clinical trial's five cohorts tested at different measurement intervals during the course of the 30-day period following the single intravenous infusion of pegsiticase at the outset of the trial.

GRAPHIC

Figure 14. Phase 1a Clinical Trial: Uric Acid Levels Across Five Cohorts

Figure 15 below indicates the serum uric acid and uricase-specific ADA levels for each subject in Cohort #3 of the Phase 1a clinical trial. The serum uric acid levels were measured at baseline and days seven, 14, 21 and 30 and uricase-specific ADA levels at baseline and days seven, 14 and 30 following a single intravenous injection of pegsiticase. We did not measure uricase-specific ADA levels at day 21 in the Phase 1a clinical trial. One subject in this cohort, subject number two, developed a relatively low level uricase-specific ADA titer of 40 and maintained uric acid levels below 0.5 mg/dl through the thirtieth day after dosing. By contrast, the remaining four subjects in the cohort developed levels of uricase-specific ADAs greater than 1,000 titer and uric acid levels above 5 mg/dl by the thirtieth day after dosing. Based on the results from our Phase 1a clinical trial, we observed that pegsiticase at a

116

Table of Contents

Business


tolerated dose is capable of achieving and maintaining a reduction of serum uric acid below the target of 6 mg/dl for a 30-day period in the absence of inhibitory uricase-specific ADAs.

GRAPHIC

Figure 15. Phase 1a Clinical Trial: Uric Acid and Uricase-Specific ADA Levels of the Third Cohort

Phase 1b clinical trial

In December 2015, we initiated our Phase 1b clinical trial. We anticipate that this clinical trial will have approximately 53 subjects with uric acid levels greater than 6 mg/dl separated into nine cohorts. We plan to co-administer a single intravenous infusion of SVP-Rapamycin at ascending dose levels with a fixed dose of pegsiticase for four of the cohorts, which will be Cohort #2, Cohort #4, Cohort #6 and Cohort #8 of the Phase 1b clinical trial, or collectively the SEL-212 Cohorts. We also plan to administer Cohort #9 a fixed amount of pegsiticase alone, which we refer to as the Pegsiticase Cohort. Additionally, we intend to administer a single intravenous infusion of SVP-Rapamycin alone at ascending dose levels to the remaining cohorts, which will be Cohort #1, Cohort #3, Cohort #5 and Cohort #7 of the Phase 1b clinical trial, or collectively the SVP-Rapaymycin Cohorts. All subjects will be followed for 30 days after their initial dose. The primary objective of the Phase 1b clinical trial is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of SVP-Rapamycin alone and in combination with a fixed dose of pegsiticase. A secondary clinical objective is to evaluate the ability of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase to reduce uric acid levels and mitigate the formation of uricase-specific ADAs when compared to administration of pegsiticase alone. We expect that complete data from the Phase 1b clinical trial will be available in the first half of 2016.

Although the Phase 1b clinical trial is currently ongoing, as of April 25, 2016, we had completed the dosing of:

three SVP-Rapamycin Cohorts, Cohort #1, Cohort #3 and Cohort #5, which received the lowest three of the four ascending SVP-Rapamycin dose levels;

two SEL-212 Cohorts, Cohort #2 and Cohort #4, which were co-administered a fixed level of pegsiticase with the lowest two (out of the four projected) SVP-Rapamycin ascending dose levels; and

the Pegsiticase Cohort, Cohort #9.

We have received 30-day observation period data for Cohort #1 (SVP-Rapamycin Cohort), Cohort #2 (SEL-212 Cohort), Cohort #3 (SVP-Rapamycin Cohort) and Cohort #4 (SEL-212 Cohort) of the Phase 1b clinical trial.

117

Table of Contents

Business


Figure 16 below indicates the serum uric acid levels of Cohort #3 from the Phase 1a clinical trial, in which subjects received a fixed amount of pegsiticase alone (at the same pegsiticase dose levels as Cohort #9, the Pegsiticase Cohort, of the Phase 1b clinical trial, for which complete 30 day observation data is not yet available), and, from the Phase 1b clinical trial, Cohort #1 (SVP-Rapamycin Cohort), Cohort #2 (SEL-212 Cohort), Cohort #3 (SVP-Rapamycin Cohort) and Cohort #4 (SEL-212 Cohort). The serum uric acid levels were measured at baseline and days seven, 14, 21 and 30 in all subjects from the Phase 1b clinical trial. As expected, SVP-Rapamycin alone had no relevant effect on reducing serum uric acid levels across the SVP-Rapaymycin Cohorts, as such levels remained relatively constant during the 30-day period. In Cohort #2 from the Phase 1b clinical trial, which received the lowest dose of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase, we observed that four out of five subjects tested maintained serum uric acid levels below 6 mg/dl through day 21 of the trial. We also observed that four out of five subjects in Cohort #4 from the Phase 1b clinical trial, which received the second lowest dose of SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase, maintained levels of serum uric acid of less than 0.1 mg/dl through day 30.

GRAPHIC

Figure 16. Phase 1b Clinical Trial: Uric Acid Levels Across Four Phase 1b Cohorts (and Cohort #3 from the Phase 1a Clinical Trial)

Figure 17 below shows the serum uric acid levels and uricase-specific ADA levels for each subject in Cohort #3 in the Phase 1a clinical trial in comparison to the serum uric acid levels and uricase-specific ADA levels for each subject in Cohort # 4 in the Phase 1b clinical trial, a SEL-212 Cohort. Cohort #3 from the Phase 1a clinical trial is depicted in Figure 17 below for purposes of comparison against Cohort #4 from the Phase 1b clinical trial as the subjects in Cohort #3 from the Phase 1a clinical trial received the same dose level of pegsiticase that was used in Cohort #2 and Cohort #4 of the Phase 1b clinical trial. Cohort #4 from the Phase 1b clinical trial is depicted below in Figure 17, since the subjects in Cohort #4 from the Phase 1b clinical trial received a higher dose of SVP-Rapamycin than

118

Table of Contents

Business


did the subjects in Cohort #2 in the Phase 1b clinical trial, the other SEL-212 Cohort for which 30-day observation period data from the Phase 1b clinical trial is available.

As depicted in Figure 17 below, in Cohort #3 from the Phase 1a clinical trial, we observed uricase-specific ADA formation at day 14 resulting in return to baseline levels of serum uric acid. In comparison, for Cohort #4 from the Phase 1b clinical trial, we observed minimal uricase-specific ADA formation in four of the five subjects tested with corresponding maintenance of control of serum uric acid levels through day 30. In the Phase 1a clinical trial, we did not measure uricase-specific ADA levels at day 21. However, in the course of conducting the Phase 1a clinical trial, we learned that it would be useful to measure uricase-specific ADA levels at day 21 to more fully understand any variations in such levels between day 14 and day 30. As a result, for the Phase 1b clinical trial, we monitor uricase-specific ADA levels at day 21.

GRAPHIC

Figure 17. Comparison of Phase 1a Cohort #3 and Phase 1b Cohort #4: Uric Acid and Uricase-Specific ADA Levels

Phase 2 clinical trial

We are planning an open-label Phase 2 clinical trial in approximately 36 subjects with symptomatic gout and elevated uric acid levels. We divided patients into three dose groups. Two of these groups will receive SEL-212. The other group will receive pegsiticase alone. The primary endpoints will be the safety and tolerability of multiple doses of SEL-212 and pegsiticase alone in addition to a reduction of uric acid levels from baseline. We expect that secondary endpoints for this trial will include a reduction in levels of uricase-specific ADAs, pegsiticase-specific ADAs and number of flares.

In addition to the foregoing clinical trials, we also plan to initiate development of SEL-212 for chronic tophaceous gout. For chronic tophaceous gout, we could pursue an intravenous administration or a subcutaneous injection. If we pursue an intravenous administration, we believe that we could proceed directly to a Phase 3 clinical program, leveraging the preclinical and early clinical data generated for refractory gout. If we pursue a subcutaneous administration, we may be required to conduct a more extensive preclinical and clinical development program. We expect that a subcutaneous administration of SEL-212 would be a more convenient dosing regimen for the patient.

119

Table of Contents

Business


Our SVP-Rapamycin programs for immune tolerance in gene therapy

Overview

We believe gene therapy has the potential to fundamentally change the treatment of genetic diseases. Gene therapy modifies the genetic content of the patient's own cells by inserting corrective genetic material, or a transgene, within the nuclei of a patient's cells. In the case of insertion-based gene therapies, the genetic material enables the affected cells to become producers of a protein that is either missing or deficient in the patient. Engineered viruses that are unable to replicate themselves serve as carriers, or vectors, for the delivery of transgenes to various tissues and organs in the body. Adeno-associated viruses, or AAV, are the preferred vectors for in vivo gene therapy because they cannot reproduce on their own, do not cause pathogenic infections and can be produced using manufacturing practices that conform to cGMP.

Although gene therapy has made significant progress over the last several years, it faces certain limitations due to undesired immune responses to either the AAV vector or the encoded transgene, which frequently occurs after the first dose. Once an antibody response to the AAV vector develops, it is likely to interfere with the efficacy of subsequent administration of the AAV vector. For these reasons, we believe gene therapy companies have focused on the single dose treatment of localized diseases of the eye and the central nervous system, for which immunogenicity is perceived to be less of an issue. We believe that many gene therapy applications may require multiple doses, especially therapies designed to treat non-localized diseases by intravenous administration. Some of these rare genetic deficiencies are best treated when patients are infants or small children, to prevent developmental defects. However, pediatric patients may have a higher need for repeat dosing due to higher cell turnover as the subject grows. We believe that a solution that enables repeat dosing for gene therapies would significantly expand the number of diseases that could be treated with these therapies.

Our solution for gene therapy

We believe SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with gene therapies has the potential to mitigate undesired immune responses and enable desired efficacy in subsequent administration of gene therapy by intravenous administration for diseases and patients where a single dose of gene therapy is unlikely to be sufficient.

In collaboration with Genethon, a not-for-profit company focusing on gene therapies, we conducted a preclinical study in mice in which we observed the ability of SVP-Rapamycin to mitigate the formation of ADAs to AAV-based gene therapy, thereby enabling repeat dosing of the AAV vector in these mice. At the outset of the study, all mice received an intravenous injection of AAV8, a commonly used AAV strain to target expression in the liver, encoding the luciferase gene, referred to as AAV8-Luciferase. On day 21 of the study, mice received a second injection of AAV8, this time encoding human coagulation Factor IX, referred to as AAV8-Factor IX. Mutations in the Factor IX gene can cause hemophilia B, a defect in blood clotting. As depicted in Figure 18 below, in addition to an injection of AAV8 encoding either the luciferase gene or Factor IX, the mice also received received either:

empty nanoparticles, with such mice referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue; or

SVP-Rapamycin, with such mice referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin Group and indicated in green.

We assessed AAV8-specific ADA levels to determine the formation of ADAs to the AAV8 vector. We also determined the levels of human Factor IX protein in mouse serum to determine the relative success in conveyance and expression of the Factor IX gene. We observed from our preclinical data that the SVP-Rapamycin treatment mitigated the formation of AAV8-specific ADAs in the SVP-Rapamycin Group, thereby enabling higher levels of Factor IX expression in the SVP-Rapamycin Group following the second injection on day 21 as compared to the Empty Nanoparticle Group. We believe these results indicate that the SVP-Rapamycin treatment may have the potential to mitigate undesired immune responses and enable repeat intravenous administration of gene therapies such as those utilizing the AAV8 vector.

120

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figure 18. Preclinical Study: SVP-Rapamycin Co-Administered with AAV-Based Gene Therapy

In addition, we are currently in discussions with third parties experienced in developing AAV-based gene therapies and the clinical treatment of two monogenic diseases using AAV vectors regarding potential collaborative arrangements for the treatment of these diseases. For both diseases, published animal experiments with gene therapies using AAV vectors reported efficacy after a single dose. However, we believe repeat dosing would be beneficial to sustain and amplify the positive effect obtained with the first dose. Therefore, we plan to develop two proprietary gene therapy products for these diseases and combine them with SVP-Rapamycin.

Our SVP-Rapamycin programs for marketed biologics

In preclinical studies, we have observed the ability of SVP-Rapamycin to inhibit the formation of ADAs when co-administered with several marketed biologics, including Humira and Advate. Humira is an anti-inflammatory medication that is used in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis and other autoimmune diseases. Advate is a recombinant human clotting factor VIII used in the treatment of hemophilia A.

In one such preclinical study, we co-administered SVP-Rapamycin with Humira in genetically modified mice that produce human TNF-alpha, a protein involved in systemic inflammation. Due to the constitutive expression of TNF-alpha, these mice spontaneously developed arthritis. In connection with this study:

one group of mice, referred to as the Untreated Group, indicated in black in Figure 19c below, were left untreated;

a second group of mice, referred to as the Humira Group, indicated in blue in Figures 19a through 19d below, were treated weekly with Humira alone from weeks 5 through 20; and
121

Table of Contents

Business


a third group of mice, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin Group, indicated in green in Figures 19a through 19d below, were treated weekly with SVP-Rapamycin together with Humira from weeks five through 11 and then weekly with Humira alone from weeks 12 to 20.

We evaluated Humira-specific ADA levels to determine the formation of ADAs to Humira. Levels of Humira in the blood, or in serum, were measured to determine whether the formation of ADAs increased the clearance of Humira from the blood. In addition, we measured the arthritis score, based on the level of severity of the disease, each week from weeks 10 through 20, for each of the three groups.

As depicted in Figure 19a below, we observed a reduction in the formation of ADAs to Humira in the SVP-Rapamycin Group as compared to the Humira Group at week 20. Consistent with the observation of the formation of ADAs, as depicted in Figure 19b below, we observed a higher level of Humira in the blood in the SVP-Rapamycin Group as compared to the Humira Group at week 19. As expected, mice in the Untreated Group did not show any Humira-specific ADAs or the presence of Humira in the blood. As depicted in Figure 19c below, we observed a decrease in arthritis in the SVP-Rapamycin Group as compared to both the Humira Group and Untreated Group. Notably, the inhibition of ADAs and protection from arthritis were observed through the termination of the study at 20 weeks, even though the last treatment with SVP-Rapamycin was at 11 weeks.

Figure 19d below depicts an x-ray of a severely eroded ankle joint in an arthritic mouse in the Humira Group compared to the normal ankle joint of a mouse in the Humira + SVP-Rapamycin Group.

Based on these observations, we believe the co-administration of SVP-Rapamycin with Humira results in the formation of less anti-Humira ADAs, which, in turn, increases the therapeutic levels of Humira in the blood and improves the efficacy of Humira.

122

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figures 19a through 19d. Preclinical Study: SVP-Rapamycin Co-Administered with Humira

We also conducted a preclinical study evaluating SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with Advate in mice with hemophilia A, a genetic disorder caused by missing or defective blood coagulation Factor VIII. As depicted in Figures 20a through 20c below, during the first 28 days of the study, or the treatment period:

the first group of mice, referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue, received five weekly injections of empty nanoparticle together with Advate; and

the second group of mice, referred to as the SVP-Rapamycin Group and indicated in green, received five weekly doses of SVP-Rapamycin together with Advate.

All groups were then challenged with five injections of Advate on days 57, 81, 123, 143 and 187 of the study, referred to as the challenge period. We also administered an unrelated antigen, bacteriophage PhiX174 on days 95, 143 and 158, into all mice to evaluate whether SVP-Rapamycin caused global immunosuppression. We evaluated Advate-specific ADA levels to determine the formation of ADAs to Advate. We also evaluated PhiX174-specific ADA levels to determine the specificity of the SVP-Rapamycin and Advate treatment.

123

Table of Contents

Business


As depicted in Figure 20a below, we observed a reduction in the formation of ADAs to Advate in the SVP-Rapamycin Group as compared to the Empty Nanoparticle Group, which lasted over five months following the last treatment of SVP-Rapamycin. We also observed that when both groups were immunized with a different antigen, PhiX174, the SVP-Rapamycin Group and the Empty Nanoparticle Group showed relatively similar levels of PhiX174-specific ADA levels, suggesting that the SVP-Rapamycin treatment does not induce global immunosuppression, as depicted in Figure 20b below.

In a separate study, the ability of mice to control bleeding following repeated administration of Factor VIII was evaluated and expressed as the percentage of normalized hemoglobin levels, as depicted in Figure 20c below. A higher percentage of normalized hemoglobin levels indicate an increased ability of the mice to control bleeding. As depicted in Figure 20c below, we observed that mice in the SVP-Rapamycin Group were able to control bleeding at a higher rate than mice in the Empty Nanoparticle Group.

Based on our observations, we believe the co-administration of SVP-Rapamycin with Advate inhibits the formation of anti-Advate ADAs, which, in turn, increases the efficacy of Advate to treat hemophilia A, but does not trigger global immunosuppression.

124

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figures 20a through 20c. Preclinical Study: SVP-Rapamycin Co-Administered with Advate

125

Table of Contents

Business


Our allergy and autoimmune disease programs

We are applying our SVP technology to the treatment of allergies and autoimmune diseases. Currently, many autoimmune diseases are treated with immunosuppressive therapies that indiscriminately affect the function of the entire immune system. Our SVP technology, however, is designed to reprogram the immune system to induce tolerance to a specific antigen that is causing the autoimmune disease, without impacting the rest of the immune system. We have established three collaborative programs with Sanofi to research novel SVP products for the treatment of a life-threatening food allergy, celiac disease and type 1 diabetes.

Life-Threatening Food Allergy.    In November 2012, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Sanofi for the use of our SVP technology for a life-threatening food allergy. We are evaluating a SVP that encapsulates an immunomodulator together with an allergen provided by Sanofi. Our license agreement with Sanofi contemplates multiple preclinical, clinical, regulatory and sales milestones as well as a multi-tiered royalty structure.

Celiac Disease.    In November 2014, Sanofi exercised its option to develop a SVP-based therapy to treat celiac disease under similar financial and other terms as the food allergy program. We are evaluating a SVP that encapsulates an immunomodulator together with gluten antigens provided by Sanofi. Our license agreement with Sanofi contemplates multiple preclinical, clinical, regulatory and sales milestones as well as a multi-tiered royalty structure.

Type 1 Diabetes.    In September 2014, we received a grant from Sanofi, together with the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation, for research on SVP formulations encapsulating Rapamycin and insulin or insulin peptides.

OUR IMMUNE STIMULATION PROGRAMS

We believe our SVP technology, by encapsulating other antigens and adjuvants, has the potential to be used for therapies that stimulate the immune system to treat cancer, infectious diseases and other diseases. We have early-stage programs for therapeutic treatment of HPV-associated cancers and antibody-based vaccine programs for nicotine addiction and malaria. These programs are primarily funded by grants.

Our SVP immune stimulation programs are designed to encapsulate an antigen and a toll-like receptor, or TLR, agonist. Humans possess ten TLRs, each of which recognizes distinct molecular patterns associated with pathogens. Activation of TLRs alert the immune system that a potential pathogen is present and that the immune system should mount a response. In this regard, we refer to TLR agonists as substances that activate specific TLRs. TLR agonists can be used as supplements, or adjuvants, to vaccines to increase the immune response to the vaccine by activating the TLRs in antigen-presenting cells.

Injecting TLR agonists alone can cause off-target, systemic immune stimulation, leading to the production of secreted factors called cytokines, which can effectively limit the dosage of vaccines by causing inflammation and flu-like symptoms. To address this issue, our stimulatory SVP technology is designed to limit the TLR agonists from creating a systemic immune response by encapsulating the TLR agonists within our biodegradable nanoparticle. When the TLR agonist is encapsulated with SVP, referred to as SVP-TLR agonist, it can be selectively delivered, together with the vaccine target antigen, to the antigen-presenting cells to induce antigen-specific immune stimulation.

126

Table of Contents

Business


Immune stimulation-related preclinical study

We conducted a preclinical study in mice to evaluate the ability of a SVP-TLR agonist containing an antigen to minimize the production of systemic cytokines, which are responsible for an undesired systemic immune-stimulatory response, while increasing the production of local cytokines, which are responsible for a strong and antigen-specific immune-stimulatory response.

In this study, we used a specific agonist of TLR7 and TLR8, referred to as TLR 7/8 agonist, that we either delivered in free form mixed with a nanoparticle containing an antigen or encapsulated with an antigen in a nanoparticle.

As depicted in Figures 21a through 21d below:

the first group of mice, referred to as the Encapsulated TLR 7/8 Agonist Group and indicated in green, received a single dose of SVP encapsulating both an antigen and a TLR 7/8 agonist; and

the second group of mice, referred to as the Free TLR 7/8 Agonist Group and indicated in red, received a single dose of SVP encapsulating antigen alone together with free TLR 7/8 agonist.

We evaluated serum levels of TNF-alpha and interleukin-6, or IL-6, two pro-inflammatory cytokines indicative of an undesired, systemic immune response and associated with flu-like symptoms, to determine the levels of systemic cytokine production, as depicted in Figures 21a and 21b below. We also evaluated the levels of interleukin-12, or IL-12, and interferon-gamma, or IFN, in the draining lymph node to determine the levels of local cytokine production involved in desired T helper cell type 1 immune responses, as depicted in Figures 21c and 21d below.

As depicted in Figures 21a and 21b below, we observed increased levels of systemic cytokine production in the Free TLR 7/8 Agonist Group in comparison to the Encapsulated TLR 7/8 Agonist Group. As depicted in Figures 21c and 21d below, we observed increased levels of local cytokine production in the draining lymph node in the Encapsulated TLR 7/8 Agonist Group as compared to the Free TLR 7/8 Agonist Group.

Based on these results, we believe that by encapsulating a TLR agonist in SVP, we are able to increase the production of local cytokines without triggering an undesired systemic immune response.

127

Table of Contents

Business


GRAPHIC

Figures 21a through 21d. Preclinical Study: Minimization of Production of Systemic Cytokines

Cancer immunotherapy

Cancer immunotherapy leverages the immune system to treat cancer. The main function of the immune system is to discriminate between "self" and "non-self" antigens. Cancer cells thrive, in part, because they are derived from the body's own cells, and thus are recognized by the immune system as self. We believe that cancer vaccines could be an important therapeutic modality to treat cancer by training the immune system to recognize cancer-associated antigens that are mutated or not expressed in normal adult tissues.

Tumors also evade the immune system by increasing the expression of certain molecules that suppress the immune response against the tumor. This mechanism may be overcome by administering products called immune checkpoint inhibitors, which are designed to block or overcome the immunosuppressive pathways and stimulate the immune system. We believe the efficacy of this approach depends on the existence of pre-existing tumor-specific cytolytic T cells, or CTL, that can be mobilized by checkpoint inhibitors. In some patients, the immune system either does not recognize the tumor or is too weak to mount a response and as a result cannot generate the CTL necessary to kill the tumor. For these patients, a vaccine therapy that stimulates the immune system and could be given in conjunction with a checkpoint inhibitor, may result in better outcomes. We believe that the combination of checkpoint inhibitors and effective cancer vaccines represents the next advance in cancer immunotherapy.

128

Table of Contents

Business


HPV-associated cancer

HPV overview

HPV is a sexually transmitted infection, which can lead to the development of cancer. Cervical HPV infection often clears spontaneously. However, when it persists, it can lead to the development of cervical intraepithelial neoplasia, or CIN, and cervical cancer.

According to the World Health Organization, HPV infection results in an estimated 530,000 new cases of cervical cancer worldwide, with 270,000 deaths annually. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates that in the United States there are more than 26,000 cases of HPV-associated cancer per year. HPV is found in approximately 99% of cases of cervical cancer and 72% of cases of oropharyngeal head and neck cancer. The rising incidence of such cancers is thought to be related to the increasing proportion of cancers caused by HPV. In 2011, a study published in the Journal of Clinical Oncology observed that HPV prevalence in oropharyngeal cancers increased from 16.3% during 1984 to 1989 to 71.7% during 2000 to 2004. There are two HPV strains that are responsible for more than 70% of cervical cancer worldwide.

Gardasil and Cervarix are FDA-approved prophylactic vaccines for HPV-related cancers with aggregate worldwide sales reaching $1.9 billion in 2014. While these vaccines can prevent tumor occurrence, Gardasil and Cervarix have not been approved for treatment of patients with existing HPV-related cancers.

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, in 2012, only 54% of women between the age of 13 to 17 had received at least one dose of the HPV vaccine and only 33% received a complete series of three, which may serve as a prophylactic if administered prior to exposure. This level of vaccination is well below the 80% rate set as a goal by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. As a result, we believe that HPV-associated cancer will be an ongoing medical condition for the foreseeable future.

Overview of our program for HPV-associated cancer

Our first CTL-activating SVP program in development is designed to treat HPV-associated cancers by stimulating the immune response to the E6 and E7 proteins, which are expressed by HPV-associated tumor cells. The HPV E6 and E7 antigens are oncogenic proteins that promote malignant transformation and tumor growth. Our SVP program for HPV-associated cancer consists of a SVP encapsulating the E6 and E7 proteins, or SVP-E6/E7, co-administered with an SVP adjuvant which contains a TLR agonist. We refer to this co-administration as SVP-HPV.

We were awarded a grant from the Skolkovo Foundation to support our program to develop an SVP immunotherapy to treat HPV-associated cancers. We believe the grant will assist us with advancing the program from preclinical to early clinical evaluation.

Preclinical development

We conducted a preclinical study in which we evaluated the ability of SVP-HPV to reverse tumor growth for HPV-associated cancers. In this study, we delivered SVP-HPV to mice using the TC-1 tumor model, which expresses the HPV E6 and E7 antigens. Mice were treated 13 days after the introduction (inoculation) of TC-1 tumor cells, at which time the average tumor size was approximately 200 mm3.

In this study, we administered to:

the first group of mice, referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue in Figures 22a and 22c below, four doses of empty nanoparticles; and
129

Table of Contents

Business


the second group of mice, referred to as the SVP-HPV Group and indicated by in green in Figures 22b and 22c below, four doses of SVP-HPV.

As depicted in Figures 22a and 22b below, we recorded the volumes of the tumors in both the Empty Nanoparticle Group and the SVP-HPV Group to determine the efficacy of the treatment.

As depicted in Figures 22a and 22b below, we observed that the administration of SVP-HPV reduced the growth of tumors in the SPV-HPV Group in comparison to the Empty Nanoparticle Group, even when administered to mice with palpable tumors. Notably, the tumors in the mice in the SVP-HPV Group continued to grow to an average size of approximately 1,200 mm3 at day 20, before regressing back to baseline.

In a separate experiment, we re-challenged surviving mice on day 154 with a second inoculation of TC-1 tumor cells to test the durability of the immune response and the ability to prevent tumor recurrence. As depicted in Figure 22c below, we observed that immunization with SVP-HPV increases the survival rate of SVP-HPV immunized mice compared to saline treated mice, referred to as the Saline Control Group. The surviving mice withstood a second inoculation of tumors at day 154, indicating the development of long term immunological memory.

Based on these observations, we believe administration of SVP-HPV can both reduce tumor size and increase survival rate.

GRAPHIC

Figures 22a through 22c. Preclinical Study: Administration of SVP-HPV in TC-1 Tumor Model

130

Table of Contents

Business


We conducted a preclinical study to evaluate the synergistic effects our SVP technology may have with certain checkpoint inhibitors called PD-L1-specific ADAs. In this study, mice were separated into three groups and implanted with TC-1 tumor cells.

As depicted in Figure 23 below, the:

first group of mice, referred to as the Empty Nanoparticle Group and indicated in blue, received empty nanoparticles;

second group of mice, referred to as the SVP-HPV Group and indicated in green, received SVP encapsulating the E7 peptide antigen and a TLR agonist; and

third group of mice, referred to as the SVP-HPV + PD-L1-Specific ADA Group and indicated in red, received SVP encapsulating the E7 protein antigen and a TLR agonist with a PD-L1-specific ADA.

We evaluated the volumes of the tumors in the mice to determine the efficacy of treatment. We observed that the volume of the tumors in the mice in the SVP-HPV + PD-L1-Specific ADA Group declined more significantly than that of the SVP-HPV Group and the Empty Nanoparticles Group.

Based on our observations, we believe our HPV-SPV may have synergistic effects with certain checkpoint inhibitors to treat cancer.

GRAPHIC

Figure 23. Preclinical Study: Administration of SVP Encapsulating the E7 Protein Antigen and TLR Agonist in TC-1 Tumor Model

131

Table of Contents

Business


OUR OTHER PROGRAMS

Our other immune stimulation programs are a prophylactic malaria vaccine, funded by a grant from The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, and a therapeutic vaccine for smoking cessation and relapse prevention, funded by a grant from the NIDA part of the National Institutes of Health.

The malaria program is designed to be a dual action, immune-stimulating SVP nanoparticle vaccine that we believe may offer the potential to protect against malaria by preventing infection and transmission. This program is in the discovery phase.

The smoking cessation and relapse prevention program aims to stimulate the immune system to produce nicotine-specific antibodies in smokers. We believe such antibodies have the potential to bind to the inhaled nicotine and prevent the inhaled nicotine from reaching the brain thereby reducing levels of nicotine in the brain to support smoking cessation and relapse prevention. The SVP-nicotine program, SEL-070, is in preclinical development. We had a prior SVP-nicotine product candidate that was partly sponsored by a grant from NIDA, which entered clinical development. Results from a Phase 1 clinical trial conducted in smokers and non-smokers with this prior product candidate showed that it was well tolerated and that nicotine-specific antibodies were induced, but at sub-therapeutic levels. On the basis of the data from this Phase 1 trial, we obtained a new grant from NIDA to further optimize our SVP-nicotine product candidate. We are currently conducting GLP toxicology studies for our optimized smoking cessation candidate.

MANUFACTURING

We manufacture SVP using a readily-scalable, self-assembly nanoemulsion process with well-defined, robust commercial pharmaceutical unit operations. This proprietary, highly specialized and precisely controlled manufacturing process enables us to reproducibly manufacture SVP across many production scales, from milligram-scale at the laboratory bench, to tens of grams to support investigational new drug application-enabling toxicology studies and early phase clinical studies, to hundreds of grams to multi-kilogram scale for commercial production. This well-defined process has been produced at multiple scales. We have also developed and executed the required detailed analytic characterization of our products. We have completed and released multiple cGMP batches of nanoparticles at the 50 gram scale for our SVP-Rapamycin program and at the 10 and 20 gram scale for our nicotine program.

For the SEL-212 program, we have scaled-up the SVP-Rapamycin production to a 50 gram scale and have initiated development at the 200 gram scale, which, at the current projected clinical dose, we believe would be suitable for commercial launch. The process is designed such that this same equipment is capable of potentially producing up to a one kilogram batch size scale. As our nanoparticle manufacturing process is compact, and therefore also portable, our strategy is to transfer our custom designed process skids to our contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, and have the CMO produce the nanoparticles, under our direction. This is the strategy we use for production of clinical supplies for clinical trials and would be the expected strategy for commercial production.

The pegsiticase enzyme is produced by fermentation in E. Coli and is sourced from 3SBio in China. 3SBio is a Chinese pharmaceutical company that produces multiple approved products in China and also has product sales in other countries around the world. 3SBio supplies the pegsiticase used in the current clinical trials of SEL-212 in the United States. Through a licensing arrangement, we own exclusive worldwide rights to pegsiticase outside of China, with co-ownership of rights in Japan and with 3SBio owning all rights in China. Under this arrangement, 3SBio has agreed to supply us with pegsiticase. We are in the process of evaluating a back-up supplier for pegsiticase in the United States.

132

Table of Contents

Business


LICENSES AND COLLABORATIONS

Massachusetts Institute of Technology

In November 2008, we entered into a license agreement with MIT, which we refer to as the MIT License. We amended the MIT License in January 2010, November 2012 and August 2013. Under the MIT License, we acquired an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to grant sublicenses, to develop, make, sell, use and import certain licensed products that are therapeutic or prophylactic vaccines and use certain licensed processes in the exercise of rights to the licensed products, the manufacture, sale and practice of which are covered by patent rights owned or controlled by MIT, including patents jointly owned with Brigham, the President and Fellows of Harvard College, the Immune Disease Institute and the Children's Medical Center Corporation. Our exclusivity is subject to certain retained rights of these institutions and other third parties.

Pursuant to the MIT License, we are required to use diligent efforts to develop and commercialize one or more licensed products or licensed processes, and to thereafter make such products and processes reasonably available to the public, which include annual minimum spending on research, development and commercialization by us or our sublicensees. Upon our entry into the MIT License, we paid MIT a non-refundable license issue fee, reimbursed certain of MIT's costs and issued shares of our common stock to MIT and the other institutional patent owners which were subject to certain anti-dilution, registration and other protective rights. We are obligated to pay MIT annual maintenance fees, which may be credited against the low-single-digit running royalty on annual net sales that we are also obligated to pay. Additionally, we are required to pay MIT (i) developmental milestones up to an aggregate of $1,450,000, (ii) a mid-single digit percentage of income received in consideration of practice of patent rights or development of the products or processes in collaboration with or on behalf of a non-sublicensee corporate partner, (iii) a specified percentage of income received from sublicensees in the low thirties prior to November 25, 2009 and, after that, between 10% and 20%, and (iv) certain fees and costs. Pursuant to the MIT License, we are required to use diligent efforts to develop and commercialize one or more licensed products or licensed processes, and to thereafter make such products and processes reasonably available to the public, which include annual minimum spending of a specified amount in the low-to-mid-six figures in 2008 and 2009 and, thereafter, in the low seven figures, on research, development and commercialization by or our sublicensees.

We may terminate the MIT License at any time upon six months written notice. MIT has the right to terminate the MIT License immediately upon written notice to us if we cease to carry on our business related to the MIT License, fail to maintain insurance as required under the MIT License, file for bankruptcy, fail to pay amounts due under the MIT License, challenge or assist others in bringing a challenge to MIT's patents or fail to cure material breach within 60 days' written notice thereof. Absent early termination, the MIT License will continue until the expiration or abandonment of the last to expire patent right subject to the MIT License.

Sanofi

In November 2012, we entered into a license and research collaboration agreement with Sanofi, which we refer to as the Sanofi Agreement. Under the terms of the Sanofi Agreement, we granted Sanofi an exclusive, worldwide license to certain intellectual property rights and technologies owned by or licensed exclusively to us, including a sublicense under the MIT License, for the research, development and commercialization of one or more treatments for food allergies. The Sanofi Agreement contains an option to extend the license grant for two additional allergy indications, including celiac disease but excluding house dust mite allergies. In November 2014, Sanofi exercised the option to include celiac disease as an additional indication and the Sanofi Agreement was amended to add terms specific to the

133

Table of Contents

Business


celiac disease indication and to terminate Sanofi's right to exercise its option for any additional indications in May 2015. Except as authorized by Sanofi or permitted under the Sanofi Agreement, during the term of the Sanofi Agreement, our exclusivity obligations prevent us from researching, developing, or commercializing products in these indications or granting third party licenses under the intellectual property rights and technologies licensed to Sanofi for use in these indications.

Under the terms of the research collaboration portion of the Sanofi Agreement, we are required to use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the activities set out for us in the research and development plans created and overseen by a joint research committee. We are responsible for manufacturing all vaccines required for research, development and commercialization of licensed products.

The research term for the first indication expired on the third anniversary of the Sanofi Agreement (November 27, 2015). We completed our research obligations within the initial three year period and are not obligated to perform any further research on the specific indication under the Sanofi Agreement. A vaccine candidate for development and commercialization was not selected by Sanofi by the end of the research plan. However, we are in discussions with Sanofi to extend the research term for the first indication by one year (until November 27, 2016).

The research term for the second indication (celiac disease) will expire upon the earlier of (a) the nomination of a development candidate for the second indication and (b) May 7, 2019. In the event that we are unable to complete our research obligations by May 7, 2019, our obligation will be limited to exercising commercially reasonable efforts to complete such research up to one year after the end of the research term. Each party is responsible for its own internal costs, as well as any third-party or out-of-pocket costs incurred in the performance of the activities laid out in the research plan. If the parties agree to expand our scope of work, such costs will be reimbursed by Sanofi based on an agreed upon budget. Once a development candidate is nominated, all development activities will be under the direction of Sanofi pursuant to a development plan to be negotiated and agreed to at that time and Sanofi will pay us for expenses incurred within certain approved limits.

Pursuant to the Sanofi Agreement, Sanofi paid us an initial payment of $2,000,000 for the initial indication and an additional $2,000,000 for the second indication (celiac disease). Sanofi is obligated to make additional payments to us during preclinical research totaling up to $3,000,000 for each indication, which has been achieved for the food allergy indication. For each indication, we are also eligible for (i) a $5,000,000 development candidate milestone payable to us at the start of preclinical development, (ii) further development milestones up to an aggregate of $127,000,000, (iii) sales milestones of up to an aggregate of $170,000,000, and (iv) tiered royalties on annual net sales of licensed products at percentages ranging from mid-single to low double-digits.

These royalty rates are subject to certain reductions. If no vaccine candidates are nominated for development for any indication by 2019, the Sanofi Agreement will expire in its entirety in 2021 and all rights granted thereunder will terminate. If licensed products have been developed pursuant to this agreement, the term will continue until the expiration of all royalty payment obligations, after which time Sanofi will have a royalty-free, perpetual license. In certain circumstances, following termination of the Sanofi Agreement, we may elect to continue developing product candidates or licensed products on our own, and if we choose to do so, we will be required to pay Sanofi low-single digit royalties on net sales and a percentage of licensing revenue ranging from mid-single to low-double digits.

Sanofi may terminate the Sanofi Agreement in the event of our uncured material breach, or may terminate for any reason on 6 months' written notice. In case of our uncured material breach, Sanofi may elect, instead of terminating, to continue the Sanofi Agreement and offset any damages incurred due to the default against Sanofi's payments due to us thereunder. We may terminate the Sanofi

134

Table of Contents

Business


Agreement in the event of Sanofi's uncured material breach or Sanofi's challenge or assistance of others in challenging our or MIT's licensed patents.

Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

In May 2014, we entered into a license agreement with 3SBio, which we refer to as the 3SBio License. Pursuant to the 3SBio License, we were granted an exclusive license to certain pegsiticase-related patents and related "know-how" owned or in-licensed by 3SBio for the worldwide (except for Greater China and Japan) development and commercialization of products based thereupon for human therapeutic, diagnostic and prophylactic use. We are also granted a worldwide (except for Greater China) exclusive license to develop, commercialize and manufacture or have manufactured products combining our proprietary SVP technology with pegsiticase or related compounds supplied by 3SBio (or otherwise supplied if our rights to manufacture are in effect) for human therapeutic, diagnostic and prophylactic use. We were also granted a co-exclusive license to manufacture and have manufactured pegsiticase and related compounds for our preclinical and clinical use or, if the 3SBio License is terminated for 3SBio's material breach, for any use under the 3SBio License. Otherwise, we are obligated to obtain all of our supply of such compounds for Phase 3 clinical trials and commercial use from 3SBio under the terms of supply agreements to be negotiated.

Pursuant to the 3SBio License, we are required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize a product containing pegsiticase or a related compound. If we do not commercialize any such product in a particular country in Asia, Africa or South America within 48 months after approval of any such product in the U.S. or a major European country, then 3SBio will have the right to do so, but only until we commercialize a product combining our SVP technology with any such compound in such country. We have paid to 3SBio an aggregate of $1,000,000 in upfront and milestone-based payments under the 3SBio License. We are required to make future payments to 3SBio contingent upon the occurrence of events related to the achievement of clinical and regulatory approval milestones of up to an aggregate of $21,000,000 for products containing our SVP technology, and up to an aggregate of $41,500,000 for products without our SVP technology. We are also required to pay 3SBio tiered royalties on annual worldwide net sales (on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis) related to the pegsiticase component of products at percentages ranging from the low-to-mid single digits for products containing our SVP technology, and a range of no more than ten percentage points from the mid-single digits to low double-digits for products without our SVP technology. We will pay these royalties to 3SBio, subject to specified reductions, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of (i) the date that all of the patent rights for that product have expired in that country, or (ii) a specified number of years from the first commercial sale of such product in such country.

The 3SBio License expires on the date of expiration of all of our royalty payment obligations unless earlier terminated by either party for an uncured material default or for the other party's bankruptcy. Any such termination by 3SBio for our material default may be on a country-by country or product-by-product basis in certain circumstances. We may also terminate the 3SBio License on a country-by-country or product-by-product basis for any reason effective upon 60 days' prior written notice to 3SBio or, with respect to a given product, immediately upon written notice to 3SBio if we identify a safety or efficacy concern related to such product.

BIND

In December 2008, we entered into a cross-license agreement with BIND Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly BIND Biosciences, Inc.), or BIND, which we refer to as the BIND Agreement. Pursuant to the BIND Agreement, BIND granted us a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free worldwide non-exclusive license

135

Table of Contents

Business


under certain of BIND's existing and future patent rights to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import products and services covered by such patents and patent applications in the field of certain prophylactic and therapeutic vaccines. The time period for adding new patent rights, not included in the families of previously licensed patent rights, to our license grant from BIND has expired. Pursuant to the BIND Agreement, we granted BIND a perpetual, irrevocable, royalty-free, worldwide non-exclusive license under certain of our current and future patent rights to make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import products and services covered by such patents and patent applications in all other fields, in each case, excluding certain future patent rights of each party related to novel targeting agents. The time period for adding new patent rights, not included in the families of previously licensed patent rights, to BIND's license grant from us has expired.

We have paid BIND an upfront license issuance fee and reimbursed certain of BIND's fees in connection with the entry into the BIND Agreement. No royalties or other payments are due to or by either party. The BIND Agreement expires upon expiration of the last patent right covered by the BIND Agreement. Neither party may unilaterally terminate the BIND Agreement for any reason. If either party materially breaches the BIND Agreement, fails to expend a specified amount in research and development activities related to the BIND Agreement, undergoes bankruptcy or insolvency, or undergoes a change of control, the future patent rights to be included in the license grant to the party breaching, failing to expend such amounts or undergoing such event under the BIND Agreement will no longer be granted to the breaching party.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We endeavor to protect our SVP based immunotherapy program technology, which we consider fundamental to our business, by seeking, maintaining and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties, relating to our program, product candidates, their methods of use and the processes for their manufacture. Our practice is to strive to protect our intellectual property by, among other methods, pursuing and obtaining patent protection in the United States and in jurisdictions outside of the United States related to our proprietary technology, inventions, improvements, programs and product candidates that are commercially important to the operation and growth of our business. We also rely on trade secrets and know-how relating to our proprietary technology, programs and product candidates, continuing innovation and in-licensing opportunities to maintain, advance and fortify our proprietary position in our SVP-based immunotherapy program and product candidates. Our commercial success will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for our program technology, inventions and improvements; to preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; to maintain our licenses to use intellectual property owned or controlled by third parties; to defend and enforce our proprietary rights, including our patents; and to operate without infringing the patents and proprietary rights of third parties.

We have developed and in-licensed numerous patents and patent applications and possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to our SVP-based immunotherapy technology, program and product candidates. Our patent portfolio contains nine issued patents in the United States and seven foreign issued patents, in all cases, owned solely by us. We also have 55 pending patent applications in the United States as well as 307 foreign pending patent applications, in all cases, owned solely by us. These patents and patent applications include claims directed to:

tolerance and cancer immunotherapy programs;

other immune stimulation programs;
136

Table of Contents

Business


methods and compositions incorporating our proprietary SVP nanoparticle in a variety of tolerance applications, including:

    mitigating or treating anti-drug antibodies association with protein drugs (such as SEL-212), and

    genetic therapies (such as viral delivery of genes);

development and commercialization of SEL-212, including both composition of matter and method of treatment claims (there are three patent families that cover the SEL-212 product, one of which is a licensed, issued U.S. patent that covers the SEL-212 product, which expires in 2021); and

methods and compositions incorporating our proprietary SVP nanoparticle in a variety of cancer immunotherapy applications, including:

    creating various cancer vaccines, and

    combination treatments, including co-treatment with PD-1/PDL-1 checkpoint inhibitors.

Set forth below is a table indicating the expiration dates for our owned patent families, or expected expiration dates in the case of our owned patent application families, corresponding to each of our programs.

Program
  Description
  Patent
Family(1)

  Expiration(2)
Refractory and chronic tophaceous gout (SEL-212)   SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with pegsiticase     19   2032-2035

Gene therapy

 

SVP-Rapamycin co-administered with AAV vector

 

 

19

 

2032-2035

Food allergy

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-food allergen

 

 

13

 

2032-2035

Celiac disease

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-gluten

 

 

13

 

2032-2035

Type 1 diabetes

 

SVP-Rapamycin and SVP-insulin

 

 

15

 

2032-2035

Smoking cessation and relapse prevention (SEL-070)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-nicotine

 

 

6

 

2030-2032

HPV-associated cancer (SEL-701)

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-HPV antigen

 

 

6

 

2030-2032

Malaria

 

SVP-adjuvant and SVP-malaria antigen

 

 

6

 

2030-2032

(1)
Reflects number of relevant patent and patent application families.

(2)
Reflects expiration date and estimated expiration date ranges of issued patents and patent applications, respectively.

In addition, we have exclusively or non-exclusively licensed intellectual property, including the following patent portfolio: 19 U.S. issued patents; 14 foreign issued patents; 9 U.S. pending patent applications; and 58 foreign pending applications. The licensed patents and patent applications cover various aspects of the technology being developed by us, including claims directed to compositions of matter and methods of use, and have been filed in various countries worldwide including in North America, Europe and Asia, with material expiration dates varying from 2021 to, if claims are issued, 2028.

137

Table of Contents

Business


As we continue to develop the SVP-based immunotherapy program technology, we intend to pursue, when possible, patent protection for product candidates, methods of use and processes for manufacture. We continually evaluate and enhance our intellectual property strategy as we develop new program technologies and product candidates. To that end, we are prepared to file additional patent applications if our intellectual property strategy requires such filings, or where we seek to adapt to competition or seize business opportunities. In addition to filing and prosecuting patent applications in the United States, we often file analogous patent applications in the European Union and in additional foreign countries where we believe such filing is likely to be beneficial, including but not limited to Australia, Brazil, China, Eurasia, including the Russian Federation, Europe, South Korea, Mexico, India, Israel and Japan.

Each patent's term depends upon the laws of the countries in which they are obtained. The patent term in most countries in which we file is 20 years from the earliest date of filing of a non-provisional patent application. Notably, the term of U.S. patents may be extended due to delays incurred due to compliance with FDA or by delays encountered during prosecution that are caused by the USPTO. For example, the Hatch-Waxman Act permits a patent term extension for FDA-approved drugs of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent, depending upon the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. There is a limit to the amount of time a patent may be extended in the United States; no patent extension can extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar patent term extensions are available in Europe and other jurisdictions for patents that cover regulatory-approved drugs. We intend to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering our product candidates if and when they receive FDA approval. We expect to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available; however there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and even if granted, the length of such extensions. Currently, we own or license patents with material expiration dates ranging from 2021 to 2032. If patents are issued on pending patent applications that we own or license, the resulting patents are expected to have material expiration dates ranging from 2027 to 2035. However, the actual patent protection period varies on a product-by-product basis, from country-to-country, and depends upon many factors, including the type of patent, the scope of its coverage, the availability of regulatory-related extensions, the availability of legal remedies in a particular country and the validity and enforceability of the patent.

Generally, the patent positions of companies similar to ours are uncertain and encompass complex legal and factual questions. There has been no consistent policy regarding the scope of claims allowable in patents in the field of immunotherapy in the United States The foreign patent situation is even more uncertain. Changes in the patent laws and rules, either by legislation, judicial decisions, or regulatory interpretation in the United States and other countries may lessen our ability to protect our intellectual property and enforce our proprietary rights, and more generally could affect the value of our intellectual property. Specifically, our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing any of our patented inventions, either directly or indirectly, will depend in part on our success in obtaining and enforcing patent claims that cover our program technology, inventions and improvements. With respect to both company-owned and in-licensed intellectual property, we cannot be certain that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially beneficial in protecting our programs and product candidates and the methods used to manufacture those programs and product candidates. Moreover, even our issued patents do not guarantee us the right to practice our technology in relation to the commercialization of our programs

138

Table of Contents

Business


or product candidates. The field of patent and other intellectual property rights in biotechnology is an evolving one with many risks and uncertainties, and third parties may have blocking patents that could be used to prevent us from commercializing our patented immunotherapy technology, programs and product candidates and practicing our proprietary technology. Our issued patents and those that may issue in the future may be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented, which could inhibit our ability to stop competitors from marketing related programs or product candidates or limit the length of the term of patent protection that we may have for our immunotherapy technology, programs and product candidates. Additionally, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, our competitors may independently develop similar technologies. Consequently, we may have competition for our immunotherapy technology, programs and product candidates. Moreover, because of the extensive time required for development, testing and regulatory review of a potential product, it is possible that, before any particular product candidate can be commercialized, any related patent may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any economic advantage of the patent. For this and more comprehensive risks related to our proprietary technology, inventions, improvements, programs and product candidates, please see the section entitled "Risk factors—Risks related to our intellectual property."

We currently have three trademark registrations, one in the United States, one in Europe and one in Russia. We intend to file applications for trademark registrations in connection with our product candidates in various jurisdictions, including the United States.

We may also rely on trade secrets to protect our confidential and proprietary information. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although we seek to protect our program technology and product candidates as trade secrets, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with those who have access to our confidential information, including our employees, contractors, consultants, collaborators and advisors, third parties may independently discover substantially equivalent trade secrets or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. It is our policy to require our employees, contractors, consultants, collaborators and advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual's relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. In many cases our confidentiality and other agreements with consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors require them to assign or grant us licenses to inventions they invent as a result the work or services they render under such agreements or grant us an option to negotiate a license to use such inventions. To the extent that our employees, contractors, consultants, collaborators, and advisors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

We also seek to protect the integrity and confidentiality of our proprietary technology and processes by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. Although we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach.

139

Table of Contents

Business


COMPETITION

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on proprietary products. While we believe that our SVP technology, our expertise in triggering antigen-specific immune responses, integrated research, clinical and manufacturing capabilities, development experience, scientific knowledge and portfolio strategy provide us with competitive advantages, we face potential competition from many different sources, including pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize may compete with existing therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future.

Our competitors may have significantly greater financial resources, established presence in the market, expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement and marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies.

The key competitive factors affecting the success of SEL-212, and any other tolerance or immune stimulation product candidates that we develop, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price, the level of generic competition and the availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic or biosimilar products. SEL-212 may compete with others in the gout market, including Krystexxa, which contains a pegylated uricase similar to the Pegsiticase component of SEL-212 and is indicated for the treatment of refractory gout. Horizon Pharma plc, whose affiliates recently acquired Krystexxa, may find other approaches to eliminate undesired immunogenicity to Krystexxa. Long-term treatment with global immunosuppressive products may increase the susceptibility to contract infections, tumors and may lead to organ failure. Large companies with active research to prevent the formation of ADAs and treat allergies or autoimmune diseases include Sanofi, Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, and Merck & Co., Inc., or Merck. Small, early-stage biopharmaceutical companies active in the research for new technologies to induce antigen-specific tolerance include Anokion SA, Cour Pharmaceutical Development Company, Inc., and Dendright International, Inc. We believe that desensitization strategies are restricted to allergies, take more time to achieve a therapeutic effect than therapies that use an immuno-modulator and are more restricted in breadth of efficacy and applications than SVP products.

Our immunostimulatory therapies are also subject to intense competition. In cancer therapy, the most common methods of treating patients are surgery, radiation and drug therapy, including chemotherapy and immunotherapy. Large pharmaceutical companies, including AstraZeneca PLC, or AstraZeneca, Roche Holding AG, Pfizer, Merck, Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, and Amgen Inc., as well as smaller biopharmaceutical companies including Immune Design Corp. are active in the research and development of cancer vaccines. There are a variety of vaccine approaches to treat HPV-associated

140

Table of Contents

Business


cancer including the use of DNA vaccines, novel adjuvants, novel antigens and novel delivery vectors for the antigen. Clinical-stage companies with these approaches include, among others, Inovio Pharmaceuticals, Inc., in Phase 2 clinical development with VGX3100, ISA Pharmaceuticals, B.V., in Phase 2 clinical development with ISA-101, Genticel, in Phase 2 clinical development with GTL001, and AstraZeneca, in Phase 1 clinical development with INO-3112, which it licensed from Inovio Pharmaceuticals, Inc. We believe that our approach shares the safety of approved vaccine technologies that use antigens and adjuvants and could be synergistic with the use of checkpoint inhibitors such as PD-1 and PD-L1 inhibitors.

We are also competing in the development of new prophylactic vaccines with large pharmaceutical companies such as Sanofi, Pfizer, Merck, GlaxoSmithKline Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Johnson & Johnson, and AstraZeneca and smaller biopharmaceutical companies such as Genocea Biosciences, Inc. and Novavax Inc.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Government authorities in the United States, at the federal, state and local level, and in other countries extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, quality control, approval, labeling, packaging, storage, record-keeping, promotion, advertising, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, marketing and export and import of products such as those we are developing. Our most advanced product candidate, SEL-212, is subject to regulation in the United States as a combination product. If marketed individually, each component would be subject to different regulatory pathways and would require approval of independent marketing applications by the FDA. A combination product, however, is assigned to a Center that will have primary jurisdiction over its regulation based on a determination of the combination product's primary mode of action, which is the single mode of action that provides the most important therapeutic action. In the case of our SEL-212, we believe that the primary mode of action is attributable to the biologic component of the product. In the case of SEL-212, which we believe will be regulated as a therapeutic biologic, the FDA's Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, or CDER, will have primary jurisdiction over premarket development. The CDER currently has regulatory responsibility, including premarket review and continuing oversight, over certain therapeutic biologic products that were previously regulated by the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER. We expect to seek approval of SEL-212 through a single Biologics License Application, or BLA, reviewed by CDER, and we do not expect that the FDA will require a separate marketing authorization for each constituent of SEL-212.

Biological products are subject to regulation under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, and the Public Health Service Act, or PHS Act, and other federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations. SEL-212 and any other product candidates that we develop must be approved by the FDA before they may be legally marketed in the United States and by the appropriate foreign regulatory agency before they may be legally marketed in foreign countries.

U.S. biological products development process

The process required by the FDA before a biologic, including a gene therapy, may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:

completion of extensive nonclinical testing, sometimes referred to as preclinical testing, including laboratory tests, animal trials and formulation studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including good laboratory practices, or GLPs, and applicable requirements for humane use of laboratory animals;
141

Table of Contents

Business


submission to the FDA of an investigational new drug, or IND, application, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to the FDA's regulations commonly referred to as good clinical practice, or GCP, regulations and any additional requirements for the protection of human research subjects and their health information, to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed biological product for its intended use;

submission to the FDA of a BLA for marketing approval that includes substantive evidence of safety, purity, and potency from results of nonclinical testing and clinical trials;

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the biological product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product's identity, strength, quality and purity;

potential FDA audit of the nonclinical and clinical study sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and

FDA review and approval, or licensure, of the BLA.

Before testing any biological product candidate in humans, the product candidate enters the preclinical testing stage. Preclinical tests, also referred to as nonclinical studies, include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as animal studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs.

The clinical study sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to the FDA as part of the IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA places the clinical study on a clinical hold within that 30-day time period. In such a case, the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical study can begin. The FDA may also impose clinical holds on a biological product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance. If the FDA imposes a clinical hold, trials may not recommence without FDA authorization and then only under terms authorized by the FDA.

Clinical trials involve the administration of the biological product candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, generally physicians not employed by or under the study sponsor's control. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical study, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria, and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety, including stopping rules that assure a clinical study will be stopped if certain adverse events should occur. Each protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Clinical trials must be conducted and monitored in accordance with the FDA's regulations comprising the GCP requirements, including the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent. Further, each clinical study must be reviewed and approved by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, at or servicing each institution at which the clinical study will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of study participants and considers such items as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to expected benefits. The IRB also approves the form and content of the informed consent that must be signed by each clinical study subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical study until completed.

142

Table of Contents

Business


Human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:

Phase I.    The biological product candidate is initially introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety. In the case of some products for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

Phase II.    The biological product candidate is evaluated in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance, optimal dosage and dosing schedule.

Phase III.    Clinical trials are undertaken to further evaluate dosage, clinical efficacy, potency, and safety in an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical study sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the product and provide an adequate basis for product labelling.

Post-approval clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These clinical trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication, particularly for long-term safety follow-up.

During all phases of clinical development, regulatory agencies require extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical data, and clinical study investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted to the FDA. Written IND safety reports must be promptly submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse events, any findings from other trials, tests in laboratory animals or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects, or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting. The sponsor also must notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor's initial receipt of the information. The FDA or the sponsor or its data safety monitoring board may suspend a clinical study at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical study at its institution if the clinical study is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB's requirements or if the biological product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.

There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trial results to public registries. Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including biologics, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information, which is publicly available at www.clinicaltrials.gov. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal trials and must also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the biological product candidate as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with GMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents with use of biological products, the PHS Act emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products

143

Table of Contents

Business


whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency and purity of the final biological product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the biological product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

U.S. review and approval processes

After the completion of clinical trials of a biological product candidate, FDA approval of a BLA must be obtained before commercial marketing of the biological product. The BLA must include results of product development, laboratory and animal trials, human trials, information on the manufacture and composition of the product, proposed labeling and other relevant information. In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the biological product candidate for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act, or FDASIA, requires that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a drug or biological product that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within sixty days after an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or as may be agreed between the sponsor and FDA. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any biological product for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. The FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for products designated as orphan drugs, unless the product also includes a non-orphan indication.

Within 60 days following submission of the application, the FDA reviews a BLA submitted to determine if it is substantially complete before the agency accepts it for filing. The FDA may refuse to file any BLA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In this event, the BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review of the BLA. The FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and potent, or effective, for its intended use, and has an acceptable purity profile, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP requirements to assure and preserve the product's identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity. The FDA may refer applications for novel biological products or biological products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. During the biological product approval process, the FDA also will determine whether a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, is necessary to assure the safe use of the biological product candidate. If the FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS; the FDA will not approve the BLA without a REMS, if required.

144

Table of Contents

Business


Before approving a BLA, the FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with GMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure that the clinical trials were conducted in compliance with IND study requirements and GCP requirements.

Notwithstanding the submission of relevant data and information, the FDA may ultimately decide that the BLA does not satisfy its regulatory criteria for approval and deny approval. Data obtained from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than the applicant interprets the same data. If the FDA decides not to approve the BLA in its present form, the FDA will issue a complete response letter that usually describes all of the specific deficiencies in the BLA identified by the FDA. The deficiencies identified may be minor, for example, requiring labeling changes, or major, for example, requiring additional clinical trials. Additionally, the complete response letter may include recommended actions that the applicant might take to place the application in a condition for approval. If a complete response letter is issued, the applicant may either resubmit the BLA, addressing all of the deficiencies identified in the letter, or withdraw the application.

If a product receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited, which could restrict the commercial value of the product. Further, the FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. The FDA may impose restrictions and conditions on product distribution, prescribing, or dispensing in the form of a REMS, or otherwise limit the scope of any approval. In addition, the FDA may require post marketing clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase IV clinical trials, designed to further assess a biological product's safety and effectiveness, and testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.

One of the performance goals agreed to by the FDA under the PDUFA is to review 90% of standard BLAs in 10 months from the filing date and 90% of priority BLAs in six months from the filing date, whereupon a review decision is to be made. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs and its review goals are subject to change from time to time. The review process and the PDUFA goal date may be extended by three months if the FDA requests or the BLA sponsor otherwise provides additional information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission within the last three months before the PDUFA goal date.

Orphan designation

The FDA may grant orphan designation to drugs or biologics intended to treat a rare disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or if it affects more than 200,000 individuals in the United States, there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and marketing the product for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process.

In the United States, orphan designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers. In addition, if a product receives the first FDA approval for the indication for which it has orphan designation, the product is entitled to orphan exclusivity, which means the FDA may not approve any other application

145

Table of Contents

Business


to market the same product for the same indication for a period of seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity or where the manufacturer with orphan exclusivity is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the approved orphan designated product. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity also could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval of the same biological product as defined by the FDA or if our product candidate is determined to be contained within the competitor's product for the same indication or disease. If a drug or biological product designated as an orphan product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan product exclusivity.

We have not requested orphan designation for our product candidates, but depending on the proposed indication for which we intend to develop our future products, we may in the future request such designation.

Expedited development and review programs

The FDA has a Fast Track program that is intended to expedite or facilitate the process for reviewing new biological products that meet certain criteria. Specifically, new biological products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the disease or condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product and the specific indication for which it is being studied. The sponsor of a new biologic may request that the FDA designate the biologic as a Fast Track product at any time during the clinical development of the product. Unique to a Fast Track product, the FDA may consider for review sections of the marketing application on a rolling basis before the complete application is submitted, if the sponsor provides a schedule for the submission of the sections of the application, the FDA agrees to accept sections of the application and determines that the schedule is acceptable, and the sponsor pays any required user fees upon submission of the first section of the application.

Any product submitted to the FDA for marketing, including under a Fast Track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as priority review and accelerated approval. Any product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a disease compared to marketed products. The FDA will attempt to direct additional resources to the evaluation of an application for a new biological product designated for priority review in an effort to facilitate the review. Additionally, a product may be eligible for accelerated approval. Biological products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may be eligible for accelerated approval, which means that they may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical studies establishing that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict a clinical benefit, or on the basis of an effect on a clinical endpoint other than survival or irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, the FDA may require that a sponsor of a biological product subject to accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical studies. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the

146

Table of Contents

Business


commercial launch of the product. Fast Track designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

In addition, under the provisions of FDASIA, the FDA established a Breakthrough Therapy Designation which is intended to expedite the development and review of products that treat serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. The designation includes all of the features of Fast Track designation, as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance. The Breakthrough Therapy Designation is a distinct status from both accelerated approval and priority review, but these can also be granted to the same product candidate if the relevant criteria are met. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy. Requests for breakthrough therapy designation will be reviewed within 60 days of receipt, and FDA will either grant or deny the request.

Fast Track designation, priority review, accelerated approval and breakthrough therapy designation do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process. Even if we receive one of these designations for our product candidates, the FDA may later decide that our product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification. In addition, these designations may not provide us with a material commercial advantage.

Gene therapy products

With respect to any gene therapy products we may develop, the FDA works closely with the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, and its Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or RAC, a federal advisory committee that discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its quarterly public meetings. Where a gene therapy study is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving NIH funding for recombinant DNA research, prior to the submission of an IND to the FDA, a protocol and related documentation is submitted to and the study is registered with the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA, however many companies and other institutions not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines voluntarily follow them. The FDA also has published guidance documents related to, among other things, gene therapy products in general, their preclinical assessment, observing subjects involved in gene therapy clinical trials for delayed adverse events, potency testing, and chemistry, manufacturing and control information in gene therapy INDs.

The OBA will notify the FDA of the RAC's decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA web site and may be accessed by the public. With gene therapy protocols, if the FDA allows the IND to proceed, but the RAC decides that full public review of the protocol is warranted, the FDA will request at the completion of its IND review that sponsors delay initiation of the protocol until after completion of the RAC review process.

In addition, there is a publicly accessible database, the Genetic Modification Clinical Research Information System, which includes information on gene transfer trials and serves as an electronic tool to facilitate the reporting and analysis of adverse events in these trials.

147

Table of Contents

Business


Post-approval requirements

Maintaining substantial compliance with applicable federal, state and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Rigorous and extensive FDA regulation of biological products continues after approval, particularly with respect to cGMP requirements. We will rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the production of clinical and commercial quantities of any products that we may commercialize. Manufacturers of our products are required to comply with applicable requirements in the cGMP regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Other post-approval requirements applicable to biological products include record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse effects and reporting updated safety and efficacy information.

We also must comply with the FDA's advertising and promotion requirements, such as those related to direct-to-consumer advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product's approved labelling (known as "off-label use"), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal sanctions and adverse publicity. FDA sanctions could include refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical hold, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal penalties.

Biological product manufacturers and other entities involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved biological products are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain GMP compliance. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process or facility generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.

Biosimilars and exclusivity

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or Affordable Care Act, signed into law on March 23, 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. To date, only one biosimilar has been licensed under the BPCIA, although numerous biosimilars have been approved in Europe. The FDA has issued several guidance documents outlining an approach to review and approval of biosimilars.

Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be

148

Table of Contents

Business


expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. However, complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.

Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing the sponsor's own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of their product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for certain biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed "interchangeable" by the FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.

A biological product can also obtain pediatric market exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity, which runs from the end of other exclusivity protection or patent term, may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study in accordance with an FDA-issued "Written Request" for such a study.

The BPCIA is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. In addition, recent government proposals have sought to reduce the 12-year reference product exclusivity period. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. As a result, the ultimate impact, implementation and meaning of the BPCIA is subject to significant uncertainty.

Government regulation outside of the United States

In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical studies and any commercial sales and distribution of our products. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be restricted in some countries.

Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical studies or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical study application much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical studies. In the European Union, for example, a clinical trial authorization, or CTA, must be submitted to each country's national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country's requirements, clinical study development may proceed.

The requirements and process governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical studies are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

149

Table of Contents

Business


In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is composed of the 28 Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA.

There are two types of MAs.

The Community MA, which is issued by the European Commission through the Centralized Procedure, based on the opinion of the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, of the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and which is valid throughout the entire territory of the EEA. The Centralized Procedure is mandatory for certain types of products, such as biotechnology medicinal products, orphan medicinal products, and medicinal products indicated for the treatment of AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders, diabetes, auto-immune and viral diseases. The Centralized Procedure is optional for products containing a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, or for products that constitute a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation or which are in the interest of public health in the EU. Under the Centralized Procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application is 210 days (excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP). Accelerated evaluation might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when the authorization of a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. Under the accelerated procedure the standard 210 days review period is reduced to 150 days.

National MAs, which are issued by the competent authorities of the Member States of the EEA and only cover their respective territory, are available for products not falling within the mandatory scope of the Centralized Procedure. Where a product has already been authorized for marketing in a Member State of the EEA, this National MA can be recognized in another Member States through the Mutual Recognition Procedure. If the product has not received a National MA in any Member State at the time of application, it can be approved simultaneously in various Member States through the Decentralized Procedure.

To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational biological product under European Union regulatory systems, we must submit a marketing authorization application, which is similar to the U.S. BLA. The European Union also provides opportunities for market exclusivity. For example, in the European Union, upon receiving marketing authorization, new chemical entities generally receive eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity. If granted, data exclusivity prevents regulatory authorities in the European Union from referencing the innovator's data to assess a generic application. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic marketing authorization can be submitted, and the innovator's data may be referenced, but no generic product can be marketed until the expiration of the market exclusivity. However, there is no guarantee that a product will be considered by the European Union's regulatory authorities to be a new chemical entity, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity. Products receiving orphan designation in the European Union can receive ten years of market exclusivity, during which time no similar medicinal product for the same indication may be placed on the market. An orphan product can also obtain an additional two years of market exclusivity in the European Union for pediatric studies. No extension to any supplementary protection certificate can be granted on the basis of pediatric studies for orphan indications.

The criteria for designating an "orphan medicinal product" in the European Union are similar in principle to those in the United States. Under Article 3 of Regulation (EC) 141/2000, a medicinal product may be designated as orphan if (1) it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of

150

Table of Contents

Business


a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; (2) either (a) such condition affects no more than five in 10,000 persons in the European Union when the application is made, or (b) the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would not generate sufficient return in the European Union to justify investment; and (3) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of such condition authorized for marketing in the European Union, or if such a method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition, as defined in Regulation (EC) 847/2000. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and are, upon grant of a marketing authorization, entitled to ten years of market exclusivity for the approved therapeutic indication. The application for orphan drug designation must be submitted before the application for marketing authorization. The applicant will receive a fee reduction for the marketing authorization application if the orphan drug designation has been granted, but not if the designation is still pending at the time the marketing authorization is submitted. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

The 10-year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation, for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity. Additionally, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar product for the same indication at any time if the:

second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;

applicant consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or

applicant cannot supply enough orphan medicinal product.

For other countries outside of the European Union, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical studies, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, again, the clinical studies are conducted in accordance with GCP and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Other healthcare laws

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical and biological products, other U.S. federal and state healthcare regulatory laws restrict business practices in the biopharmaceutical industry, which include, but are not limited to, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, data privacy and security, and physician payment transparency laws.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, receiving or providing any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term "remuneration" has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions

151

Table of Contents

Business


and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases, or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not meet the requirements of a statutory or regulatory exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all its facts and circumstances. Several courts have interpreted the statute's intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal healthcare covered business, the statute has been violated.

Additionally, the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the ACA to a stricter standard such that a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act. The majority of states also have anti-kickback laws, which establish similar prohibitions and in some cases may apply to items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers.

The federal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the civil False Claims Act, prohibit any person or entity from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false, fictitious or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. A claim includes "any request or demand" for money or property presented to the U.S. government. Actions under the civil False Claims Act may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the civil False Claims Act can result in very significant monetary penalties and treble damages. Several pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product. Other companies have been prosecuted for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies' marketing of products for unapproved (e.g., off-label) uses. In addition, the civil monetary penalties statute imposes penalties against any person who is determined to have presented or caused to be presented a claim to a federal health program that the person knows or should know is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. Many states also have similar fraud and abuse statutes or regulations that apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government authorities will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers' and manufacturers' compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws.

The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other actions, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Similar to the U.S. federal Anti-Kickback Statute, the ACA broadened the reach of certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes created under HIPAA by amending the intent requirement such that

152

Table of Contents

Business


a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation.

In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and certain other healthcare providers. The ACA imposed, among other things, new annual reporting requirements through the Physician Payments Sunshine Act for covered manufacturers for certain payments and "transfers of value" provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit timely, accurately and completely the required information for all payments, transfers of value and ownership or investment interests may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures." Covered manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each calendar year. In addition, certain states require implementation of compliance programs and compliance with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, impose restrictions on marketing practices, and/or tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration or items of value provided to physicians and other healthcare professionals and entities.

We may also be subject to data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, including the Final HIPAA Omnibus Rule published on January 25, 2013, impose specified requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information held by covered entities and their business associates. Among other things, HITECH made HIPAA's security standards directly applicable to, as well as imposed certain other privacy obligations on, "business associates," defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive, maintain or transmit protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney's fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same requirements, thus complicating compliance efforts.

If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and individual imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

To the extent that any of our product candidates, once approved, are sold in a foreign country, we may be subject to similar foreign laws and regulations, which may include, for instance, applicable post-marketing requirements, including safety surveillance, anti-fraud and abuse laws, and implementation of corporate compliance programs and reporting of payments or other transfers of value to healthcare professionals.

153

Table of Contents

Business


Coverage and reimbursement

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any pharmaceutical or biological products for which we obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products. Sales of any products for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will therefore depend, in part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other organizations.

The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a pharmaceutical or biological product typically is separate from the process for setting the price of such product or for establishing the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover our product candidates could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved and have a material adverse effect on our sales, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, a third-party payor's decision to provide coverage for a pharmaceutical or biological product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on our investment in product development. Additionally, coverage and reimbursement for products can differ significantly from payor to payor. One third-party payor's decision to cover a particular medical product or service does not ensure that other payors will also provide coverage for the medical product or service, or will provide coverage at an adequate reimbursement rate. As a result, the coverage determination process will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately and will be a time-consuming process.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments, and the prices of pharmaceutical or biological products have been a focus in this effort. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services, examining the medical necessity and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of pharmaceutical or biological products, medical devices and medical services, in addition to questioning safety and efficacy. If these third-party payors do not consider our products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our products after FDA approval or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our products at a profit.

Healthcare reform

A primary trend in the U.S. healthcare industry and elsewhere is cost containment. Government authorities and other third-party payors have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medical products. For example, in March 2010, the ACA was enacted, which, among other things, increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program; introduced a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; extended the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to utilization of prescriptions of individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans; imposed mandatory discounts for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries as a condition for manufacturers' outpatient drugs

154

Table of Contents

Business


coverage under Medicare Part D; subjected drug manufacturers to new annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies' share of sales to federal healthcare programs; created a new Patient Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research; and imposed an annual excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices, which was suspended from January 1, 2016, to December 31, 2017, by the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2016, but will be reinstated starting January 1, 2018, absent further action.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement and additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our drugs.

Additionally, on August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the fiscal years 2012 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, will stay in effect through 2025 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and imaging centers.

We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products once approved or additional pricing pressures.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

FACILITIES

Our headquarters are located in Watertown, Massachusetts, where we occupy 27,833 square feet of office and laboratory space. The term of the lease expires on March 31, 2017. We also lease approximately 2,500 square feet of office and laboratory space in Moscow, Russia on a month to month basis.

EMPLOYEES

As of December 31, 2015, we had 54 full-time employees, 44 of whom were primarily engaged in research and development activities. A total of 25 employees have an M.D. or Ph.D. degree. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good.

155

Table of Contents


Management

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, KEY EMPLOYEES AND DIRECTORS

The following table sets forth the name, age and position of each of our executive officers, key employees and directors as of April 25, 2016.

Name
  Age
  Position

Executive Officers

         

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. 

    63   President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Lloyd Johnston, Ph.D. 

    48   Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President, Research and Development

Takashi Kei Kishimoto, Ph.D. 

    56   Chief Scientific Officer

Peter Keller, M.Sci. 

    45   Chief Business Officer

David Abraham, J.D. 

    50   General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Earl Sands, M.D. 

    58   Chief Medical Officer

David Siewers, CPA

    62   Chief Financial Officer

Other Key Employees

   
 
 

 

Dmitry Ovchinnikov, Ph.D. 

    38   General Director, Selecta RUS

Directors

   
 
 

 

Omid Farokhzad, M.D. 

    47   Director

Carl Gordon, Ph.D. 

    51   Director

Peter Barton Hutt, J.D., L.L.B., L.L.M

    81   Director

Edwin M. Kania

    58   Director

Robert Langer, Sc.D. 

    67   Director

Amir Nashat, Sc.D. 

    43   Director

Aymeric Sallin, M.S. 

    42   Director

George Siber, M.D. 

    71   Director

Leysan Shaydullina, M.D. 

    37   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and member of our board of directors since July 2010. Prior to joining Selecta, Dr. Cautreels was Chief Executive Officer of Solvay Pharmaceuticals, the pharmaceuticals division of the Solvay Group, in Brussels, Belgium, from 2005 until Solvay Pharmaceuticals was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in February 2010. Before becoming the CEO of Solvay Pharmaceuticals, Dr. Cautreels was their Global Head of R&D from 1998. Prior to joining Solvay, he was employed by Sanofi, Sterling-Winthrop from 1979 to 1994, and Nycomed-Amersham from 1994 to 1998 in a variety of R&D management positions in Europe and in the United States. Dr. Cautreels was a director of Innogenetics NV in Gent, Belgium and ArQule Inc., in Woburn, Massachusetts from 1999 to 2006. He currently serves as a director of Seres Therapeutics, Inc. and Galapagos NV, in Mechelen, Belgium. He was the President of the Belgian-Luxemburg Chamber of Commerce for Russia and Belarus until June 2010. Dr. Cautreels received his

156

Table of Contents

Management


Ph.D. in Chemistry, specializing in Mass Spectrometry, from the University of Antwerp (Antwerp, Belgium), and his financial and business training from the Advanced Management Program at Harvard Business School.

Lloyd Johnston, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President, Research and Development since January 2014. Dr. Johnston served as Selecta's Senior Vice President of Pharmaceutical Research, Development and Operations from 2011 to 2013 and Vice President of Pharmaceutical Research from July 2008 to 2011. Prior to joining Selecta, Dr. Johnston was Vice President of Operations for Alkermes, Inc. from 2004 to 2008, and served in several roles, including Director of Manufacturing, from 1999 to 2004, with responsibility for process development, scale-up, and clinical manufacturing for pulmonary and sustained release injectable products, as well as leadership of Alkermes' manufacturing facility in Chelsea, MA. At Alkermes, Dr. Johnston was also a project leader and member of Steering Committees for numerous products through various stages of development from Phase 1 through registration. Dr. Johnston was an original member of Advanced Inhalation Research Inc., or AIR, a private company formed in 1998 and acquired by Alkermes in 1999. Prior to joining AIR, Dr. Johnston was a lecturer in the Department of Chemical Engineering at the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Australia. He received his B.Sc. in Chemical Engineering from Queen's University in Ontario, Canada, and his M.S. and Ph.D. in Chemical Engineering from MIT.

Takashi Kei Kishimoto, Ph.D. has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since June 2011. Prior to joining Selecta, Dr. Kishimoto was Vice President of Discovery Research at Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., where he served in several leadership positions from March 2006 to June 2011 and led a multidisciplinary team in advancing both novel and complex generic products for inflammation, oncology, and cardiovascular disease. He served as Senior Director of Inflammation Research at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 1999 to 2006, where he provided the scientific leadership for four programs in clinical development, and as an Associate Director of Research at Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals. Dr. Kishimoto has published over 50 peer-reviewed articles in scientific journals, including Nature, Science, Cell and the New England Journal of Medicine. Dr. Kishimoto received his B.A. from New College of the University of South Florida and his Ph.D. in Immunology from Harvard University.

Peter Keller, M.Sci. has served as our Chief Business Officer since he joined Selecta from Abbott Laboratories in February 2011. After the acquisition of Solvay Pharmaceuticals in February 2010 by Abbott Laboratories, he led the integration process for five R&D and manufacturing facilities in Europe. Before the acquisition, Mr. Keller was Vice President, Head of Mergers & Acquisitions and Alliance Management at Solvay Pharmaceuticals from March 2007 to February 2010, where he negotiated license and acquisition agreements in various therapeutic areas such as vaccines, neurology, and cardiology. He was the lead negotiator for the $1.5 billion fenofibrate alliance between Solvay Pharmaceuticals and Abbott Laboratories and instrumental in the $6.2 billion acquisition of Solvay Pharmaceuticals by Abbott Laboratories. Mr. Keller previously worked in management consulting at McKinsey & Company from October 2000 to February 2007 and Simon Kucher & Partners from July 1998 to September 2000. Mr. Keller received his M.Sci. in Industrial Engineering and Management from the Technical University of Karlsruhe in Karlsruhe, Germany.

David Abraham, J.D. has served as our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary since he joined Selecta in May 2011. From January 2009 to April 2011, Mr. Abraham was a member of Innovation Legal Group, a boutique intellectual property law firm. From August 2006 to December 2008, Mr. Abraham was Executive Director for Patents at Durect Corporation, a small-cap specialty pharmaceutical company. From February 2004 to August 2006, he was Senior Patent Counsel for ALZA Corporation, or ALZA, a Johnson & Johnson company. Prior to working at Durect and ALZA,

157

Table of Contents

Management


Mr. Abraham was employed by the law firms of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich and Rosati, and Finnegan Henderson Farabow Garrett and Dunner. Mr. Abraham also was a Patent Examiner at the USPTO. Mr. Abraham received his B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the University of Rochester and his J.D. from the George Washington School of Law.

Earl Sands, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since July 2015. From July 2014 to May 2015, Dr. Sands served as the Chief Medical Officer of Targacept, Inc., now part of Catalyst Biosciences, a biopharmaceutical company focused on protease therapeutic agents, where he was responsible for providing strategic and scientific input on intellectual property matters and in-licensing opportunities. From 2013 to 2014, Dr. Sands was the Chief Medical Officer of Plasma Surgical, Inc., a developer of surgical and therapeutic applications, where he was responsible for strategic integrated clinical development plans and execution. From 2011 to 2013, Dr. Sands served as President of Alpha Med Solutions, LLC, a consulting firm. From 2003 to 2011, Dr. Sands served in various capacities at Solvay Pharmaceuticals, both prior to and following the acquisition by Abbott Laboratories, including Executive Vice President, Market Access, from 2008 to 2011, Senior Vice President of R&D and acting Chief Medical Officer from 2006 to 2008, and Director of Women's Health from 2003 to 2006. Previously, Dr. Sands served as Senior Regional Medical Director, Professional and Scientific Relations, at Procter & Gamble Pharmaceuticals, was a founding partner and medical director at Innovation in Medical Education and Training, was a Managing Partner of Women's Health Care, PC and was Chairman of the OB/GYN department at Pottstown Memorial Medical Center in Pottstown, Pennsylvania. Dr. Sands received his B.A. in Premedical Sciences from Lehigh University and his M.D. from Hahnemann University School of Medicine.

David Siewers has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2009. Mr. Siewers has 30 years of experience in financial management, financial systems design and implementation, equity and debt financing and mergers and acquisitions. Prior to joining Selecta, Mr. Siewers was an independent consultant from 2002 to 2009, providing strategic guidance and tactical implementation of accounting systems, management and regulatory reporting, internal controls, profitability and cost analysis to an array of clients ranging from startups to mid-level companies. Previously, Mr. Siewers held various positions in the financial services industry, including Senior Vice President and Divisional Chief Financial Officer roles within Fleet Financial Group and Senior Vice President of Putnam Investments. Mr. Siewers received his B.S. in Accounting from Marietta College and received his CPA in 1978 while working at KPMG.

OTHER KEY EMPLOYEES

Dmitry Ovchinnikov, Ph.D. has served as the General Director of our Russian operations since August 2013, and served as General Deputy Director from May 2012 to August 2013. Prior to joining Selecta, Dr. Ovchinnikov was a medical director for ZAO Sandoz (Russia), a Novartis company, from December 2010 to May 2012, and was responsible for medical support and compliance, clinical trials and pharmacovigilance. Dr. Ovchinnikov was also a member of the Russia executive committee at Sandoz and took part in the elaboration of development strategy for the Russian branch. From November 2006 to December 2010, Dr. Ovchinnikov worked at Janssen-Cilag, a Johnson & Johnson company, as a medical manager for Russia and the Commonwealth of Independent States, and from December 2004 to November 2006 he served as a clinical research associate for PAREXEL RUS LLC, a life sciences consulting firm and a division of PAREXEL International. Dr. Ovchinnikov received his M.S. and Ph.D. in Biochemistry/Oncology/Virology from Lomonosov Moscow State University in Moscow, Russia.

158

Table of Contents

Management


DIRECTORS

Omid Farokhzad, M.D. is one of our co-founders and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Dr. Farokhzad is an Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School, or HMS and a physician-scientist in the Department of Anesthesiology at Brigham and Women's Hospital, or BWH, positions he has held since 2004. Dr. Farokhzad directs the Laboratory of Nanomedicine and Biomaterials at BWH. Prior to joining the HMS faculty, Dr. Farokhzad completed his postgraduate clinical and postdoctoral research trainings, respectively, at BWH/HMS and MIT in the laboratory of Dr. Langer. He is the recipient of the 2013 RUSNANOPRIZE. Dr. Farokhzad has been directly involved in the launch and development of four biotechnology companies and, on occasion, has assumed additional roles in support of management. From 2006 to 2014, Dr. Farokhzad served on the Board of Directors of BIND Therapeutics, Inc. He received his M.D. and M.A. from Boston University School of Medicine, and his M.B.A. from MIT. Dr. Farokhzad's extensive knowledge of our business and the nanomedicine field and his medical training contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Carl Gordon, Ph.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Dr. Gordon serves as General Partner and Co-Head of Private Equity of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which he co-founded in 1998. From 1995 to 1997 he was a senior biotechnology analyst at Mehta and Isaly, and from 1993 to 1995 he was a Fellow at The Rockefeller University. Dr. Gordon currently serves on the board of directors of numerous private companies. Previously, Dr. Gordon had served on the board of directors of Acceleron Pharma Inc., Amarin Corporation plc and Pacira Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Gordon received his B.S. in Chemistry from Harvard College and his Ph.D. in Molecular Biology from MIT. Dr. Gordon's venture capital experience, expertise in the scientific field of molecular biology and financial credentials contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Peter Barton Hutt, J.D., L.L.B., L.L.M. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Hutt is a senior counsel in the Washington, D.C. law firm of Covington & Burling specializing in food and drug law. Mr. Hutt began his law practice with the firm in 1960 and, except for his four years in the government, has continued at the firm ever since. Mr. Hutt served as Chief Counsel for the FDA during 1971 to 1975. Since 1994 he has taught a course on Food and Drug Law at Harvard Law School. Mr. Hutt serves on the board of directors of Seres Therapeutics, Inc., Xoma Corp., BIND Therapeutics, Inc., Concert Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Flex Pharma, Inc. and Q Therapeutics, Inc. From 2009 to 2015, Mr. Hutt served on the board of directors of DBV Technologies, from 2001 to 2014 he served on the board of Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc., from 2008 to 2011, he served on the board of Celera Corp and from 2002 to 2012 he served on the board of ISTA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Hutt received his B.A. from Yale University, his LL.B. from Harvard Law School and his L.L.M. from New York University. Mr. Hutt's extensive knowledge of and experience with food and drug law and his service on numerous boards of directors in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Edwin M. Kania has served as a member of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Kania is Co-Founder of Flagship Ventures, a Boston-based venture capital firm, and serves as a Managing Partner for several of its funds. He served as Chairman of Flagship Ventures between 2001 and 2014. Prior to co-founding Flagship Ventures in 2000, Mr. Kania was a General Partner at OneLiberty Ventures and its predecessor firm, Morgan Holland Ventures. His direct investment experience covers over 100 companies. Since 2004, he has served on the board of directors of Acceleron Pharma Inc., a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company that focuses on regulating cellular growth. Mr. Kania has also served on the boards of Aspect Medical, EXACT Sciences and other public and private companies. Mr. Kania received his B.S. in Physics from Dartmouth College and his M.B.A. from

159

Table of Contents

Management


Harvard Business School. Mr. Kania's extensive investment experience in the biotechnology sector contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Robert Langer, Sc.D. is one of our co-founders and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2007. Dr. Langer also serves as Chairman of our scientific advisory board. Dr. Langer has been an Institute Professor at MIT since 2005, and prior to that was an Assistant Professor, Associate Professor and then Professor at MIT starting in 1977. Dr. Langer has received the National Medal of Science, National Medal of Technology and Innovation, Wolf Prize in Chemistry, Charles Stark Draper Prize, Albany Medical Center Prize in Medicine and Biomedical Research and the Lemelson-MIT Prize for Invention and Innovation. Dr. Langer is one of the very few individuals ever elected to the American Institute of Medical and Biological Engineering, the National Academy of Engineering and the National Academy of Sciences. He currently serves on the board of directors of Ocata Therapeutics, BIND Therapeutics, Inc. and PureTech Health PLC, and previously served as a director of Momenta Pharmaceuticals from 2001 to 2009, Wyeth from 2004 to 2009, Fibrocell Science, Inc. from 2010 to 2012 and Millipore Corp from 2009 to 2010. Dr. Langer received his B.S. from Cornell University and his Sc.D. from MIT, both in Chemical Engineering. Dr. Langer's pioneering academic work in nanotechnology and drug delivery contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Amir Nashat, Sc.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Dr. Nashat has been a Managing General Partner at Polaris Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 2009 and focuses on investments in the life sciences. He currently serves on the board of directors of Fate Therapeutics, Inc., BIND Therapeutics, Inc., aTyr Pharma, Inc. and several private companies. Dr. Nashat has also served as a director of Receptos, Inc., Adnexus Therapeutics, Inc. (acquired by Bristol-Myers Squibb Company) and other private companies. Dr. Nashat completed his Sc.D. as a Hertz Fellow in Chemical Engineering at MIT with a minor in biology under the guidance of Dr. Langer. Dr. Nashat earned both his M.S. and B.S. in materials science and mechanical engineering at the University of California, Berkeley. Dr. Nashat's extensive experience as a venture capitalist and board member to numerous companies in the biotechnology industry contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

Aymeric Sallin, M.S. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Sallin has served as the Chief Executive Officer of NanoDimension, a venture capital firm, since 2002 and is the founder of that firm. Since 2014, Mr. Sallin has served as a strategic advisory board member of the École Polytechnique Fédérale de Lausanne, or EPFL. Since 2002, Mr. Sallin has worked to promote nanotechnology around the world, and has received the NSTI Fellow Award and 2012 EPFL Alumni award for his contribution to the field of nanotechnology. Mr. Sallin has worked to generate and close investments of hundreds of millions of dollars into several of NanoDimension's portfolio companies. He currently serves as a board member of View, Inc., CROCUS Technology and Blend Therapeutics. Mr. Sallin received his Masters in Physical Engineering from EPFL in Lausanne, Switzerland. Mr. Sallin's extensive knowledge of our business and the nanomedicine field contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that he should serve as a director of our company.

George Siber, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since 2009. Since 2008, Dr. Siber has served as an Adjunct Professor at John Hopkins University in the School of Public Health. From 1996 to 2006, Dr. Siber served in various capacities at Wyeth Lederle Vaccines and Wyeth Vaccines Research, including Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer. While at Wyeth, Dr. Siber oversaw the development and approval of multiple widely-used childhood vaccines, including Prevnar, a pneumococcal vaccine which has achieved multibillion dollar revenues, Acel-Imune, an acellular pertussis vaccine, and Meningitec, a meningococcal meningitis vaccine. Prior to Wyeth, Dr. Siber was Director of the Massachusetts Public Health Biologic Laboratories and a

160

Table of Contents

Management


Harvard Medical School Associate Professor of Medicine at Dana Farber Cancer Institute. During this time, Dr. Siber led the research and manufacturing of multiple vaccines and immune globulins including Respigam, a human immune globulin against respiratory syncytial virus. Dr. Siber has served as executive director and scientific advisory board chairman of Genocea Biosciences, Inc. since 2013, and served as executive chairman from 2007 to 2013. Dr. Siber received his B.Sc. from Bishop's University in Quebec, Canada, and received his M.D.C.M. from McGill University in Quebec, Canada. He completed his post-doctoral training in internal medicine at Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke's Medical Center in Chicago and Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center in Boston, and his post-doctoral training in infectious disease and vaccinology at Children's Hospital and Beth Israel, in affiliation with Harvard Medical School in Boston. We believe that Dr. Siber's experience in life sciences and vaccine industries and his experience overseeing the development of multiple vaccines qualifies him to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Leysan Shaydullina, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2015. Since October 2014, Dr. Shaydullina has served as Managing Director of management company RUSNANO LLC. From April 2009 to October 2014, she served as Investment Director of JSC RUSNANO Management Company and then of RUSNANO management company. She also served as an associate at JSC RUSNANO from 2008 to 2009. In 2008, Dr. Shaydullina served as a senior consultant with Regionatistica LLC, a Russian-based consulting company. From 2004 to 2008, she was head of the investment department and manager of innovative projects at Innovative Technopark IDEA, or Technopark, a Russian-based business incubator. Prior to Technopark, in 2004, Dr. Shaydullina served as a senior health insurance expert at ROSNO, now part of Allianz Insurance, a Russian insurance provider, and served as a surgeon for the Children's Republican Clinical Hospital of the Ministry of Health in Russia from 2001 to 2003. Dr. Shaydullina received her M.B.A. from the Academy of National Economy under the Government of the Russian Federation, and her M.D. from Kazan State Medical University in Kazan, Russia. Dr. Shaydullina's experience in business strategy, managing investments and the life sciences industry contributed to our board of directors' conclusion that she should serve as a director of our company.

BOARD COMPOSITION AND ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

Director independence

Our board of directors currently consists of ten members. Our board of directors has determined that, of our ten directors,                            ,                            ,                                         ,                            and                                         do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, or NASDAQ. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Classified board of directors

In accordance with our restated certificate of incorporation that will go into effect upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered, three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Effective upon the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

the Class I directors will be             ,             ,              and             , and their terms will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders following this offering;
161

Table of Contents

Management


the Class II directors will be                           ,              and             , and their terms will expire at our second annual meeting of stockholders following this offering; and

the Class III directors will be             ,                            and             , and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders following this offering.

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our company. Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding voting stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

BOARD LEADERSHIP STRUCTURE

Our board of directors is currently chaired by our President and Chief Executive Officer, Werner Cautreels. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that, if the chairman of the board is a member of management or does not otherwise qualify as independent, the independent directors of the board may or may not elect a lead director.                                         currently serves as our lead director. The lead director's responsibilities include, but are not limited to: presiding over all meetings of the board of directors at which the chairman is not present, including any executive sessions of the independent directors; approving board meeting schedules and agendas; and acting as the liaison between the independent directors and the chief executive officer and chairman of the board. Our corporate governance guidelines further provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as it deems appropriate.

ROLE OF THE BOARD IN RISK OVERSIGHT

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board of directors does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board of directors as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board of directors that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board of directors is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management has taken to monitor and control these exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our nominating and corporate governance committee monitors the effectiveness of our corporate governance practices, including whether they are successful in preventing illegal or improper liability-creating conduct. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether any of our compensation policies and programs has the potential to encourage excessive risk-taking. While each committee is responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our entire board of directors is regularly informed through committee reports about such risks.

BOARD COMMITTEES

Our board of directors has established three standing committees—audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance—each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, each committee's charter will be available

162

Table of Contents

Management


under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.selectabio.com. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

Audit committee

The audit committee's responsibilities include:

appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

discussing our risk management policies;

establishing policies regarding hiring employees from the registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting related complaints and concerns;

meeting independently with our internal auditing staff, if any, registered public accounting firm and management;

reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

preparing the audit committee report required by Securities Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules.

The members of our audit committee are                           ,                                         and                                         .                                         serves as the chairperson of the committee. All members of our audit committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and                           . Our board of directors has determined that                                        and                                         meet the independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of NASDAQ. Our board of directors has determined that                           is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by applicable SEC rules and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations.

Compensation committee

The compensation committee's responsibilities include:

annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to CEO compensation;

determining our CEO's compensation;

reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

overseeing an evaluation of our senior executives;

overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;
163

Table of Contents

Management


reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis"; and

preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

The members of our compensation committee are                           ,                            and                            .                           serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of                           ,                                         and                            is independent under the applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations, is a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and is an "outside director" as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code.

Nominating and corporate governance committee

The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each board committee;

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

developing and recommending to our board of directors corporate governance principles; and

overseeing an annual evaluation of our board of directors.

The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are                           ,                            and                            .                           serves as the chairperson of the committee. Our board of directors has determined that                           ,                            and                            are independent under the applicable NASDAQ rules and regulations.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

No member of our compensation committee is or has been our current or former officer or employee. None of our executive officers served as a director or a member of a compensation committee (or other committee serving an equivalent function) of any other entity, one of whose executive officers served as a director or member of our compensation committee during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

Code of ethics and code of conduct

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the closing of this offering, our code of business conduct and ethics will be available under the Corporate Governance section of our website at www.selectabio.com. In addition, we intend to post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of NASDAQ concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this prospectus.

164

Table of Contents


Executive and director compensation

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program offered to our named executive officers identified below. For 2015, our named executive officers were:

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D., President and Chief Executive Officer;

Earl Sands, M.D., Chief Medical Officer; and

Takashi Kishimoto, Ph.D., Chief Scientific Officer.

We are an "emerging growth company," within the meaning of the JOBS Act, and have elected to comply with the reduced compensation disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act.

2015 SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name and principal position
  Year
  Salary ($)
  Option awards ($)(1)
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation ($)(2)

  All other
compensation
($)(3)

  Total
 

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. 

    2015     400,000     568,798     130,000     0     1,098,798  

President and Chief Executive

    2014     447,545     374,504     140,000     38,130     1,000,179  

Officer

                                     

Earl Sands, M.D

   
2015
   
143,231

(4)
 
388,147
   
40,000

(4)
 
3,400
   
574,778
 

Chief Medical Officer

                                     

Takashi Kishimoto, Ph.D. 

   
2015
   
290,000
   
92,266
   
85,000
   
3,400
   
470,666
 

Chief Scientific Officer

    2014     275,000     90,101     80,000     3,400     448,501  

(1)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. For a description of the assumptions used in valuing these awards, see Note 11 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
Represents amounts earned under our annual performance based bonus program. For additional information, see "Performance Bonuses" below.

(3)
Amounts for 2015 represent our company's matching contributions to 401(k) plan accounts.

(4)
Dr. Sands commenced employment with us in July 2015 and amounts shown reflect his partial year of employment with our company.

NARRATIVE DISCLOSURE TO SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The primary elements of compensation for our named executive officers are base salary, annual performance bonuses and equity-based compensation awards. The named executive officers also participate in employee benefit plans and programs that we offer to our other full-time employees on the same basis.

Base salaries

We pay our named executive officers a base salary to compensate them for the satisfactory performance of services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive's skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. Base salaries for our named executive officers have generally been

165

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent and were originally established in each named executive officer's employment agreement.

In early 2015, the compensation committee of our board of directors, or the Compensation Committee, approved an increase in Dr. Kishimoto's annual base salary from $275,000 to $290,000, effective January 1, 2015. Dr. Sands commenced employment with us in July 2015 and, pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement, was entitled to an initial annual base salary of $280,000. Dr. Cautreels did not receive a base salary increase in 2015.

Our named executive officers' base salaries for 2015 were $400,000 for Dr. Cautreels, $280,000 for Dr. Sands and $290,000 for Dr. Kishimoto.

Performance bonuses

We offer our named executive officers the opportunity to earn annual cash bonuses to compensate them for attaining short-term company and individual performance goals. Each named executive officer has an annual target bonus that that is expressed as a percentage of his annual base salary. The 2015 target bonus percentage for our named executive officers was 25% of their respective base salaries. Dr. Sands' 2015 cash bonus was pro-rated for his partial year of employment with our company.

Our Compensation Committee, based upon the recommendation of our chief executive officer, establishes company performance goals each year and, at the completion of the year, determines actual bonus payouts after assessing company performance against these goals and each named executive officer's individual performance and contributions to the company's achievements. The 2015 company performance goals were based on attaining financing and business development milestones and the expansion of our business portfolio.

The actual cash bonuses earned by our named executive officers for 2015 are reported under the "Non-equity incentive award" column of the 2015 and 2014 Summary Compensation Table above.

Equity compensation

We grant stock options to our named executive officers as the long-term incentive component of their compensation. We have historically granted stock options to named executive officers when they commenced employment with us and have from time to time thereafter made additional grants as, and when, our board of directors determined appropriate to reward, retain or encourage particular named executive officers.

Our stock options have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors, and vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and in equal monthly installments over the following 36 months, subject to the holder's continued employment with us and potential accelerated vesting in certain circumstances, including as described below for our named executive officers in the section titled "Potential payments upon a change in control." From time to time, our board of directors may also construct alternate vesting schedules as it determines are appropriate to motivate particular employees. Our stock options may be intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code and generally permit "early exercise" of any unvested portion in exchange for shares of restricted stock subject to the same vesting schedule as the stock option.

166

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


We granted stock options in the following amounts to our named executive officers during 2015:

Named executive officer
  2015 options
granted (#)

 

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. 

    480,000  

Earl Sands, M.D. 

    400,000  

Takashi Kishimoto, Ph.D. 

    50,000  

These options were granted under our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2008 Plan, with exercise prices equal to the fair market value on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors, and are subject to our standard vesting schedule described above.

In connection with this offering, we intend to adopt a 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2016 Plan, to facilitate the grant of cash and equity incentives to our directors, employees (including our named executive officers) and consultants and to enable our company to obtain and retain the services of these individuals, which we believe is essential to our long-term success. Following the effective date of our 2016 Plan, we will not make any further grants under our 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it. For additional information about the 2016 Plan, please see the section titled "2016 Incentive Award Plan" below.

Retirement, health, welfare and additional benefits

Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical and dental benefits, flexible spending accounts, long-term care benefits, and short- and long-term disability and life insurance, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans.

We sponsor a 401(k) defined contribution plan in which our named executive officers may participate, subject to limits imposed by the Code, to the same extent as our other full-time employees. Currently, we match 50% of contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan up to a maximum company match of $3,400 per year. All matching contributions are subject to vesting at the rate of 25% per year of service.

167

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT 2015 FISCAL YEAR-END

 
  Option awards   Stock awards  
Name
  Vesting
commencement
date

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercisable(1)

  Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercisable

  Option
exercise
price ($)

  Option
expiration
date

  Number of
securities
that have
not vested (#)

  Market
value of
securities
that have
not vested
($)

 

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. 

    12/04/2015     480,000 (2)       1.64     12/04/2025          

    1/1/2014     225,000 (2)       2.30     4/7/2024          

    1/1/2013     64,791 (2)       0.71     6/13/2023          

    1/1/2013                     22,994 (4)   40,010  

    1/1/2012     160,000 (3)       0.88     3/29/2022          

Earl Sands, M.D. 

   
9/8/2015
   
400,000

(2)
 
   
2.40
   
9/8/2025
   
   
 

Takashi Kishimoto, Ph.D. 

   
1/1/2015
   
50,000

(2)
 
   
2.40
   
2/21/2025
   
   
 

    1/1/2014     50,000 (2)       2.30     4/7/2024          

    1/1/2013     25,000 (2)       0.71     6/13/2023          

    7/11/2011     350,000 (3)       0.71     9/7/2021          

(1)
All stock options held by our named executive officers, whether vested or unvested, are immediately exercisable on the date of grant. Shares purchased upon exercise of an unvested option become restricted stock and are subject to our right of repurchase in the event the option holder's service with us terminates prior to the date the shares vest for a purchase price equal to the exercise price paid for the shares.

(2)
The option vests as to 25% of the total shares underlying the option on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 36 months, subject to the holder's continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date and potential accelerated vesting in the event of a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 12 months following a change in control. As of December 31, 2015, (i) for Dr. Cautreels, all shares underlying the option with a December 4, 2015 vesting commencement date were unvested, 117,188 shares underlying the option with a January 1, 2014 vesting commencement date were unvested, and 16,198 shares underlying the option with a January 1, 2013 vesting commencement date were unvested; (ii) for Dr. Sands, 400,000 shares underlying the option with a September 8, 2015 vesting commencement date were unvested; and (iii) for Dr. Kishimoto, 50,000 shares underlying the option with a January 1, 2015 vesting commencement date were unvested, 26,042 shares underlying the option with a January 1, 2014 vesting commencement date were unvested, and 6,771 shares underlying the option with a January 1, 2013 vesting commencement date were unvested.

(3)
All shares underlying the option are fully vested.

(4)
Represents shares of restricted stock obtained upon early exercise of an option on November 30, 2013. The shares vest as to 25% of the total shares on the one year anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in equal monthly installments over the ensuing 36 months, subject to the holder's continued employment with us through the applicable vesting date and potential accelerated vesting in the event of a termination without cause or resignation for good reason within 12 months following a change in control.

EMPLOYMENT ARRANGEMENTS

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Certain key terms of these agreements and letters are described below.

Dr. Cautreels, Dr. Kishimoto and Dr. Sands

We entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Cautreels in July 2010, with Dr. Kishimoto in June 2011 and with Dr. Sands in July 2015. The employment agreements are for unspecified terms and entitle Dr. Cautreels, Dr. Kishimoto and Dr. Sands to annual target bonus opportunities of 25% of

168

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


their respective annual base salaries. Their current base salaries are discussed in more detail above in the section titled "Base salaries."

In the event either of Dr. Cautreels, Dr. Kishimoto or Dr. Sands is terminated by us without "cause" or he resigns for "good reason," subject to his timely executing a release of claims in our favor, he is entitled to receive base salary continuation for a period of 9 months for Dr. Cautreels or 6 months for Dr. Kishimoto and Dr. Sands, payment of all bonuses earned but unpaid as of the date of termination and continued health coverage for a period of 9 months for Dr. Cautreels or 6 months for Dr. Kishimoto and Dr. Sands. If, however, any of Dr. Cautreels, Dr. Kishimoto or Dr. Sands begins a subsequent consulting or employment arrangement during the period in which he is otherwise entitled to receive these payments and benefits, then any cash compensation paid to him in connection with the subsequent arrangement will be credited towards any severance amounts owed by us and we will not be required to provide or pay for any benefits that are provided to him through the subsequent arrangement.

The employment agreements contain restrictive covenants pursuant to which each of Dr. Cautreels, Dr. Kishimoto and Dr. Sands has agreed to refrain from competing with us or soliciting our employees or consultants following his termination of employment for a period of one year. However, the restricted period will be extended to two years in the event the named executive officer is terminated by the company for "cause."

For purposes of the employment agreements, "cause" generally means Dr. Cautreels', Dr. Kishimoto's or Dr. Sands' commission of, or indictment or conviction of, any felony or any crime involving dishonesty, participation in any fraud against the company, intentional damage to any company property, misconduct which materially and adversely reflects upon the business, operations or reputation of the company, which misconduct has not been cured (or cannot be cured) within 10 days after the company gives written notice regarding such misconduct, or breach of any material provision of the employment agreement or any agreement between him and the company, which breach has not been cured (or cannot be cured) within 10 days after the company gives written notice regarding such breach.

For purposes of the employment agreements, "good reason" generally means, subject to certain cure rights, Dr. Cautreels', Dr. Kishimoto's or Dr. Sands' termination of his employment due to the company's breach of any one or more of the material provisions of the employment agreement, a material reduction by the company of his responsibilities or base salary, or, with respect to Dr. Cautreels and Dr. Kishimoto only, a relocation by the company of his place of employment by more than 40 miles.

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL

The agreements governing the named executive officers' unvested stock options provide for full accelerated vesting if the named executive officers' employment is terminated by us without cause or if they resign for good reason, in either case, within 12 months following a change in control.

INCENTIVE PLANS

The following summarizes the material terms of the incentive plans in which our employees, including the named executive officers, participate.

169

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


2016 Incentive Award Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2016 Incentive Award Plan, or the 2016 Plan, under which we may grant cash and equity-based incentive awards to eligible service providers in order to attract, retain and motivate the persons who make important contributions to our company. The material terms of the 2016 Plan are summarized below.

Eligibility and administration.    Our employees, consultants and directors, and employees and consultants of our subsidiaries, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2016 Plan. The 2016 Plan will be administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and responsibilities to one or more committees of our directors and/or officers (referred to collectively as the plan administrator below), subject to the limitations imposed under the 2016 Plan, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, stock exchange rules and other applicable laws. The plan administrator will have the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the 2016 Plan, to interpret the 2016 Plan and award agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal rules for the administration of the 2016 Plan as it deems advisable. The plan administrator will also have the authority to determine which eligible service providers receive awards, grant awards and set the terms and conditions of all awards under the 2016 Plan, including any vesting and vesting acceleration provisions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the 2016 Plan.

Shares available for awards.    An aggregate of                    shares of our common stock will initially be available for issuance under the 2016 Plan. The number of shares initially available for issuance will be increased by an annual increase on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in                           and ending in and including                           , equal to the least of (A)                     , (B)          % of the shares of common stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (C) a smaller number of shares determined by our board of directors. No more than                           shares of common stock may be issued under the 2016 Plan upon the exercise of incentive stock options. Shares issued under the 2016 Plan may be authorized but unissued shares, shares purchased on the open market or treasury shares.

If an award under the 2016 Plan or the 2008 Plan expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised or forfeited, any unused shares subject to the award will, as applicable, become or again be available for new grants under the 2016 Plan. Awards granted under the 2016 Plan in substitution for any options or other stock or stock-based awards granted by an entity before the entity's merger or consolidation with us or our acquisition of the entity's property or stock will not reduce the shares available for grant under the 2016 Plan, but will count against the maximum number of shares that may be issued upon the exercise of incentive stock options.

In addition, the maximum aggregate grant date fair value as determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 (or any successor thereto), of awards granted to any non-employee director for services as a director pursuant to the 2016 Plan during any fiscal year may not exceed $             (or, in the fiscal year of any director's initial service, $             ). The plan administrator may, however, make exceptions to such limit on director compensation in extraordinary circumstances, subject to the limitations in the 2016 Plan.

Awards.    The 2016 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, including incentive stock options, or ISOs, and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and other stock or cash based awards. Certain awards under the 2016 Plan may constitute or provide for payment of "nonqualified deferred compensation" under Section 409A of the Code. All awards under the 2016 Plan will be set forth in

170

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


award agreements, which will detail the terms and conditions of awards, including any applicable vesting and payment terms and post-termination exercise limitations. A brief description of each award type follows.

Stock options and SARs. Stock options provide for the purchase of shares of our common stock in the future at an exercise price set on the grant date. ISOs, in contrast to NSOs, may provide tax deferral beyond exercise and favorable capital gains tax treatment to their holders if certain holding period and other requirements of the Code are satisfied. SARs entitle their holder, upon exercise, to receive from us an amount equal to the appreciation of the shares subject to the award between the grant date and the exercise date. The plan administrator will determine the number of shares covered by each option and SAR, the exercise price of each option and SAR and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each option and SAR. The exercise price of a stock option or SAR will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the underlying share on the grant date (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders), except with respect to certain substitute awards granted in connection with a corporate transaction. The term of a stock option or SAR may not be longer than ten years (or five years in the case of ISOs granted to certain significant stockholders). The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock with respect to one or more options or SARs that may be granted to any one person during any fiscal year of the company will be                           .

Restricted stock and RSUs. Restricted stock is an award of nontransferable shares of our common stock that remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and which may be subject to a purchase price. RSUs are contractual promises to deliver shares of our common stock in the future, which may also remain forfeitable unless and until specified conditions are met and may be accompanied by the right to receive the equivalent value of dividends paid on shares of our common stock prior to the delivery of the underlying shares. The plan administrator may provide that the delivery of the shares underlying RSUs will be deferred on a mandatory basis or at the election of the participant. The terms and conditions applicable to restricted stock and RSUs will be determined by the plan administrator, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the 2016 Plan.

Other stock or cash based awards. Other stock or cash based awards are awards of cash, fully vested shares of our common stock and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or otherwise based on, shares of our common stock or other property. Other stock or cash based awards may be granted to participants and may also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a participant is otherwise entitled. The plan administrator will determine the terms and conditions of other stock or cash based awards, which may include any purchase price, performance goal, transfer restrictions and vesting conditions.

Performance criteria.    The plan administrator may select performance criteria for an award to establish performance goals for a performance period. Performance criteria under the 2016 Plan may include, but are not limited to, the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders' equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital;

171

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be based solely by reference to the company's performance or the performance of a subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the company or a subsidiary, or based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies. When determining performance goals, the plan administrator may provide for exclusion of the impact of an event or occurrence which the plan administrator determines should appropriately be excluded, including, without limitation, non-recurring charges or events, acquisitions or divestitures, changes in the corporate or capital structure, events unrelated to the business or outside of the control of management, foreign exchange considerations, and legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes.

Certain transactions.    In connection with certain corporate transactions and events affecting our common stock, including a change in control, or change in any applicable laws or accounting principles, the plan administrator has broad discretion to take action under the 2016 Plan to prevent the dilution or enlargement of intended benefits, facilitate the transaction or event or give effect to the change in applicable laws or accounting principles. This includes canceling awards for cash or property, accelerating the vesting of awards, providing for the assumption or substitution of awards by a successor entity, adjusting the number and type of shares subject to outstanding awards and/or with respect to which awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan and replacing or terminating awards under the 2016 Plan. In addition, in the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions with our stockholders, the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 Plan and outstanding awards as it deems appropriate to reflect the transaction.

Plan amendment and termination.    Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2016 Plan at any time; however, no amendment, other than an amendment that increases the number of shares available under the 2016 Plan, may materially and adversely affect an award outstanding under the 2016 Plan without the consent of the affected participant and stockholder approval will be obtained for any amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable laws. Further, the plan administrator can, without the approval of our stockholders, amend any outstanding stock option or SAR to reduce its price per share. The 2016 Plan will remain in effect until the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless earlier terminated by our board of directors. No awards may be granted under the 2016 Plan after its termination.

Foreign participants, claw-back provisions, transferability and participant payments.    The plan administrator may modify awards granted to participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions. All awards will be subject to any company claw-back policy as set forth in such claw-back policy or the applicable award agreement. Except as the plan administrator may determine or provide in an award agreement, awards under the 2016 Plan are generally non-transferrable, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to

172

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


the plan administrator's consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and are generally exercisable only by the participant. With regard to tax withholding obligations arising in connection with awards under the 2016 Plan, and exercise price obligations arising in connection with the exercise of stock options under the 2016 Plan, the plan administrator may, in its discretion, accept cash, wire transfer or check, shares of our common stock that meet specified conditions, a promissory note, a "market sell order," such other consideration as the plan administrator deems suitable or any combination of the foregoing.

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Effective the day prior to the first public trading date of our common stock, we intend to adopt and ask our stockholders to approve the 2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2016 ESPP. The material terms of the 2016 ESPP are summarized below.

Shares available for awards; administration.    A total of                   shares of our common stock will initially be reserved for issuance under the 2016 ESPP. In addition, the number of shares available for issuance under the 2016 ESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning in 2017 and ending in and including 2026, by an amount equal to the least of (A)     % of the shares outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (B) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our board of directors, provided that no more than          shares of our common stock may be issued under the 2016 ESPP. The foregoing numbers are subject to adjustment in certain events, as described below.

Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will have authority to interpret the terms of the 2016 ESPP and determine eligibility of participants. We expect that the compensation committee will be the initial administrator of the 2016 ESPP.

Eligibility.    Our employees are eligible to participate in the 2016 ESPP if they are customarily employed by us or a participating subsidiary for more than 20 hours per week and more than five months in any calendar year. However, an employee may not be granted rights to purchase stock under our 2016 ESPP if such employee, immediately after the grant, would own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our common or other class of stock.

Grant of rights.    The 2016 ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code and stock will be offered under the 2016 ESPP during offering periods. The length of the offering periods under the 2016 ESPP will be determined by the plan administrator and may be up to 27 months long. Employee payroll deductions will be used to purchase shares on each purchase date during an offering period. The purchase dates for each offering period will be the final trading day in the offering period. Offering periods under the 2016 ESPP will commence when determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may, in its discretion, modify the terms of future offering periods.

The 2016 ESPP permits participants to purchase common stock through payroll deductions of up to 25% of their eligible compensation, which includes a participant's gross base compensation for services to us, including overtime payments and excluding sales commissions, incentive compensation, bonuses, expense reimbursements, fringe benefits and other special payments. The plan administrator will establish a maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a participant during any offering period, which, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 25,000 shares. In addition, no employee will be permitted to accrue the right to purchase stock under the 2016 ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of shares during any calendar year during which such a purchase right is outstanding (based on the fair market value per share of our common stock as of the first day of the offering period).

173

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


On the first trading day of each offering period, each participant will automatically be granted an option to purchase shares of our common stock. The option will expire at the end of the applicable offering period, and will be exercised at that time to the extent of the payroll deductions accumulated during the offering period. The purchase price of the shares, in the absence of a contrary designation, will be 85% of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock on the first trading day of the offering period or on the purchase date, which will be the final trading day of the offering period. Participants may voluntarily end their participation in the 2016 ESPP at any time at least one week prior to the end of the applicable offering period, and will be paid their accrued payroll deductions that have not yet been used to purchase shares of common stock. Participation ends automatically upon a participant's termination of employment.

A participant may not transfer rights granted under the 2016 ESPP other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

Certain transactions.    In the event of certain non-reciprocal transactions or events affecting our common stock known as "equity restructurings," the plan administrator will make equitable adjustments to the 2016 ESPP and outstanding rights. In the event of certain unusual or non-recurring events or transactions, including a change in control, the plan administrator may provide for (1) either the replacement of outstanding rights with other rights or property or termination of outstanding rights in exchange for cash, (2) the assumption or substitution of outstanding rights by the successor or survivor corporation or parent or subsidiary thereof, if any, (3) the adjustment in the number and type of shares of stock subject to outstanding rights, (4) the use of participants' accumulated payroll deductions to purchase stock on a new purchase date prior to the next scheduled purchase date and termination of any rights under ongoing offering periods or (5) the termination of all outstanding rights.

Plan amendment.    The plan administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the 2016 ESPP at any time. However, stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2016 ESPP will be obtained for any amendment which increases the aggregate number or changes the type of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the 2016 ESPP, changes the corporations or classes of corporations whose employees are eligible to participate in the 2016 ESPP or changes the 2016 ESPP in any manner that would cause the 2016 ESPP to no longer be an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423(b) of the Code.

2008 Plan

Our board of directors and stockholders have approved the 2008 Plan, under which we may grant stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors and consultants or advisors of our company or its affiliates. We had reserved a total of 8,282,309 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2008 Plan as of December 31, 2015.

Following the effectiveness of the 2016 Plan, we will not make any further grants under the 2008 Plan. However, the 2008 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of the outstanding awards granted under it. Shares of our common stock subject to awards granted under the 2008 Plan that are forfeited, lapse unexercised or are settled in cash and which following the effective date of the 2016 Plan are not issued under the 2008 Plan will be available for issuance under the 2016 Plan.

Administration.    Our board of directors administers the 2008 Plan and has the authority to issue awards under the 2008 Plan, to interpret the 2008 Plan and awards outstanding thereunder, to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the 2008 Plan, to determine the terms and provisions of award agreements under the 2008 Plan, to correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the 2008 Plan or in any award agreement, and to make all other determinations in the

174

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


judgment of the board of directors that are necessary and desirable for the administration of the 2008 Plan. The board of directors may delegate its authority under the 2008 Plan to a committee of the board. Following the effectiveness of this offering, we expect that the board of directors will delegate its general administrative authority under the 2008 Plan to its Compensation Committee.

Types of awards.    The 2008 Plan provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options and restricted stock awards to employees, directors and consultants or advisors of the company or its affiliates, except that stock options intended to qualify as incentive stock options under the Code may only be granted to employees. As of the date of this prospectus, awards of stock options and restricted stock are outstanding under the 2008 Plan.

Certain transactions.    If certain changes are made in, or events occur with respect to, our common stock, the 2008 Plan and outstanding awards will be appropriately adjusted in the class, number and, as applicable, exercise price of securities as determined by the board of directors. In the event of certain corporate transactions, including a consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of our assets or a liquidation, our board or the board of directors of any corporation assuming the obligations under the 2008 Plan, may, in its discretion, take any one or more of the following actions, as to some or all options outstanding under the 2008 Plan (and need not take the same action as to each such option): (i) provide for the assumption or substitution of the option; (ii) upon written notice to the optionee, provide for the termination of all unexercised options unless exercised within a specified period; (iii) in the event of a merger in which stockholders receive cash payment for shares surrendered, make or provide for a cash payment to optionees based on the difference between (A) the merger consideration times the number of shares subject to outstanding options and (B) the aggregate exercise price of the outstanding options, in exchange for termination of such options; and (iv) provide that all outstanding options shall become exercisable in part or in full immediately prior to such event. With respect to shares of restricted stock, any securities, cash or other property received in exchange for such shares shall continue to be governed by the provisions of any restricted stock agreement pursuant to which they were issued.

Amendment and termination.    The board of directors may terminate, modify or amend the 2008 Plan from time to time, provided that any amendment or modification may not adversely affect the rights of a holder of an outstanding award without such holder's consent. The board of directors may amend or modify the 2008 Plan and any outstanding incentive stock options to the extent necessary to qualify any or all such options for favorable federal income tax treatment.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

While certain of our non-employee directors receive consulting fees under the terms of consulting agreements with our company, we have not historically paid cash fees to our non-employee directors for their service on our board but have, from time to time, granted stock options to non-employee directors and founders to compensate them for their board service. Dr. Cautreels, our President and Chief Executive Officer, also serves on our board of directors but receives no additional compensation for this service.

Other than as set forth in the table below with respect to amounts earned under consulting agreements with certain directors, our non-employee directors did not receive any compensation for their service on our board of directors during 2015.

175

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


2015 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION TABLE

Name
  Fees earned or
paid in cash ($)

  Option awards
($)

  All other
compensation
($)(1)

  Total ($)
 

Omid Farokhzad, M.D. 

            147,000     147,000  

Carl Gordon, Ph.D. 

                 

Peter Barton Hutt J.D., L.L.B., L.L.M

                 

Edwin M. Kania

                 

Robert Langer, Sc.D. 

            75,000     75,000  

Amir Nashat, Sc.D. 

                 

Aymeric Sallin, M.S. 

                 

George Siber, M.D. 

            36,000     36,000  

Yurii Udaltsov, Cand. Sc.(2)

                 

Leysan Shaydullina, M.D.(3)

                 

(1)
Represents compensation earned in 2015 under the consulting agreements with the company and, with respect to Dr. Farokhzad, an additional $72,000 pursuant to an unwritten arrangement. For additional information regarding these agreements, see "Certain relationships and related party transactions."

(2)
Yurii Udaltsov resigned from our board of directors effective in April 2015.

(3)
Leysan Shaydullina joined our board of directors in April 2015.

The table below shows the aggregate number of option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held by each non-employee director as of December 31, 2015. None of our non-employee directors held stock awards in our company as of that date.

Name
  Options outstanding
at fiscal year end

 

Omid Farokhzad, M.D. 

    241,461  

Carl Gordon, Ph.D. 

     

Peter Barton Hutt J.D., L.L.B., L.L.M

    175,000  

Edwin M. Kania

     

Robert Langer, Sc.D. 

    286,462  

Amir Nashat, Sc.D. 

     

Aymeric Sallin, M.S. 

     

George Siber, M.D. 

    123,140  

Yurii Udaltsov, Cand. Sc. 

     

Leysan Shaydullina

     

In connection with this offering, we expect to implement a compensation program for our non-employee directors under which each non-employee director will receive the following amounts for their services on our board of directors:

an option to purchase                           shares of our common stock upon the director's initial election or appointment to our board of directors that occurs after our initial public offering,

if the director has served on our board of directors for at least six months as of the date of an annual meeting of stockholders, an option to purchase                           shares of our common stock on the date of the annual meeting;

an annual director fee of $             , and                    
176

Table of Contents

Executive and director compensation


if the director serves on a committee of our board of directors, an additional annual fee as follows:

    chairman of the audit committee, $             ,

    audit committee member other than the chairman, $             ,

    chairman of the compensation committee, $             ,

    compensation committee member other than the chairman, $             ,

    chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee, $             , and

    nominating and corporate governance committee member other than the chairman, $             .

Stock options granted to our non-employee directors under the program will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will expire not later than ten years after the date of grant. The stock options granted upon a director's initial election or appointment will vest in substantially equal annual installments over four years following the date of grant. The stock options granted annually to directors will vest in a single installment on the earlier of the day before the next annual meeting or the first anniversary of the date of grant. In addition, all unvested stock options will vest in full upon the occurrence of a change in control.

Director fees under the program will be payable in arrears in four equal quarterly installments on the final day of each fiscal quarter, provided that the amount of each payment will be prorated for any portion of a quarter that a director is not serving on our board and no fee will be payable in respect of any period prior to the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Each member of our board of directors is entitled to be reimbursed for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the board of directors and any committee of the board of directors on which he or she serves.

177

Table of Contents


Certain relationships and related person transactions

The following includes a summary of transactions since January 1, 2013 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or, to our knowledge, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than equity and other compensation, termination, change in control and other arrangements, which are described under "Executive and director compensation." We also describe below certain other transactions with our directors, executive officers and stockholders.

PREFERRED STOCK FINANCINGS AND CONVERTIBLE NOTES FINANCING

Series D Preferred Stock Financing.    Between April 7, 2014 and August 14, 2014, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of 3,211,105 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.50 per share, for net aggregate consideration of approximately $14.3 million.

Convertible Notes Financing.    On April 10, 2015 and June 23, 2015, we sold to investors in private placements an aggregate of $7.1 million of convertible promissory notes, or the 2015 notes. The 2015 notes accrued at an interest rate of 8%, compounding monthly. In connection with the Series E Preferred Stock financing described below, the principal amount of the 2015 notes and accrued interest thereon was automatically converted into an aggregate of 1,619,550 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock in August 2015.

Series E Preferred Stock Financing.    On August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 and September 17, 2015, we issued and sold to investors in private placements an aggregate 8,888,888 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $4.50 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $40 million, including approximately $7.3 million in principal and accrued interest under the 2015 notes that converted into shares of Series E Preferred Stock.

The following table sets forth the aggregate number of shares of our capital stock acquired by beneficial owners of more than 5% of our capital stock in the financing transactions described above. Each share of our Series D Preferred Stock identified in the following table will convert into 1.04651 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering. Each share of our Series E Preferred Stock identified in the following table will convert into 1.15 shares of common stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

Participants
  Series D
Preferred Stock

  Series E
Preferred Stock

 

5% or Greater Stockholders(1)

             

Entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners(2)

    472,276     638,420 (4)

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P. 

    461,922     487,532 (5)

RUSNANO

    314,353     781,322 (6)

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC(3)

    149,894     1,798,762 (7)

NanoDimension L.P. 

    159,752     363,006 (8)

TAS Partners LLC and Leukon Partners, LP, as affiliated entities

    219,580     637,952 (9)

(1)
Additional details regarding these stockholders and their equity holdings are provided in this prospectus under the caption "Principal stockholders."

(2)
Represents securities acquired by Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs' Fund V, L.P., Polaris Venture Partners Founders' Fund V, L.P. and Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders' Fund V, L.P.

(3)
Represents securities acquired by OrbiMed Private Investments III LP and OrbiMed Associates III, L.P.
178

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions


(4)
Includes 416,198 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $1.9 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

(5)
Includes 407,076 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $1.8 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

(6)
Includes 259,100 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $1.2 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

(7)
Includes 132,096 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $0.6 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

(8)
Includes 140,784 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $0.6 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

(9)
Includes 193,509 shares of Series E Preferred Stock issued upon conversion of an aggregate amount of $0.9 million in principal and accrued interest of the 2015 notes.

Some of our directors are associated with our principal stockholders as indicated in the table below:

Director
  Principal stockholder
Amir Nashat, Sc.D.    Entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners
Edwin M. Kania   Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P.
Leysan Shaydullina, M.D.    RUSNANO
Carl Gordon, Ph.D.    Entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC
Aymeric Sallin, M.S.    NanoDimension L.P.

INVESTORS' RIGHTS AGREEMENT

We entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement in April 2014, which was further amended in July 2014 and August 2015 with our directors Omid Farokhzad and Robert S. Langer, the holders of our preferred stock, including entities in which certain other of our directors are related, Ulrich von Andrian, one of our stockholders, and certain other stockholders. The agreement provides for certain rights relating to the registration of such holders' common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of preferred stock, and a right of first refusal to purchase future securities sold by us. See "Description of capital stock—Registration rights" for additional information.

VOTING AGREEMENT

We entered into an amended and restated voting agreement in August 2015, by and among us and certain of our stockholders, pursuant to which the following directors were elected to serve as members on our board of directors and, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Amir Nashat Sc.D; Edwin M. Kania Jr.; Aymeric Sallin; Carl L. Gordon, Ph.D.; Leysan Shaydullina; Robert S. Langer, Jr., Sc.D.; Omid Farokhzad, M.D.; Werner Cautreels, Ph.D.; Peter Barton Hutt; and George Siber, M.D. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Drs. Farokhzad, and Langer were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of holders of our common stock, as designated by a majority of our founders. Dr. Cautreels was initially selected to serve on our board of directors in his capacity as our Chief Executive Officer. Drs. Nashat and Gordon, Messrs. Kania and Sallin, and Dr. Shaydullina were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as representatives of holders of our preferred stock, as designated by Polaris Venture Partners IV, L.P., OrbiMed Private Investments III, LP, Flagship Ventures, NanoDimension L.P. and RUSNANO, respectively. Mr. Hutt and Dr. Siber were initially selected to serve on our board of directors as independent directors, as designated by a majority of the other directors.

179

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions


In addition, pursuant to the voting agreement, we, as the sole equity holder of our Russian subsidiary, Selecta RUS, elected the following directors of Selecta RUS who, as of the date of this prospectus, continue to so serve: Leysan Shaydullina, M.D., Alexander Korchevskiy, Werner Cautreels, Ph.D., Lloyd Johnston, Ph.D. and Dmitry Ovchinnokov, Ph.D. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Drs. Werner Cautreels, Lloyd Johnston and Dmitry Ovchinnokov were selected to serve on the Selecta RUS board of directors, as designated by our board of directors. Mr. Korchevskiy was selected to serve on the Selecta RUS board of directors, as designated by VTB Capital I2BF Netherlands B.V., a Dutch limited company, and Selecta RKFN Ltd., a Russian limited liability company, or collectively I2BF. Dr. Shaydullina was selected to serve on the Selecta RUS board of directors, as designated by RUSNANO.

The voting agreement will terminate in its entirety upon the closing of this offering. The composition of our board of directors after this offering is described in more detail under "Management—Board composition and election of directors."

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

We have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with our named executive officers. For more information regarding the agreements with our named executive officers, see "Executive and director compensation—Executive compensation arrangements."

CONSULTING AGREEMENTS

We entered into consulting agreements with directors Omid Farokhzad, Robert Langer and George Siber, and Ulrich von Andrian, one of our shareholders.

The consulting agreements provide for annual payments of $75,000 for each of Drs. Farokhzad, Langer and von Andrian and $36,000 for Dr. Siber. Dr. Siber also received stock options to purchase up to 123,140 shares of common stock at an exercise price equal to fair market value on the date of grant. We also pay Dr. Farokhzad $72,000 per year in addition to the annual $75,000 payment under his consulting agreement.

The consulting agreements for each of Drs. Farokhzad, Langer and von Andrian provide that we may terminate the agreements at any time, but must deposit with an escrow agent the consulting fees for the prior 90 days which would then be payable to the consulting party post-termination. The agreements may also be terminated without penalty by both parties upon mutual consent or by the consulting party with 30 days' prior written notice. The consulting agreement for Dr. Siber provides that the agreement may be terminated by mutual consent of the parties or by either party upon 30 days' prior written notice. Each agreement contains provisions regarding intellectual property assignment, confidentiality, noncompetition and nonsolicitation.

For more information regarding compensation that we have paid to each of Drs. Farokhzad, Langer and Siber, see "Executive and director compensation—Director compensation."

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENTS

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us or will require us to indemnify each director (and in certain cases their related venture capital funds) and executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director or executive officer in any action or proceeding, including

180

Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions


any action or proceeding by or in right of us, arising out of the person's services as a director or executive officer.

STOCK OPTION GRANTS TO EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain of our directors as more fully described in the section entitled "Executive and director compensation."

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Our board of directors has adopted a written related person transaction policy, to be effective upon the closing of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy will cover, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 in any fiscal year and a related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our audit committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm's length transaction and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

181


Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of February 29, 2016, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of common stock in this offering, by:

each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

each of our named executive officers;

each of our directors; and

all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined under rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power. Applicable percentage ownership information is based on 46,661,095 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2016, which assumes the: (i) conversion of the 8,888,888 outstanding shares of our Series E Preferred Stock as of February 29, 2016 into an aggregate of 10,222,212 shares of our common stock, which will automatically occur upon completion of this offering; and (ii) cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants into approximately 2,209,856 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the SEC.

In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by an individual or entity and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or other rights held by such person that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 are considered outstanding, although these shares are not considered outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless noted otherwise, the address of all listed stockholders is 480 Arsenal Street, Building One, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472. Each of the

182

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


stockholders listed has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by the stockholder unless noted otherwise, subject to community property laws where applicable.

 
  Shares
beneficially owned
prior to offering
  Shares
beneficially owned
after offering
 
Name of beneficial owner
  Number
  Percentage
  Number
  Percentage
 

5% or Greater Stockholders

                         

Entities affiliated with Polaris Venture Partners(1)

    6,663,612     14.3 %            

Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P.(2)

    6,326,089     13.5 %            

RUSNANO(3)

    5,077,490     10.9 %            

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed Advisors LLC(4)

    4,347,316     9.3 %            

TAS Partners LLC and Leukon Partners, LP, as affiliated entities(5)

    3,575,298     7.7 %            

NanoDimension L.P.(6)

    2,459,721     5.3 %            

Named Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D.(7)

    1,562,914     3.3 %            

Takashi Kei Kishimoto, Ph.D.(8)

    414,062     *              

Earl Sands, M.D. 

                     

Omid Farokhzad, M.D.(9)

    1,606,379     3.4 %            

Carl Gordon, Ph.D.(4)

    4,347,316     9.3 %            

Peter Barton Hutt(10)

    136,666     *              

Edwin M. Kania, Jr.(2)

    6,326,089     13.5 %            

Robert Langer, Jr., Sc. D.(11)

    2,071,117     4.4 %            

Amir Nashat, Sc.D.(1)

    6,663,612     14.3 %            

Aymeric Sallin, M.S.(5)

                     

George Siber, M.D.(12)

    123,140     *              

Leysan Shaydullina(3)

                     

All executive officers and directors as a group (16 persons)(13)

    24,767,722     52.9 %            

*
Less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (i) 6,351,992 shares of common stock held by Polaris Venture Partners V, L.P., or Polaris V, (ii) 77,962 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by Polaris V, (iii) 123,795 shares of common stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Entrepreneurs' Fund V, L.P., or Polaris EFund V, (iv) 1,519 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by Polaris EFund V, (v) 43,512 shares of common stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Founders' Fund V, L.P., or Polaris FFund V, (vi) 534 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by Polaris FFund V, (vii) 63,519 shares of common stock held by Polaris Venture Partners Special Founders' Fund V, L.P., or Polaris SFFund V, and (viii) 779 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by Polaris SFFund V. The general partner of each of the Funds is Polaris Venture Management Co., V, L.L.C., or the General Partner. The General Partner may be deemed to have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares held by the Funds, and disclaims beneficial ownership of all the shares held by the Funds except to the extent of its proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The members of North Star Venture Management 2000, LLC are also members of the General Partner. As members of North Star Venture Management 2000, LLC and the General Partner, such members, or the Management Members, may be deemed to share voting and investment powers for the shares held by the Funds. The Management Members disclaim beneficial ownership of all such shares held by the funds except to the extent of their proportionate pecuniary interests therein. Dr. Amir Nashat, our director, is a member of the General Partner. To the extent that he is deemed to share voting and investment powers with respect to the shares held by the Funds, Dr. Nashat disclaims beneficial ownership of his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The address of the beneficial owner is c/o Polaris Venture Partners, 1000 Winter Street, Suite 3350, Waltham, MA 02451.

(2)
Consists of (i) 6,247,065 shares of common stock held of record by Flagship Ventures Fund 2007, L.P., or Flagship Ventures 2007, and (ii) 79,024 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held of record by Flagship Ventures 2007. Flagship Ventures 2007 General Partner, LLC, or Flagship 2007 LLC, is the general partner of Flagship Ventures 2007 and Noubar B. Afeyan Ph.D. and Edwin M. Kania, Jr. are the managers of Flagship 2007 LLC. Flagship 2007 LLC, Dr. Afeyan and Mr. Kania may be deemed to share voting and investment power with respect to all shares held by Flagship Ventures 2007. Flagship 2007 LLC, Dr. Afeyan and Mr. Kania expressly
183

Table of Contents

Principal stockholders


    disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The address for Flagship Ventures 2007 is One Memorial Drive, 7th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142.

(3)
Consists of (i) 5,026,387 shares of common stock held by RUSNANO and (ii) 51,103 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by RUSNANO. RUSNANO is a joint stock company organized under the laws of the Russian Federation. The Russian Federation owns 100% of RUSNANO. RUSNANO is managed by RUSNANO Management Company LLC, the Executive Board of which has the power to vote and dispose of the securities held directly by RUSNANO below a certain amount, and is supervised by the Board of Directors of RUSNANO, which, along with the Executive Board of RUSNANO Management Company LLC, has the power to dispose of the securities held directly by RUSNANO above a certain amount. Anatoly Chubais, Vladimir Avetissian, Oleg Kiselev, Boris Podolsky and Yury Udaltsov, as the members of the Executive Board of RUSNANO Management Company LLC, and Arkadiy Dvorkovich, Anatoly Chubais, Igor Agamirzyan, Mikhail Alfimov, Oleg Fomichev, Andrey Ivanov, Denis Manturov, Vladislav Putilin, Pavel Teplukhin, Viktor Vekselberg and Ilya Yuzhanov, as the members of the Board of Directors of RUSNANO, may be deemed to have or share beneficial ownership of these securities. Each of them disclaims any such beneficial ownership. The address of each of RUSNANO and RUSNANO Management Company LLC is 10A prospect 60-letiya Oktyabrya, Moscow, Russia 117036.

(4)
Consists of (i) 4,280,905 shares of common stock held by OrbiMed Private Investments III LP, or OrbiMed Private, (ii) 25,401 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by OrbiMed Private, (iii) 40,769 shares of common stock held by OrbiMed Associates III, LP, or OrbiMed Associates and, together with OrbiMed Private, the OrbiMed Funds, and (iv) 241 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by OrbiMed Associates. OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC, or GP III, is the general partner of OrbiMed Private and OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed Advisors, is the managing member of GP III and the general partner of OrbiMed Associates. Mr. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OrbiMed Advisors. By virtue of such relationships, GP III, OrbiMed Advisors and Mr. Isaly may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the securities held by the OrbiMed Funds and as a result may be deemed to have beneficial ownership over such securities. Dr. Carl Gordon, one of our directors, is a member of OrbiMed Advisors. Each of GP III, OrbiMed Advisors, Mr. Isaly and Dr. Gordon disclaims beneficial ownership of all the shares held by the OrbiMed Funds except to the extent of its or his proportionate pecuniary interest therein. The mailing address of the beneficial owner is 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(5)
Consists of (i) 1,614,144 shares of common stock held by TAS Partners, LLC, or TAS, (ii) 16,789 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by TAS, (iii) 1,923,590 shares of common stock held by Leukon Investments LP, or Leukon, and (iv) 20,775 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016. LKST, Inc. is the general partner of Leukon. Timothy Springer is the president of LKST, Inc. and is also the manager of TAS. Mr. Springer disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by TAS and Leukon except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. Each of TAS and Leukon disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by the other except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address of TAS and Leukon is 36 Woodman Road, Chestnut Hill, MA 02467.

(6)
Consists of (i) 2,432,391 shares of common stock held by NanoDimension L.P., or ND LP, and (ii) 27,330 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016 held by ND LP. NanoDimension Management Ltd., or ND GP, serves as the general partner of ND LP and possesses power to direct the voting and disposition of the shares owned by ND LP and may be deemed to have indirect beneficial ownership of the shares held by ND LP. ND GP disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. The ND GP owns no securities of the issuer directly. Jonathan Nicholson and Richard Coles are the members of the board of directors of ND GP and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by ND LP. Aymeric Sallin is a member of the investment advisory committee of NDGP that provide investment recommendation to NDGP. Each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares reported herein, except to the extent of his respective pecuniary interest therein. The address for NanoDimension Limited Partnership is Governor's Square, Unit 3-213-6, 23 Lime Tree Bay Ave, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-1302.

(7)
Includes 395,884 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.

(8)
Includes 414,062 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.

(9)
Includes (i) 241,461 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016; (ii) 788,000 shares of common stock held by a family trust for which Dr. Farokhzad's wife serves as trustee; and (iii) 77,699 shares of common stock held by BioDynamics Core, L.P., which is managed by BioDynamics, LLC, of which Dr. Farokhzad is a member. Dr. Farokhzad disclaims beneficial ownership over the shares held by the family trust and BioDynamics Core, L.P. except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein.

(10)
Includes 136,666 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.

(11)
Includes 286,462 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.

(12)
Includes 123,140 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.

(13)
Includes (i) 3,053,029 shares of common stock underlying outstanding stock options and (ii) 185,460 shares of common stock underlying warrants exercisable within 60 days of February 29, 2016.
184

Table of Contents


Description of capital stock

GENERAL

The following description summarizes some of the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our outstanding warrants, the investors' rights agreement and of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws, warrants and investors' rights agreement, copies of which have been or will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, as well as the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. The description of our common stock and preferred stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                           shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                                        shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

On February 29, 2016, there were 8,515,810 shares of common stock outstanding, including 24,590 shares of unvested restricted common stock subject to repurchase by us, held of record by 92 stockholders. This amount excludes our outstanding shares of preferred stock, which will convert into                      shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, and                       shares of common stock issuable in connection with the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants upon the filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part with the SEC. Based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of February 29, 2016, and assuming (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock, (ii) the automatic cashless exercise of the Series E Common Warrants and (iii) the issuance by us of             shares in this offering, there will be              shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

COMMON STOCK

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and do not have cumulative voting rights. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Subject to the supermajority votes for some matters, other matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws also provide that our directors may be removed only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon. In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon is required to amend or repeal, or to adopt any provision inconsistent with, several of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation. See below under "—Anti-takeover effects of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws" and "—Amendment of charter provisions." Holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately any dividends as may be declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive proportionately our net assets available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. Our outstanding

185

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


shares of common stock are, and the shares offered by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to direct us to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock.

The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

OPTIONS

As of December 31, 2015, options to purchase 6,120,579 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2008 plan, of which 2,301,907 had not vested and 3,818,672 had vested as of that date.

WARRANTS

In connection with our credit facility, on August 9, 2013 and July 25 2014, we issued warrants to Oxford and Pacific Western Bank exercisable for an aggregate of 66,668 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred Stock. Upon conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock into common stock in connection with this offering, the warrants will become exercisable for 69,768 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50. If unexercised, the warrants will expire on August 9, 2023 and July 25, 2024.

On July 24, 2015, we issued warrants to investors in a previous convertible note financing exercisable for an aggregate of 315,198 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. If unexercised, the warrants will expire on July 24, 2018.

On August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 and September 17, 2015, we issued Series E Common Warrants to the investors in our Series E Preferred Stock financing exercisable for an aggregate of 2,222,213 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. Upon the filing of a Form S-1 registration statement for a public offering, the warrants are automatically exercised on a cashless basis, provided the fair market value of a share of common stock as determined by our board of directors is greater than the exercise price and the holder does not provide us with notice that the holder desires for the warrant to expire unexercised. If unexercised, the warrants will expire four years from their issuance date.

In connection with our credit facility, on December 31, 2015, we issued warrants to Oxford and Pacific Western Bank exercisable for an aggregate of 37,978 shares of our Series E Preferred Stock. Upon conversion of the Series E Preferred Stock into common stock in connection with this offering, the warrants will become exercisable for             shares of common stock at a weighted average

186

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


exercise price of $         per share of common stock. If unexercised, the warrants will expire on December 31, 2025.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

As of February 29, 2016, upon the closing of this offering, holders of                           shares of our common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants, or their transferees will be entitled to the following rights with respect to the registration of such shares for public resale under the Securities Act, pursuant to an amended and restated investors' rights agreement by and among us and certain of our stockholders, until such shares can otherwise be sold without restriction under Rule 144, or until the rights otherwise terminate pursuant to the terms of the investors' rights agreement. The registration of shares of common stock as a result of the following rights being exercised would enable holders to trade these shares without restriction under the Securities Act when the applicable registration statement is declared effective.

If at any time beginning 180 days after the closing date of this offering the holders of at least 50% of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to all or part of such registrable securities then outstanding, we may be required to register their shares. We are obligated to effect at most two registrations in response to these demand registration rights. If the holders requesting registration intend to distribute their shares by means of an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the numbers of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Piggyback registration rights

If at any time after this offering we propose to register any shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of registrable securities will be entitled to notice of the registration and to include their shares of registrable securities in the registration. If our proposed registration involves an underwriting, the managing underwriter of such offering will have the right to limit the number of shares to be underwritten for reasons related to the marketing of the shares.

Form S-3 registration rights

If, at any time after we become entitled under the Securities Act to register our shares on a registration statement on Form S-3, the holders of the registrable securities request in writing that we effect a registration with respect to registrable securities at an aggregate price to the public in the offering of at least $2,000,000, we will be required to effect such registration; provided, however, that we will not be required to effect such a registration if, within a given calendar year, we have already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the holders of registrable securities.

Expenses

Ordinarily, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we will be required to pay all expenses incurred by us related to any registration effected pursuant to the exercise of these registration rights. These expenses may include all registration and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of our counsel, reasonable fees and disbursements of a counsel for the selling securityholders and blue sky fees and expenses.

Termination of registration rights

The registration rights terminate upon the earlier of five years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, or, with respect to the registration rights of an individual

187

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


holder, when the holder can sell all of such holder's registrable securities in a 90-day period without restriction under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF DELAWARE LAW AND OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

Some provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Undesignated preferred stock

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to           shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Stockholder meetings

Our restated bylaws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by our chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), or by a resolution adopted by a majority of our board of directors.

Requirements for advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals

Our restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals to be brought before a stockholder meeting and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.

Elimination of stockholder action by written consent

Our restated certificate of incorporation eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting.

Staggered board

Our board of directors is divided into three classes. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term, one class being elected each year by our stockholders. For more information on the classified board, see "Management—Board composition and election of directors." This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third-party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, because it generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors.

188

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


Removal of directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Stockholders not entitled to cumulative voting

Our restated certificate of incorporation does not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose, other than any directors that holders of our preferred stock may be entitled to elect.

Delaware anti-takeover statute

We are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits persons deemed to be "interested stockholders" from engaging in a "business combination" with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. Generally, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors.

Choice of forum

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative form, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty or other wrongdoing by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or (5) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to this choice of forum provision. It is possible that a court of law could rule that the choice of forum provision contained in our restated certificate of incorporation is inapplicable or unenforceable if it is challenged in a proceeding or otherwise.

Amendment of charter provisions

The amendment of any of the above provisions, except for the provision making it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock and the provision prohibiting cumulative voting, would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds in voting power of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result

189

Table of Contents

Description of capital stock


from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING

We have applied to have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "SELB."

190

Table of Contents


Shares eligible for future sale

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of                           shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of                           shares of common stock offered by us in this offering, after giving effect to the assumptions described under "Prospectus summary—The offering," and assuming no exercise of options or warrants other than the Series E Common Warrants after February 29, 2016. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining                                        sh ares of common stock will be "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. We expect that substantially all of these shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period under the lock-up agreements described below. Upon expiration of the lock-up period, we estimate that approximately                                         shares will be available for sale in the public market, subject in some cases to applicable volume limitations under Rule 144.

In addition, of the 6,120,579 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015, options to purchase 3,818,672 shares of common stock were vested as of December 31, 2015 and, upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

We and each of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of UBS Securities LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on behalf of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

      offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock; or

      enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,

whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

Upon the expiration of the applicable lock-up periods, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed above. For a further description of these lock-up agreements, please see "Underwriting."

191

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


RULE 144

Affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in "broker's transactions" or certain "riskless principal transactions" or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

      1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                           shares immediately after this offering; or

      the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution directly with a market maker.

Non-affiliate resales of restricted securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

RULE 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer's employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after an issuer becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act.

192

Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale


EQUITY PLANS

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by nonaffiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market, subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

Upon the closing of this offering, the holders of             shares of common stock, which includes all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic conversion of our preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, all of the shares of common stock issuable upon the automatic net exercise of our Series E Investor Warrants upon the filing of a registration statement for this offering and shares of common stock held by our founders, or their transferees will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. See "Description of capital stock—Registration rights" for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

193


Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The consequences of other U.S. federal tax laws, such as estate and gift tax laws, and any applicable state, local, or non-U.S. tax laws are not discussed. This discussion is based on the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the United States Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, in effect as of the date of this offering. These authorities may change or be subject to differing interpretations. Any such change or differing interpretation may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a non-U.S. holder of our common stock. We have not sought and do not intend to seek any rulings from the IRS regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. In addition, it does not address consequences relevant to non-U.S. holders subject to particular rules, including, without limitation:

      U.S. expatriates and certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

      persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

      persons holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, or other risk reduction strategy or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment;

      banks, insurance companies, and other financial institutions;

      real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;

      brokers, dealers, or traders in securities or currencies;

      "controlled foreign corporations," "passive foreign investment companies," and corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

      S corporations, partnerships, or other entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or investors in any such entities;

      tax-exempt or governmental organizations;

      persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

      persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;

      persons for whom our stock constitutes "qualified small business stock" within the meaning of Section 1202 of the Code; and

      tax-qualified retirement plans.

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will depend on the status of the

194

Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders


partner, the activities of the partnership, and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP, AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR NON-U.S. TAXING JURISDICTION, OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE INCOME TAX TREATY.

DEFINITION OF A NON-U.S. HOLDER

For purposes of this discussion, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a "U.S. person," a partnership, or an entity disregarded as separate from its owner, each for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:

      an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

      a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;

      an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

      a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), or (2) has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

DISTRIBUTIONS

As described in the section entitled "Dividend policy," we do not expect to declare or pay dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and first be applied against and reduce a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in its common stock, but not below zero. Any excess will be treated as capital gain and will be treated as described below under "Sale or other taxable disposition."

Subject to the discussion below on effectively connected income, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty, provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or other applicable documentation) certifying qualification for the lower treaty rate. A non-U.S. holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under any applicable income tax treaty.

195

Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders


If dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such dividends are attributable), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish to the applicable withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States.

Any such effectively connected dividends will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis at regular graduated rates. A non-U.S. holder that is a corporation also may be subject to a branch profits taxed at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected dividends, as adjusted for certain items. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

SALE OR OTHER TAXABLE DISPOSITION

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless:

      the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, the non-U.S. holder maintains a permanent establishment in the United States to which such gain is attributable);

      the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and certain other requirements are met; or

      our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest, or USRPI, by reason of our status as a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Gain described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates. A non-U.S. holder that is taxed as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes also may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items.

A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on any gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States) provided the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe we are not currently and do not expect to become a USRPHC. Because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our USRPIs relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, however, there can be no assurance we are not a USRPHC or will not become one in the future. Even if we are or were to become a USRPHC, gain arising from the sale or other taxable disposition by a non-U.S. holder of our common stock will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if (i) such class of stock is "regularly traded," as defined by applicable Treasury Regulations, on an established securities market, and (ii) such non-U.S. holder owned, actually or constructively, 5% or less of such class of our stock throughout the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or other disposition or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for such stock. If the foregoing exception does not apply, and if we are or were to become a USRPHC, a

196

Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders


purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. holder from a sale of our common stock and such non-U.S. holder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons (as defined in the Code).

Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING

Payments of dividends on our common stock will not generally be subject to backup withholding provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know such holder is a U.S. person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, information returns are required to be filed with the IRS in connection with any dividends on our common stock paid to the non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether any tax was actually withheld. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

Copies of these information returns that are filed with the IRS may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

ADDITIONAL WITHHOLDING TAX ON PAYMENTS MADE TO FOREIGN ACCOUNTS

Withholding taxes may be imposed under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, on certain types of payments made to non-U.S. financial institutions and certain other non-U.S. entities. Specifically, a 30% withholding tax may be imposed on dividends on, or gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" or a "non-financial foreign entity" (each as defined in the Code), unless (1) the foreign financial institution undertakes certain diligence and reporting obligations, (2) the non-financial foreign entity either certifies it does not have any "substantial United States owners" (as defined in the Code) or furnishes identifying information regarding each substantial United States owner, or (3) the foreign financial institution or non-financial foreign entity otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. If the payee is a foreign financial institution and is subject to the diligence and reporting requirements in (1) above, it must enter into an agreement with the IRS requiring, among other things, that it undertake to identify accounts held by certain "specified United States persons" or "United States-owned foreign entities" (each as defined in the Code), annually report certain information about such accounts, and withhold 30% on certain payments to non-compliant foreign financial institutions and certain other account holders. Foreign financial institutions located in jurisdictions that have an intergovernmental agreement with the United States governing FATCA may be subject to different rules.

Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock, and will apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2019. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of these withholding provisions.

197

Table of Contents


Underwriting

We are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. UBS Securities LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the representatives. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

Underwriters
  Number
of shares

 

UBS Securities LLC

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

Canaccord Genuity Inc. 

       

Needham & Company, LLC

       

Total

       

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters must buy all of the shares of common stock if they buy any of them. However, the underwriters are not required to pay for the shares covered by the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares as described below.

Our common stock is offered subject to a number of conditions, including:

receipt and acceptance of our common stock by the underwriters; and

the underwriters' right to reject orders in whole or in part.

We have been advised by the representatives that the underwriters intend to make a market in our common stock but that they are not obligated to do so and may discontinue making a market at any time without notice.

In connection with this offering, certain of the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

OPTION TO PURCHASE ADDITIONAL SHARES

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an aggregate of             additional shares of our common stock. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, they will each purchase additional shares of common stock approximately in proportion to the amounts specified in the table above.

UNDERWRITING DISCOUNT

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Upon execution of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase the shares at the prices and upon the terms stated therein.

198

Table of Contents

Underwriting


The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discount we will pay to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase up to                            additional shares.

 
  No exercise
  Full exercise
 

Per share

  $     $    

Total

  $     $    

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discount, will be approximately $              million. We have agreed with the underwriters to pay certain fees and expenses related to the review and qualification of this offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and "blue sky" expenses.

NO SALES OF SIMILAR SECURITIES

We, our executive officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters. Under the lock-up agreements, subject to certain exceptions, we and each of these persons may not, without the prior written approval of UBS Securities LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or hedge our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock. These restrictions will be in effect for a period ending on and including the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

UBS Securities LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may, at any time and in their sole discretion, release some or all the securities from these lock-up agreements. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, shares of our common stock may become available for resale into the market, subject to applicable law, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.

INDEMNIFICATION

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we have agreed to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

NASDAQ LISTING

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "SELB."

PRICE STABILIZATION, SHORT POSITIONS

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock during and after this offering, including:

stabilizing transactions;

short sales;

purchases to cover positions created by short sales;

imposition of penalty bids; and

syndicate covering transactions.
199

Table of Contents

Underwriting


Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. Stabilization transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover short positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered short sales," which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked short sales," which are short positions in excess of that amount.

The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option.

Naked short sales are short sales made in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of that underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales, purchases to cover positions created by short sales, the imposition of penalty bids and syndicate covering transactions may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on NASDAQ, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the shares. Neither we, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilization transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include:

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

our history and prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

our past and present financial performance;

our prospects for future earnings and the present state of our development;

the general condition of the securities market at the time of this offering;
200

Table of Contents

Underwriting


the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

The estimated public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this preliminary prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock or that the common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

DIRECTED SHARE PROGRAM

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale at the initial public offering price to our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us and members of their families. The sales will be made by UBS Financial Services Inc., a selected dealer affiliated with UBS Securities LLC, an underwriter of this offering, through a directed share program. We do not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any portion of these reserved shares, but any purchases they do make will reduce the number of shares available to the general public. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares of common stock. Participants in the directed share program who purchase more than $1,000,000 of shares shall be subject to a 25-day lock-up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock-up will have similar restrictions to the lock-up agreements described in "Shares eligible for future sale—Lock-up agreements." Any shares sold in the directed share program to our directors or executive officers shall be subject to the lock-up agreements described above.

AFFILIATIONS

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long or short positions in these securities and instruments.

ELECTRONIC DISTRIBUTION

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's

201

Table of Contents

Underwriting


website and any information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State") an offer to the public of any shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus (the "Shares") may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any Shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

(a)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the Prospectus Directive;

(b)
by the underwriters to fewer than 100, or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provisions of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters for any such offer; or

(c)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of Shares shall result in a requirement us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to any Shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any Shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any Shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out in this prospectus.

United Kingdom

This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only directed at: (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom; (2) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the "Order"); or (3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons falling within (1)-(3) together being referred to as "relevant persons"). The shares are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this prospectus or any of its contents.

202

Table of Contents

Underwriting


Australia

This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not been, nor will be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find in a prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia)) for the purposes of Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) or in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia), in either case, in relation to the securities.

The securities are not being offered in Australia to "retail clients" as defined in sections 761G and 761GA of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being made in Australia solely to "wholesale clients" for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and, as such, no prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document in relation to the securities has been, or will be, prepared.

This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other than to persons who do not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) and who are wholesale clients for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). By submitting an application for our securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client for the purposes of section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). If any recipient of this prospectus is not a wholesale client, no offer of, or invitation to apply for, our securities shall be deemed to be made to such recipient and no applications for our securities will be accepted from such recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person in Australia other than to a person who does not require disclosure under Part 6D.2 and who is a wholesale client.

Hong Kong

The contents of this prospectus have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this prospectus, you should obtain independent professional advice. Please note that (i) our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of this prospectus or any document other than to "professional investors" within the meaning of Part I of Schedule 1 of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) (SFO) and any rules made thereunder, or in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong) (CO) or which do not constitute an offer or invitation to the public for the purpose of the CO or the SFO, and (ii) no advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere) which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the SFO and any rules made thereunder.

Japan

Our securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or

203

Table of Contents

Underwriting


sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (SFA), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is:

(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired our securities pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 except:

(1)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

(2)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(3)
where the transfer is by operation of law; or

(4)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA.

Switzerland

This Prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a or Article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations (CO) and the shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange. Therefore, the Prospectus may not comply with the disclosure standards of the CO and/or the listing rules (including any prospectus schemes) of the SIX Swiss Exchange. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered to the public in or from Switzerland, but only to a selected and limited circle of investors, which do not subscribe to the shares with a view to distribution.

204

Table of Contents

Underwriting


Greece

The securities have not been approved by the Hellenic Capital Markets Commission for distribution and marketing in Greece. This document and the information contained therein do not and shall not be deemed to constitute an invitation to the public in Greece to purchase the securities. The securities may not be advertised, distributed, offered or in any way sold in Greece except as permitted by Greek law.

Dubai International Finance Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to Professional Clients who are not natural persons. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The securities to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

205


Legal matters

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Latham & Watkins LLP. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP.

Experts

Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, and for the years then ended, appearing in this prospectus and the related registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Upon completion of this offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy this information at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, District of Columbia 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about registrants, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that site is www.sec.gov.

206

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc.



INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

F-1

Table of Contents


Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and subsidiaries ("the Company") as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring losses from operations and negative cash flows from operations and will require additional capital to fund planned operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

March 30, 2016

F-2

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries





CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
  December 31,   Pro forma
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
  2015
 
   
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (in thousands, except share and per share data)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 16,592   $ 32,337   $ 32,337  

Short term investments

        4,125     4,125  

Restricted cash

    1,244     133     133  

Accounts receivable

    674     824     824  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    602     1,494     1,494  

Total current assets

    19,112     38,913     38,913  

Property and equipment, net

   
1,983
   
2,029
   
2,029
 

Restricted cash and other deposits

    1,106     316     316  

Other assets

    27     1,566     1,566  

Total assets

  $ 22,228   $ 42,824   $ 42,824  

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders' deficit

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 351   $ 2,179   $ 2,179  

Accrued expenses

    1,853     3,378     3,378  

Loans payable, current portion

    2,578          

Deferred revenue, current portion

    3,018     1,313     1,313  

Contingently repayable grant funding

    1,431     420     420  

Total current liabilities

    9,231     7,290     7,290  

Non-current liabilities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Deferred rent and lease incentive

    274     105     105  

Loans payable, net of current portion

    4,824     11,855     11,855  

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

    1,364     2,295     2,295  

Other long-term liabilities

    257     290      

Total liabilities

    15,950     21,835     21,545  

Commitments and contingencies (Notes 7 and 12)

                   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 2,589,868 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding (liquidation preference of $3,500,151 at December 31, 2014 and $3,650,104 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

    3,493     3,644      

Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 7,437,325 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding (liquidation preference of $20,568,097 at December 31, 2014 and $21,473,963 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

    20,533     21,448      

Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,000,002 shares authorized, issued, and outstanding (liquidation preference of $19,300,282 at December 31, 2014 and $20,200,282 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

    19,270     20,178      

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 8,166,662 and 8,166,662 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively; 8,099,994 and 8,099,994 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively (liquidation preference of $41,125,871 at December 31, 2014 and $43,312,869 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

    40,570     42,902      

Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 5,611,112 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2105; 2,111,109 and 2,111,109 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively (liquidation preference of $9,499,991 at December 31, 2014 and $9,499,991 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

    10,167     12,082      

Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 9,030,654 shares authorized and 8,888,888 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2015 (liquidation preference of $40,802,658 at December 31, 2015; none issued and outstanding pro forma)

        37,228      

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    94,033     137,482      

Stockholders' deficit:

                   

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 46,000,000 and 62,164,377 shares authorized at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 respectively; 8,343,123 and 8,505,810 shares issued, 8,283,596 and 8,476,269 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, respectively; 46,621,131 issued and outstanding pro forma

    1     1     5  

Additional paid in capital

            137,768  

Accumulated deficit

    (83,880 )   (111,508 )   (111,508 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

    (3,876 )   (4,986 )   (4,986 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (87,755 )   (116,493 )   21,279  

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 22,228   $ 42,824   $ 42,824  

See accompanying notes.

F-3

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries





CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (in thousands, except share and
per share data)

 

Grant and collaboration revenue

  $ 3,040   $ 6,011  

Operating expenses:

             

Research and development

    10,486     22,980  

General and administrative

    7,953     8,335  

Total operating expenses

    18,439     31,315  

Loss from operations

    (15,399 )   (25,304 )

Investment income

   
111
   
171
 

Foreign currency transaction gain, net

    3,004     933  

Interest expense

    (552 )   (948 )

Other expense, net

    (44 )   (26 )

Net loss

    (12,880 )   (25,174 )

Other comprehensive loss:

             

Foreign currency translation adjustment

    (3,281 )   (1,110 )

Comprehensive loss

  $ (16,161 ) $ (26,284 )

Net loss

    (12,880 )   (25,174 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (4,951 )   (7,335 )

Net effect of extinguishment of Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock

    1,459      

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (16,372 ) $ (32,509 )

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

             

Basic and diluted

  $ (2.01 ) $ (3.88 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding

             

Basic and diluted

    8,153,640     8,386,644  

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (unaudited)

             

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.66 )

Pro forma weighted average common shares of common stock outstanding (unaudited)

             

Basic and diluted

    38,013,042  

   

See accompanying notes.

F-4

Table of Contents

Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT

 
  Series A
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
  Series B
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
  Series C
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
  Series D
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
  Series SRN
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
  Series E
redeemable
convertible
preferred stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 



   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
  Common stock   Additional
paid-In
Capital

   
  Accumulated
comprehensive
loss

   
 
 
  Accumulated
deficit

  Stockholders'
deficit

 
(in thousands, except share data)
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
  Shares
  Amount
 

  Shares
  Amount
 

                                                    (in thousands, except share data)                                          

Balance at December 31, 2013

    2,589,868     3,350     7,437,325     19,662     5,000,002     18,381     4,888,889     24,366     777,777     4,643                 7,906,292     1         (68,869 )   (595 )   (69,463 )

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $100,734

                            3,211,105     14,349                                              

Net effect of extinguishment of Series SRN redeemable preferred stock (see Note 8)

                                        (1,459 )                       1,459             1,459  

Issuance of Series SRN redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $209,587

                                    1,333,332     5,790                                      

Vesting of restricted common stock

                                                        226,609         69             69  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                                                        150,695         68             68  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                1,224             1,224  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

        143         871         889         1,855         1,193                         (2,820 )   (2,131 )       (4,951 )

Currency translation adjustment

                                                                        (3,281 )   (3,281 )

Net loss

                                                                    (12,880 )       (12,880 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    2,589,868   $ 3,493     7,437,325   $ 20,533     5,000,002   $ 19,270     8,099,994   $ 40,570     2,111,109   $ 10,167       $         8,283,596   $ 1   $   $ (83,880 ) $ (3,876 ) $ (87,755 )

Issuance of Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $217,140

                                            8,888,888     36,114                              

Issuance of common stock warrants

                                                                3,647             3,647  

Vesting of restricted common stock

                                                        29,986         23             23  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

                                                        162,687         86             86  

Stock-based compensation expense

                                                                1,125             1,125  

Accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

        151         915         908         2,332         1,915         1,114                 (4,881 )   (2,454 )       (7,335 )

Currency translation adjustment

                                                                        (1,110 )   (1,110 )

Net loss

                                                                    (25,174 )       (25,174 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

    2,589,868   $ 3,644     7,437,325   $ 21,448     5,000,002   $ 20,178     8,099,994   $ 42,902     2,111,109   $ 12,082     8,888,888   $ 37,228         8,476,269   $ 1   $   $ (111,508 ) $ (4,986 ) $ (116,493 )

See accompanying notes.

F-5

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries





CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 
 
     
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating activities

             

Net loss

  $ (12,880 ) $ (25,174 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation

    864     1,044  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,224     1,125  

Non-cash interest expense

    155     198  

Change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

    38     (83 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable

    (514 )   (153 )

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (404 )   (1,011 )

Restricted cash and other deposits

    (1,779 )   977  

Accounts payable

    (90 )   667  

Deferred revenue

    (20 )   (507 )

Contingently repayable grant funding

    305     (805 )

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

    415     1,259  

Net cash used in operating activities

    (12,686 )   (22,463 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Purchase of short term government obligations

        (3,516 )

Purchases of property and equipment

    (227 )   (1,163 )

Net cash used in investing activities

    (227 )   (4,679 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Net proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants

    20,140     32,669  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible note, net of issuance costs

        7,092  

Principle payments on loan payable

        (2,336 )

Deferred issuance costs

        (302 )

Proceeds from loans payable, net of issuance costs

    4,494     6,674  

Issuance of common stock

    137     109  

Net cash provided by financing activities

    24,771     43,906  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    (3,323 )   (1,019 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    8,535     15,745  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

   
8,057
   
16,592
 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 16,592   $ 32,337  

Cash paid during the year for:

             

Interest

  $ 366   $ 531  

Supplemental Noncash Financing Activities:

             

Venture debt termination fee liability

  $ 270   $ 270  

Issuance of preferred warrants in connection with venture loans

  $ 121   $ 137  

Accrued dividends and accretion of preferred stock to redemption value

  $ 4,951   $ 7,335  

Conversion of bridge loans into Series E preferred

  $   $ 7,288  

   

See accompanying notes.

F-6

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

1. Nature of business and basis of presentation

Selecta Biosciences, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in Delaware on December 10, 2007, and is based in Watertown, Massachusetts. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company dedicated to developing nanoparticle immunomodulatory drugs for the treatment and prevention of human diseases. Since inception, the Company has devoted its efforts principally to research and development of its technology and product candidates, recruiting management and technical staff, acquiring operating assets, and raising capital.

The Company is subject to a number of risks similar to other early life science companies including, but not limited to, raising additional capital, development by its competitors of new technological innovations, protection of proprietary technology, and market acceptance of its products.

Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts are in millions except share and per share amounts.

Basis of presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("U.S. GAAP"). The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are stated in U.S. dollars. Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to the authoritative U.S. GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Updates ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

Liquidity

The Company has incurred losses since inception and negative cash flows from operating activities. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $83.9 million and $111.5 million, respectively. The Company has financed its operations to date through issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock (collectively, "Preferred Stock"), debt, research grants and a research collaboration. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company raised an additional $39.8 million, net of issuance costs, through the issuance of convertible notes (Note 8) and Series E redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series E Preferred") (Note 9) and $6.8 million through the issuance of additional venture debt ("Debt") (Note 8). The Company's cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 included $5.3 million and $3.0 million, respectively, of unrestricted cash held by its Russian subsidiary. The future success of the Company is dependent upon its ability to obtain additional capital through issuances of equity and debt securities and from collaboration and grant agreements in order to further the development of its technology and product candidates, and ultimately upon its ability to attain profitable operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain the necessary financing to successfully develop and market its product candidates or attain profitability.

These factors raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The Company intends to pursue a private offering of equity securities or a public offering of its common stock to fund future operations. However, if the Company is unable to complete a sufficient private or public offering in a timely manner, it would need to pursue other financing alternatives. There can be no assurances that the current operating plan will be achieved or that additional funding will be available on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all.

F-7

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Unaudited pro forma financial information

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet information at December 31, 2015 has been prepared to reflect the automatic conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock outstanding at December 31, 2015 into 35,935,400 shares of common stock and cashless exercise of warrants for the purchase of 2,209,451 shares of common stock as if a proposed initial public offering had occurred on December 31, 2015. For purposes of pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, all shares of Preferred Stock and those warrants which will automatically be converted or exercised upon the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 or closing of an initial public offering, and the preferred stock warrants which will convert into common stock warrants upon the closing of an initial public offering, have been treated as if they have been converted or exercised at the beginning of the period or on the issuance date, if later. Accordingly, the pro forma basic and diluted loss per share attributable to common stockholders do not include the effects of the accretion of Preferred Stock to redemption value and accrued dividends, or the change in fair value of redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Selecta (RUS), LLC ("Selecta RUS"), a Russian limited liability corporation, and Selecta Biosciences Security Corporation, a Massachusetts Security Corporation. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Foreign currency

The functional currency of Selecta RUS is the ruble. Assets and liabilities of Select RUS are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the period. Translation gains and losses are reflected in accumulated other comprehensive loss within stockholders' deficit. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Use of estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the Company's management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company's management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and controls, and bases its estimates on historical experience and other market-specific or other relevant assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. In preparing these consolidated financial statements, management used significant estimates in the following areas, among others: revenue recognition, the fair value of common stock and other equity instruments, accounting for stock-based compensation, income taxes, collectability of accounts receivable, useful lives of long-lived assets, accrued expenses, and accounting for project development. The Company assesses the

F-8

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

above estimates on an ongoing basis; however, actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

The Company's management makes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock. The Company utilizes various valuation methodologies in accordance with the framework of the 2004 American Institute of Certified Public Accountants' Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, to estimate the fair value of its common stock. Each valuation methodology includes estimates and assumptions that require the Company's judgment. These estimates and assumptions include a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector, the prices at which the Company sold shares of preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company's common stock at the time and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale. Significant changes to the key assumptions used in the valuations could result in different fair values of common stock at each valuation date.

Segment information

Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which separate discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker, the Company's Chief Executive Officer, in making decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company views its operations and manages its business in one operating segment, the research and development of nanoparticle immunomodulatory drugs for the treatment and prevention of human diseases.

Cash equivalents and short term investments

Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments maturing within 90 days from the date of purchase. Investments consist of securities with remaining maturities greater than 90 days when purchased. The Company classifies these investments as available-for-sale and records them at fair value in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains or losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Premiums or discounts from par value are amortized to investment income over the life of the underlying investment.

Although available to be sold to meet operating needs or otherwise, securities are generally held through maturity. The cost of securities sold is determined based on the specific identification method for purposes of recording realized gains and losses. During 2015, there were no realized gains or losses on sales of investments, and no investments were adjusted for other than temporary declines in fair value.

Concentrations of credit risk and off-balance sheet risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents, and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are deposited with federally insured financial institutions in the U.S. and may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that the financial institutions that hold the Company's deposits are financially credit worthy and, accordingly, minimal risk exists with respect to those balances. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and therefore bear minimal interest rate risk.

F-9

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

As an integral part of operating our Russia subsidiary, we also maintain cash in Russian bank accounts in denominations of both rubles and U.S. dollars. As of December 31, 2015, we maintained approximately $3.8 million in Russian bank accounts, of which $3.0 million was held in U.S. dollars.

The Company has minimal credit risk as the majority of accounts receivable relates to amounts due under a government sponsored grant, collaboration with large pharmaceutical companies or grants from well-known and supported non-profit organizations. The Company did not have any off balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2014 and 2015.

Fair value of financial instruments

The Company's financial instruments consist mainly of cash equivalents, short-term investments, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, loans payable, common stock warrants, and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants. The carrying amounts of cash equivalents, short term investments, restricted cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate their estimated fair value due to their short term maturities. The carrying amount of loans payable approximates their estimated fair value due to the consistency between the prevailing market rates in effect and the effective interest rate of 12.4% for the debt arrangement.

Accounting standards define fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level hierarchy is used to prioritize the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements), and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

    Level 1—Level 1 inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

    Level 2—Level 2 inputs are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. If the asset or liability has a specified (contractual) term, a Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

    Level 3—Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the measurement date.

To the extent that a valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Company in determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3. A financial instrument's level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company's Preferred Stock Warrants were the only financial instruments classified as Level 3.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, the Company's own assumptions are set to reflect those that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The Company uses prices and inputs that are current as

F-10

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may change for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified within levels in the fair value hierarchy. There were no transfers within the fair value hierarchy during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, generally seven years for furniture, five years for equipment and three years for computer and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their useful life or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Major additions and betterments are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets, are charged to operations as incurred. Costs incurred for construction in progress are recorded as assets and are not amortized until the construction is substantially complete and the assets are ready for their intended use.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company periodically evaluates its long-lived assets for potential impairment. Impairment is assessed when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. Recoverability of these assets is assessed based on undiscounted expected future cash flows from the assets, considering a number of factors, including past operating results, budgets and economic projections, market trends, and product development cycles. Impairment in the carrying value of each asset is assessed when the undiscounted expected future cash flows derived from the asset are less than their carrying value. The Company did not recognized any impairment charges through December 31, 2015.

Debt issuance costs

Debt issuance costs and fees paid to lenders are recorded as a direct deduction from the face amount of the related debt. Debt issuance costs are accounted for as additional debt discount and are amortized over the term of the related debt using the interest method and recorded as interest expense. Costs and fees paid to third parties are expensed as incurred.

Revenue recognition

The Company's revenue is primarily generated from research grants in both the United States and Russia, and a license and research collaboration agreement with Sanofi. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Accordingly, revenue is recognized when all of the following criteria are met:

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

Delivery has occurred or services have been rendered;

The seller's price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and

Collectability is reasonably assured.
F-11

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recognized as deferred revenue in the Company's consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, current portion. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion.

Collaboration revenue

When evaluating multiple element arrangements such as the agreement with Sanofi discussed in Note 12, the Company considers whether the deliverables under the arrangement represent separate units of accounting. This evaluation requires subjective determinations and requires management to make judgments about the individual deliverables and whether such deliverables are separable from the other aspects of the contractual relationship. In determining the units of accounting, management evaluates certain criteria, including whether the deliverables have standalone value, based on the consideration of the relevant facts and circumstances for each arrangement. The consideration received is allocated among the separate units of accounting using the relative selling price method, and the applicable revenue recognition criteria are applied to each of the separate units.

The Company determines the estimated selling price for deliverables within each agreement using vendor-specific objective evidence ("VSOE") of selling price, if available, third-party evidence ("TPE") of selling price if VSOE is not available, or best estimate of selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. Determining the best estimate of selling price for a deliverable requires significant judgment. The Company has used its best estimate of selling price to estimate the selling price for licenses to the Company's proprietary technology, since the Company does not have VSOE or TPE of selling price for these deliverables. In those circumstances, the Company considers market conditions as well as entity-specific factors, including those factors contemplated in negotiating the agreements, estimated development costs, probability of success and the time needed to commercialize a product candidate pursuant to the license. In validating the Company's best estimate of selling price, the Company evaluates whether changes in the key assumptions used to determine the best estimate of selling price will have a significant effect on the allocation of arrangement consideration between multiple deliverables.

The Company may receive upfront payments when licensing its intellectual property in conjunction with a research and development agreement. When management believes the license to its intellectual property does not have stand-alone value from the other deliverables to be provided in the arrangement, the Company generally recognizes revenue attributed to the license over the Company's contractual or estimated performance period. When management believes the license to its intellectual property has stand-alone value, the Company generally recognizes revenue attributed to the license upon delivery. The periods over which revenue should be recognized are subject to estimates by management and may change over the course of the research and development agreement. Such a change could have a material impact on the amount of revenue the Company records in future periods. Payments or reimbursements resulting from the Company's research and development efforts are recognized as the services are performed.

At the inception of each agreement that includes milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether each milestone is substantive and at risk to both parties on the basis of the contingent nature of the

F-12

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

milestone, specifically reviewing factors such as the scientific and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the milestone, as well as the level of effort and investment required. Revenues from milestones, if they are nonrefundable and deemed substantive, are recognized upon successful accomplishment of the milestones. Milestones that are not considered substantive are accounted for as license payments and recognized over the remaining period of performance.

Grant agreements

Grant revenue is generally recognized as the related research and development work is performed. Grant arrangements frequently include payment milestones which the Company has judged to be non-substantive milestones as they are typically entitled to receive payment regardless of the outcome of the research work. Revenue under such arrangements is recognized using a proportional performance method, but not in excess of cash actually received.

Amounts received prior to satisfying the above revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Research and development costs

Costs incurred in the research and development of the Company's products are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses include costs incurred in performing research and development activities, including salaries and benefits, facilities cost, overhead costs, contract services, supplies and other outside costs. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services that will be used in future research and development activities are expensed when the activity has been performed or when the goods have been received rather than when the payment is made.

Clinical trial costs

Clinical trial costs are a component of research and development expenses. The Company accrues and expenses clinical trial activities performed by third parties based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as patient enrollment, clinical site activation, and other information provided to the Company by its vendors.

Income taxes

The Company provides deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the Company's financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that will more-likely-than-not be realized.

The Company determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. If it is not more likely than not that a position will be sustained, none of the benefit attributable to the position is recognized. The tax benefit to be recognized for any tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is calculated as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon resolution of the contingency. The Company accounts for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions as part of its provision for income taxes. To

F-13

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

date, the Company has not incurred interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. Should such costs be incurred, they would be classified as a component of income tax expense.

Preferred stock

The Company classifies Preferred Stock as temporary equity and initially records it at the original issuance price, net of issuance costs and discounts. The carrying value is accreted up to the redemption value over the earliest redemption period. The carrying value is also adjusted for dividends expected to be paid upon redemption or liquidation according to the preferred stock terms on each balance sheet date.

Warrants

The Company issues common stock warrants and redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants to investors and lenders. Common stock warrants are classified as a component of permanent equity because they are freestanding financial instruments that are legally detachable and separately exercisable from other debt and equity instruments, are contingently exercisable, do not embody an obligation for the Company to repurchase its own shares, and permit the holders to receive a fixed number of common shares upon exercise. In addition, such warrants require physical settlement and do not provide any guarantee of value or return. Common stock warrants are initially recorded at their issuance date fair value and are not subsequently re-measured. These warrants are valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model ("Black-Scholes").

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as a liability and are initially recorded at their fair value and re-measured on each subsequent balance sheet date while the warrants are outstanding. Changes in fair value are recorded in interest expense, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The redeemable convertible warrants are valued using Black-Scholes.

Stock-based compensation

The Company accounts for all stock-based compensation granted to employees and non-employees using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation awarded to employees is measured at the grant date fair value of stock option grants and is recognized over the requisite service period of the awards, usually the vesting period, on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. Stock-based compensation awarded to non-employees are subject to revaluation over their vesting terms. The Company reduces recorded stock-based compensation for estimated forfeitures. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from the Company's estimates, the differences are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were adjusted. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in the equity of a business entity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. It includes all changes in equity during a period except those resulting from investments by owners and distributions to owners.

F-14

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Comprehensive loss consists of both: (i) all components of net loss and (ii) all components of comprehensive loss other than net loss, referred to as other comprehensive loss. For all periods presented, other comprehensive loss is comprised solely of foreign currency translation adjustments.

Net loss per share

Because the outstanding preferred stock is considered a participating security, the Company utilizes the "two-class" method of computing earnings per share. Under the "two-class" method, in periods in which the Company would report income from continuing operations, such income would be reduced by any dividends directly attributable to the preferred stock and the remainder would then be allocated between the preferred stock and the common stock based on their proportionate as converted interest. Net losses are not allocated to preferred stockholders as they do not have an obligation to share in the Company's net losses.

The Company has reported losses since inception and has computed basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. The Company has computed diluted net loss per common share after giving consideration to all potentially dilutive common shares, including stock options, convertible preferred stock, and warrants outstanding during the period except where the effect of including such securities would be antidilutive. Because the Company has reported net losses since inception, these potential common shares have been anti-dilutive and basic and diluted loss per share have been the same.

Deferred rent

Rent expense and lease incentives from operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The difference between rent expense recognized and rental payments is recorded as deferred rent in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Contingent liabilities

The Company accounts for its contingent liabilities in accordance with ASC No. 450, Contingencies. A provision is recorded when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. With respect to legal matters, provisions are reviewed and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, estimated settlements, legal rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular matter. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company was not a party to any ligation that could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-15

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Deferred issuance costs

Direct and incremental legal and accounting costs associated with the Company's proposed initial public offering totaled approximately $1.5 million through December 31, 2015. Such costs are recorded as Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and will be used as an offset against the proceeds received in the offering. If the proposed initial public offering were no longer probable of occurring, the deferred costs would be expensed at that time.

Guarantees and indemnifications

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its officers, directors, consultants and employees for certain events or occurrences that happen by reason of the relationship with, or position held at, the Company. Through December 31, 2015, the Company had not experienced any losses related to these indemnification obligations, and no claims were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, consequently, concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves were established.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09"), which amends the guidance for revenue recognition to replace numerous industry- specific requirements. ASU 2014-09 implements a five-step process for customer contract revenue recognition that focuses on transfer of control, as opposed to transfer of risk and rewards. ASU 2014-09 also requires enhanced disclosures regarding the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows from contracts with customers. Other major provisions include ensuring the time value of money is considered in the transaction price, and allowing estimates of variable consideration to be recognized before contingencies are resolved in certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU 2014-09 are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, but not before December 15, 2016. Entities can transition to the standard either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the effect the adoption of ASU 2014-09 may have on its financial statements.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern ("ASU 2014-15"). ASU 2014-15 requires management to assess an entity's ability to continue as a going concern and to provide related disclosures in certain circumstances. The requirement of ASU 2014-15 will be effective for the annual financial statement period beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2014-15.

In February 2016, FASB issued ASU No.2016-02, Leases ("ASU 2016-02"). ASU 2016-02 requires a lessee to separate the lease components from the non-lease components in a contract and recognize in the statement of financial position a liability to make lease payments (the lease liability) and a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying asset for the lease term. It also aligns lease accounting for lessors with the revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those

F-16

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

fiscal years, and is to be applied at the beginning of the earliest period presented using a modified retrospective approach.

3. Net loss per share

Because the Company has reported a net loss attributable to common stockholders for all periods presented, basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same for those periods. All Preferred Stock, common stock warrants, Preferred Stock warrants, and stock options have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding because such securities would have an antidilutive impact.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per-share data):

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Numerator:

             

Net (loss)

  $ (12,880 ) $ (25,174 )

Less: accretion on preferred stock

    (4,951 )   (7,335 )

Net effect of extinguishment of preferred stock

    1,459      

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (16,372 )   (32,509 )

Denominator:

             

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    8,153,640     8,386,644  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (2.01 ) $ (3.88 )

Potential common shares issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock, warrants to purchase common or Preferred Stock, and stock options that are excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as follows:

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

    25,238,298     35,935,400  

Stock options to purchase common stock

    4,458,628     6,120,579  

Stock warrants to purchase common stock

        2,537,411  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

    66,668     104,646  

Total

    29,763,594     44,698,036  

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 has been computed using the weighted average common shares outstanding after giving pro forma effect to the automatic conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, the automatic conversion of all Preferred Stock warrants into common stock warrants, and the automatic net exercise of warrants to purchase common stock upon the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 as if such conversions or exercises had occurred at

F-17

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

the beginning of 2015 or the date of original issuance, if later. The following table sets forth the computation of the pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2015

 
   
 
  (unaudited)
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (32,509 )

Less: accrued dividends and accretion on preferred stock

    7,335  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

    (83 )

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,257 )

Denominator:

       

Weighted-average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    8,386,644  

Adjustment for assumed conversion of preferred stock

    28,874,580  

Adjustment for assumed effect of cashless conversion of common stock warrants issued with Series E preferred stock

    751,818  

    38,013,042  

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

  $ (0.66 )

4. Fair Value Measurements

The tables below present information about the Company's financial assets and liabilities that are measured and carried at fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 (in thousands) and indicate the level within the fair value hierarchy where each measurement is classified.

 
  December 31, 2014  
 
  (level 1)
  (level 2)
  (level 3)
  Total
 
   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, included in other long term liabilities

  $   $   $ 236   $ 236  

 

 
  December 31, 2015  
 
  (level 1)
  (level 2)
  (level 3)
  Total
 
   

US Treasury obligations, included in cash equivalents

  $ 14,486   $   $   $ 14,486  

US Treasury obligations, included in investments

  $ 3,516   $   $   $ 3,516  

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock, included in other long term liabilities

  $   $   $ 290   $ 290  

The maturity date for US Treasury obligations, included in cash equivalents is 34 days and 106 for those included within investments. Fair value of US Treasury obligations approximates amortized value.

F-18

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

In July 2015, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 315,198 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 in connection with the issuance of convertible notes. These warrants expire three years from date of issuance. In August 2015, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 2,222,213 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 in connection with the issuance of the Series E Preferred. Common stock warrants are classified as permanent equity which are initially recorded at issuance date fair value and are not subsequently re-measured. The warrants to purchase common stock issued at the same time as the Series E Preferred will automatically exercise on a cashless basis upon the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1. These warrants expire four years from date of issuance.

In August 2013 and July 2014, in conjunction with the execution of a loan and security agreement (Note 8), the Company issued warrants to the lenders for the purchase of up to 66,668 shares of the Company's Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series D Preferred") at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. These warrants are classified as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These warrants expire four years from the date of issuance.

In December 2015, in conjunction with the execution of a loan and security agreement (Note 8), the Company issued warrants to the lenders for the purchase of up to 37,978 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred at an exercise price of $4.50 per share. These warrants are classified as liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These warrants expire four years from the date of issuance.

The following table sets forth a summary of the activities of the Company's Series D and Series E Preferred stock warrant liability which represents a recurring measurement that is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy wherein fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
2014

  Year ended
December 31,
2015

 
   

Balance at beginning of period

  $ 77   $ 236  

Fair value of additional warrants issued

    121     137  

Change in fair value

    38     (83 )

Balance at end of period

  $ 236   $ 290  

The fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of the Company's Series D Preferred at an exercise price of $4.50 per share was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following assumptions for the years ending:

 
  December 31,
2014

  December 31,
2015

 
   

Risk free interest rate

    2.10 %   2.15 %

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected term (in years)

    9.20     8.18  

Expected volatility

    92.53 %   85.83 %

Fair value of underlying instrument

  $ 4.18   $ 3.05  
F-19

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The fair value of the warrants to purchase shares of the Company's Series E Preferred at an exercise price of $4.50 per share was estimated using Black-Scholes with the following assumptions as of December 31, 2015:

 
   
  December 31,
2015

 
   

Risk free interest rate

    2.26 %

Expected dividend yield

     

Expected term (in years)

    10.00  

Expected volatility

    82.22 %

Fair value of underlying instrument

  $ 4.37  

The risk-free interest rate used is the rate for a U.S. Treasury zero coupon issue with a term consistent with the remaining contractual term of the associated award on the date of measurement. The Company has not paid, and does not expect to pay, any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company based the expected term assumption on the actual remaining contractual term of the respective warrants as of the date of measurement. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities from guideline companies, since there is no active market for the Company's common stock. The fair value on the date of measurement of the Series D Preferred and the Series E Preferred, the underlying instruments, was estimated by management with the assistance of a third party valuation specialist.

5. Property and equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Laboratory equipment

  $ 3,314   $ 4,028  

Computer equipment and software

    365     409  

Leasehold improvements

    911     91  

Furniture and fixtures

    115     222  

Office equipment

    56     62  

P,P&E—Construction in process

        144  

Total property and equipment

    4,761     4,956  

Less accumulated depreciation

    (2,778 )   (2,927 )

Property and equipment, net

  $ 1,983   $ 2,029  

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.9 million and $1.0 million, respectively.

F-20

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

6. Accrued expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Payroll

  $ 189   $  

Legal

        213  

Bonus

    515     669  

Current portion of deferred rent and lease incentive

    219     405  

Accrued patent fees

    155     219  

Accrued R&D costs

    394     1,649  

Other

    381     223  

Accrued liabilities

  $ 1,853   $ 3,378  

7. Commitments and contingencies

Operating leases

The Company has a non-cancellable operating lease for its laboratory and office space that expires in March 2017. The lease agreement includes a rent escalation clause, and accordingly, rent expense is being recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. In addition, as part of the lease agreement, the landlord provided the Company a tenant improvement allowance of up to $0.7 million, which the Company fully utilized during 2012. The tenant improvement allowance is accounted for as a lease incentive obligation and is being amortized as a reduction to rent expense over the lease term. The leasehold improvements are capitalized as a component of property and equipment.

In connection with the lease, the Company secured a letter of credit for $0.3 million which renews automatically each year and is classified in restricted cash and other deposits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

In April 2015, the Company amended the lease agreement to exchange 13,711 square feet of space for another 15,174 square feet of space within the same building. Rental payments on the prior space ceased as of March 31, 2015 and rental payments on the new space began on October 1, 2015. The combined lease term remains unchanged and will expire in March 2017. Rent expense is recorded over the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Deferred rent and lease incentive liability totaled $0.5 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Included in that amount, the current portion of deferred rent and lease incentive liability is classified as accrued expenses and was $0.2 million and $0.4 million at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

The Company subleased a portion of its facility to a tenant with a term that expires in March 2017. In March 2015, the tenant terminated the sublease and vacated the space. The sublease amount from the tenant was recorded as a reduction of lease expense and totaled $0.7 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-21

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The Company has a month-to-month facility agreement for its Moscow, Russia facility. Rent expense is recognized as incurred.

Rent expense, net of sublease payments, for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.6 million and $1.1 million respectively. As of December 31, 2015, future minimum lease payments for non-cancellable leases were $1.2 million in 2016, and $0.3 million in 2017.

Other

As permitted under Delaware law, the Company indemnifies its directors for certain events or occurrences while the director is, or was, serving at the Company's request in such capacity. The term of the indemnification is for the director's lifetime. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is unlimited; however, the Company has directors' insurance coverage that limits its exposure and enables it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company also has indemnification arrangements under certain of its facility leases that require it to indemnify the landlord against certain costs, expenses, fines, suits, claims, demands, liabilities, and actions directly resulting from certain breaches, violations, or non-performance of any covenant or condition of the Company's lease. The term of the indemnification is for the term of the related lease agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. To date, the Company had not experienced any material losses related to any of its indemnification obligations, and no material claims with respect thereto were outstanding. The Company does not expect significant claims related to these indemnification obligations and, accordingly, has concluded that the fair value of these obligations is negligible, and no related reserves have been established.

The Company is a party in various other contractual disputes and potential claims arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company does not believe that the resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations.

8. Debt

Term loans

On August 9, 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with two lenders to borrow up to $7.5 million. The Company initially borrowed $3.0 million in August 2013 and subsequently borrowed an additional $4.5 million in July 2014. The amounts borrowed are collectively referred to as "Term Loans." In December 2015, the Company refinanced its existing debt facility that was originally entered into on August 9, 2013, as amended with Oxford Finance LLC ("Oxford") and Square 1 Bank ("Square 1"), to increase the amount of the borrowing to $12.0 million and to extend the repayment term. The lenders for the refinanced debt facility are Oxford and Pacific Western Bank ("Pacific Western.") Pacific Western had acquired Square 1 since the time of the original loan. Such a change in lender does not constitute third party financing and, on its own, would not require extinguishment accounting. As a result of the refinancing, the stated interest rate was also adjusted to reflect the current market borrowing rate. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal balance under the Term Loans was $12.0 million.

F-22

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

According to ASC 470-50-40, the refinancing and modification of the prior debt in a non-troubled debt situation must be treated as either an extinguishment or a modification based on whether the present value of the cash flows under the terms of the new debt instrument is different by greater than, or less than, 10% from the present value of the remaining cash flows under the terms of the original instrument. For cash flow changes greater than 10%, the debt modification is accounted for as a debt extinguishment, whereby the original debt is derecognized and the new debt is initially recorded at fair value, with the difference recognized as an extinguishment gain or loss. For cash flow changes of less than 10%, the new loan is considered a modification and no gain or loss is recognized. In considering all cash flow changes, the Company concluded that the refinancing of the debt as of December 31, 2015 is a modification of the debt and not a debt extinguishment, and as a result the debt is initially recorded at its amortizable value net of discounts and deferred costs.

The Term Loans are collateralized by the assets of the Company and bear interest at 8.1% per annum. The monthly payments for the Term Loans are initially interest only through December 2016. Principal repayments for the Term Loans are due over 30 monthly installments beginning on February 1, 2017. The Term Loans may be prepaid at the Company's option at any time prior to maturity subject to a prepayment fee of 3% if prepaid prior to the first anniversary of the borrowing date, 2% if prepaid after the first anniversary but before the second anniversaries, and 1% if prepaid after the second anniversary.

The Term Loans do not include any financial covenants. The Term Loans require a final payment fee of 6.0% on the aggregate principal amounts borrowed upon repayment at maturity, on a prepayment date, or upon default. The final payment fee totaling $0.7 million is recorded as a loan discount. In addition, the Term Loans contain a subjective acceleration clause whereby in an event of default, an immediate acceleration of repayment occurs if there is a material impairment of the lenders' lien or the value of the collateral, a material adverse change in the business condition or operations, or a material uncertainty exists that any portion of the loan may not be repaid. To date, there have been no such events and the lender has not exercised its right under this clause. As a result, the Company concluded that a material adverse change has not occurred and is unlikely to occur, therefore, no liability has been recorded in connection with the clause.

In connection with the Term Loans, the Company granted the lenders warrants in August 2013 to purchase up to 26,668 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred and additional warrants in July 2014 to purchase up to 40,000 shares of the Company's Series D Preferred. Additionally, with the refinancing of the Term Loans at December 31, 2015, the Company granted the lenders 37,978 shares of the Company's Series E Preferred. The initial grant date fair value of the warrants of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million respectively, was recorded as a loan discount.

Term Loan discounts are amortized as additional interest expense over the term of the loans. Interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 totaled $0.6 million and $0.6 million, respectively.

F-23

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Future minimum payments on the Term Loans as of December 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31:

       

2016

  $ 972  

2017

    5,319  

2018

    5,318  

2019

    3,379  

Total debt payments

    14,988  

Less: Amount representing interest

    (2,268 )

Less: Debt discount and deferred charges

    (919 )

Less: Current portion of issuance costs

    54  

Loans payable, net of current portion

  $ 11,855  

Convertible notes

In April 2015, the Company issued convertible notes as a bridge loan to be automatically converted into the Company's capital stock upon the consummation of a private placement of the Company's Preferred Stock. The convertible notes bore interest at 8% per annum, compounding monthly. In the event the Company was unable to consummate the private placement by July 15, 2015, the Company would be required to issue warrants to purchase shares of the Company's common stock equal to 20% of the convertible note principal divided by $4.50. On July 24, 2015, the Company issued warrants to the convertible note holders to purchase up to 315,198 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price of $4.50 per share for a term of three years. The carrying value and accrued interest of the outstanding convertible notes were automatically converted into 1,619,550 shares of Series E Preferred. As part of the Series E Preferred issuance, the convertible note holders also received warrants to purchase up to 404,888 shares of the Company's common stock (Note 9). The difference between the carrying value and accrued interest of the convertible notes that were converted and the combined fair value of the Series E Preferred shares and common stock warrants issued were negligible. Interest expense incurred on the convertible notes totaled $0.3 million for the period ending December 31, 2015.

9. Preferred stock

The Company issued Preferred Stock with a $0.0001 par value to investors for cash or as settlement for outstanding debt under convertible notes. As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had 28,804,969 and 37,835,623 authorized shares of Preferred Stock, respectively.

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had issued and outstanding Preferred Stock of (i) 2,589,868 shares of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series A Preferred"), (ii) 7,437,325 shares of Series B redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series B Preferred"), (iii) 5,000,002 shares of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock ("Series C Preferred"), (iv) 8,099,994 shares of Series D Preferred, (v) 2,111,109 shares of Series SRN Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series SRN Preferred") and (vi) 8,888,888 shares of Series E Preferred.

In April 2014 and August 2014, the Company issued an additional 3,211,105 shares of Series D Preferred at $4.50 per share for total net proceeds of $14,349,239. In July 2014, the Company issued

F-24

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

an additional 1,333,332 shares of Series SRN Preferred at $4.50 per share for total net proceeds of $5.8 million. In connection with the issuance of the additional shares of Series SRN Preferred, the Series SRN Preferred terms were amended. Significant terms that were amended included a change of the Series SRN Preferred optional and mandatory conversion price (other than a special conversion event, as defined in the certificate of incorporation) to $4.30 per share, the elimination of a time-based tranche investment requirement, and the removal of a call option for the Company to repurchase the Series SRN Preferred shares. Based upon the qualitative characteristics of the amendments, the Company determined that the changes significantly modified the terms of Series SRN Preferred resulting in an extinguishment of the then outstanding SRN Preferred shares. As a result, the carrying value of Series SRN Preferred of $5.0 million at the date of the amendment was derecognized, and the amended Series SRN Preferred shares were recorded at their fair value of $4.50 per share. The difference of $1.5 million was recorded as additional paid in capital.

In August 2015 and September 2015, the Company issued an aggregate of 7,269,338 shares of Series E Preferred at $4.50 per share for total gross proceeds of $32.7 million with issuance costs totaling $0.2 million. In addition, the Company issued 1,619,550 shares of Series E Preferred in connection with the conversion of convertible notes (Note 8). In connection with the Series E Preferred issuances, each Series E Preferred stockholder also received warrants to purchase a number of shares of the Company's common stock that equal to 25% of the number of Series E Preferred shares issued. The fair value of the issued common stock warrants is accounted for as an issuance discount on the Series E Preferred. The common stock warrants are classified as permanent equity and were recorded as additional paid-in capital.

Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, and Series D Preferred are hereinafter collectively referred to as "Tier II Preferred." Tier II Preferred and Series E Preferred are hereinafter collectively referred to as "Senior Preferred."

The rights, preferences, and privileges of the Preferred Stock are summarized below:

Voting

Series SRN Preferred are nonvoting. Except for matters that require a vote by a separate class or by separate series, Senior Preferred stockholders have full voting rights and powers similar to the rights and powers of the holders of common stock on an as-converted basis (disregarding the special conversion ratio applicable to Series E Preferred). Certain significant actions, including the amendment of the certificate of incorporation and any changes or transactions that may affect the preferences and priority of Senior Preferred such as dividends, dilution, sale and disposal of assets, mergers and acquisitions, voluntary dissolution or liquidation, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, and number of directors, must be approved by a majority vote of Senior Preferred stockholders voting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

Dividends

Holders of all series of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends when and if declared by the Company's board of directors. In the event of liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of business, Senior Preferred stockholders are entitled to receive unpaid accrued dividends, whether or not declared by the board of directors. Senior Preferred dividends are to be calculated daily and accrued on a

F-25

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

cumulative basis (adjusted for stock split, stock dividends, or other recapitalizations) at the rate of: $0.0579 per share for Series A Preferred, $0.1218 per share for Series B Preferred, $0.18 per share for Series C Preferred, $0.27 per share for Series D Preferred, and $0.27 per share for Series E Preferred. Dividends accumulated on Preferred Stock totaled $3.8 million and $4.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Series SRN Preferred stockholders are not entitled to receive accrued dividends.

After accrued dividends due to Senior Preferred stockholders are satisfied in full, holders of all series of Preferred Stock are entitled to participate in other dividends payable to holders of common stock on an as-converted basis, when and if declared by the board of directors. Holders of Preferred Stock are not entitled to participate in stock dividends.

Optional conversion

Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, and Series C Preferred are convertible into common stock at the stockholders' option at any time at the original issuance price of $0.9653 per share for Series A Preferred, $2.0303 per share for Series B Preferred, and $3.00 per share for Series C Preferred, respectively, divided by the then effective conversion prices which are currently the original issuance price (1:1 conversion ratio), plus any declared but unpaid dividends (excluding accrued dividends).

Series D Preferred are convertible into common stock at the stockholders' option at any time at the original issuance price of $4.50 per share divided by the then effective conversion price which is currently $4.30 per share (1:1.0465 conversion ratio), plus any declared but unpaid dividends (excluding accrued dividends).

Series SRN Preferred are convertible into common stock at the stockholders' option only upon a deemed liquidation event or an initial public offering ("IPO") (whether or not a firm commitment underwritten IPO for an aggregate offering price of at least $30.0 million, referred to as a qualified IPO), at the original issuance price of $4.50 per share divided by $4.30 per share (1:1.0465 conversion ratio), plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Upon the occurrence of a special conversion event (as defined in the certificate of incorporation), Series SRN Preferred are convertible at a special conversion price of $3.60 per share (1:1.25 conversion ratio), plus any declared but unpaid dividends.

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of business, including deemed liquidation events, Series E Preferred stockholders can elect to (1) convert their shares of Series E Preferred into common stock at the original Series E Preferred issuance price of $4.50 per share divided by the then effective conversion price (currently the original issuance price of $4.50) multiplied by 1.15 (1:1.15 conversion ratio), or (2) receive a liquidation preference at 1.15 times the per-share original issuance price, or $5.175, plus any declared but unpaid dividends (excluding accrued dividends). When not associated with a liquidation, dissolution, winding up of business, or deemed liquidation event, Series E Preferred are convertible into common stock at the stockholders' option at any time at the original issuance price of $4.50 per share divided by the then effective conversion price which is currently the original issuance price of $4.50 per share (1:1 conversion ratio), plus any declared but unpaid dividends (excluding accrued dividends).

F-26

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Mandatory conversion

All series of Preferred Stock are automatically converted at the then effective conversion price upon the completion of a qualified IPO. Currently, the effective conversion price is $0.9653 per share for Series A Preferred, $2.0303 per share for Series B Preferred, $3.00 per share for Series C Preferred, $4.30 per share for Series D Preferred, and $4.30 per share of Series SRN Preferred. The Series E Preferred effective conversion price upon a qualified IPO is determined based on the number of common stock shares issuable calculated as the highest of: (a) $5.175 (Series E Preferred liquidation price) divided by the IPO price per share paid by the underwriters; (b) each shares of Series E Preferred converting into 1.15 shares of common stock, or (c) $4.50 divided by the then effective Series E Preferred conversion price (currently $4.50 per share).

Tier II Preferred are also automatically convertible as a single class upon, the vote of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all Tier II Preferred at the then effective conversion price (1:1 conversion ratio, except Series D Preferred which is 1:1.0465). Series E Preferred are automatically convertible as a single class upon a majority vote of Series E Preferred stockholders at the then effective conversion price (currently $4.50 per share) times 1.15 (1:1.15 conversion ratio). Series SRN Preferred are automatically convertible as a single class upon (a) the sale of a majority of the Company's outstanding capital stock, (b) an IPO (whether or not a qualified IPO), or (c) an agreement among the majority of Series SRN Preferred stockholders, at the then effective conversion price (currently $4.30 per share).

Liquidation preference

Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of business, including deemed liquidation events, Series E Preferred stockholders can elect to (1) convert into common stock at the original Series E Preferred issuance price of $4.50 per share divided by the then effective conversion price (currently the original issuance price of $4.50) multiplied by 1.15 (1:1.15 conversion ratio), or (2) receive liquidation preference at 1.15 times the per-share original issuance price, or $5.175, plus any unpaid accrued dividends (whether or not declared), and any additional declared but unpaid dividends. Series E Preferred shares have preferences in priority to Tier II Preferred, Series SRN Preferred, and common stock. If assets available for distribution are insufficient to satisfy the Series E Preferred liquidation payment amounts in full, assets available for distribution will be allocated among Series E Preferred shares ratably and in proportion to the full preferential amount of shareholding.

After Series E Preferred stockholders are satisfied, any remaining assets available will be distributed to the Tier II Preferred stockholders at an amount equal to their original issuance price plus any unpaid accrued dividends (whether or not declared), and any additional declared but unpaid dividends. If assets available for distribution are insufficient to satisfy the Tier II Preferred liquidation payment amounts in full, assets available for distribution will be allocated among shares of Tier II Preferred shares ratably and in proportion to the full preferential amount of shareholding.

After the Senior Preferred stockholders are satisfied, any remaining assets available will be distributed to the Series SRN Preferred stockholders at an amount equal to their original issuance price plus any declared but unpaid dividends. Series SRN Preferred are not entitled to accrued dividends. If assets available for distribution are insufficient to satisfy the Series SRN Preferred liquidation payment

F-27

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

amounts in full, assets available for distribution will be allocated among Series SRN Preferred shares ratably and in proportion to the full preferential amount of shareholding.

In the event any series of Preferred Stock would have received a greater amount of distribution than the amounts summarized above if those series of Preferred Stock had been converted into common stock, then all shares of such series of Preferred Stock would receive the higher distribution amount as if they had been converted into common stock. This option does not apply to any holders of Preferred Stock who converted their shareholdings prior to or independent of the liquidation or deemed liquidation event.

After all series Preferred Stock are satisfied in full, any excess assets available for distribution will be allocated ratably among common stock based on the ratable common stock shares held by each stockholder.

Redemption rights

Senior Preferred are redeemable at the option of the stockholders at any time on or after November 7, 2019 upon a written notice by at least 2/3 of the Senior Preferred stockholders then outstanding voting as a single class, at a price that equals their respective original issuance price per share, plus all accrued but unpaid dividends and all other declared and unpaid dividends, to be paid in four equal annual installments. Any unpaid redemption amounts will be accelerated prior to the effective date of Series SRN Preferred redemption, if elected.

As long as the Company has outstanding loans or similar commitments, Series SRN Preferred shares are not redeemable. In the absence of outstanding loans or similar commitments, Series SRN Preferred are redeemable at the option of each stockholder at any time on or after November 7, 2019, at a price per share that equals the original issuance price per share plus a 16.5% internal rate of return. In the event the Company's cash funds are insufficient to redeem all Series SRN Preferred shares including the 16.5% internal rate of return, the Company will issue a promissory note for the unredeemed shares with a term up to two years and accrues interest at 16.5%. Series SRN Preferred shares are not entitled to receive additional dividends once the redemption option is elected.

10. Common stock

The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the common stockholders are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of the Preferred Stock. The common stock has the following characteristics:

Voting

The common stockholders are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held with respect to all matters voted on by the stockholders of the Company. Common stock voting rights on certain matters are subject to the powers, preferences, and rights of the Senior Preferred.

Dividends

The common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, if and when declared by the Board of Directors. The Company may not declare or pay any cash dividends to the common stockholders

F-28

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

unless dividends are first declared and paid to the holders of Preferred Stock in accordance with their respective terms. Through December 31, 2015, no dividends have been declared or paid on common stock.

Liquidation

After holders of Preferred Stock are satisfied of their liquidation preferences upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, the common stockholders are then entitled to receive that portion of the remaining funds to be distributed to all holders of the Company's stock on an as-converted basis.

Reserved shares

The Company has authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

 
  Periods ending  
 
  December 31, 2014
  December 31, 2015
 
   

Conversion of Series A Preferred

    2,589,868     2,589,868  

Conversion of Series B Preferred

    7,437,325     7,437,325  

Conversion of Series C Preferred

    5,000,002     5,000,002  

Conversion of Series D Preferred

    8,166,662     8,546,507  

Conversion of Series SRN Preferred

    5,611,112     7,013,890  

Conversion of Series E Preferred with warrants

        10,385,253  

Exercise of common warrants

        2,537,411  

Shares available for future stock incentive awards

    6,024     390,136  

Exercise of outstanding common stock options

    4,458,628     6,120,579  

Total

    33,269,621     50,020,971  

11. Stock incentive plans

The Company maintains the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan") for employees, consultants, advisors, and directors. The Plan provides for the granting of incentive and non-qualified stock option and restricted stock awards as determined by the Board. As of December 31, 2015, a total of 8,282,309 shares of common stock are authorized for grants under the Plan with 390,136 shares available for future grant. All stock options granted under the 2008 Plan may be exercised into restricted stock subject to forfeiture provisions upon termination.

The Plan provides that the exercise price of incentive stock options cannot be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date for participants who own less than 10% of the total combined voting power of the Company, and not less than 110% for participants who own more than 10% of the Company's voting power. Options and restricted stock granted under the Plan vest over periods as determined by the Board, which are generally four years and with terms that generally expire ten years from the grant date. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using Black-Scholes. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities from guideline companies, since there is no active market for the Company's common stock. The Company uses the "simplified" method to estimate the expected life of options granted and are expected to be

F-29

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

outstanding. The risk-free interest rate used is the rate for a U.S. Treasury zero coupon issue with a remaining life consistent with the options expected life on the grant date. The Company has not paid, and does not expect to pay, any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and are adjusted, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company has estimated a forfeitures rate of 10% based on historical attrition trends. The Company records stock-based compensation expense only on the awards that are expected to vest.

The weighted average assumptions used for employee stock option grants issued in 2014 and 2015 are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Risk-free interest rate

    1.93 %   1.79 %

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected life

    5.94     6.02  

Expected volatility

    100.81 %   79.80 %

Weighted-average fair value of common stock

  $ 2.30   $ 1.89  

The resulting weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $1.76 and $1.29, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 2014 and 2015 was $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested employee stock options was $1.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.3 years and 3.1 years, respectively.

The weighted average assumptions used for unvested non-employee stock options are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Risk-free interest rate

    1.22 %   1.57 %

Expected dividend yield

         

Expected life (in years)

    5.87     6.46  

Expected volatility

    98.25 %   98.18 %

The unvested options held by non-employees are revalued using the Company's estimate of fair value on each vesting and reporting date through the remaining vesting period. Non-employee stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million and $0.4 million was recorded for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-30

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following table summarizes the activity under the Plan for the year ended December 31, 2015:

 
  Number of
options

  Weighted-average
exercise
price

  Weighted-average
remaining
contractual term
(in years)

  Aggregate
intrinsic value
(in thousands)

 
   

Employee

                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    3,120,647   $ 0.83     6.99   $ 4,895  

Granted

    1,894,750   $ 2.03              

Exercised

    (81,361 ) $ 0.31              

Forfeited

    (70,112 ) $ 1.62              

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    4,863,924   $ 1.29     7.41   $ 3,130  

Vested at December 31, 2015

    2,607,017   $ 0.67     5.71   $ 2,946  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    4,568,385   $ 1.24     7.26   $ 3,138  

Non-Employee

                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    1,337,981   $ 0.75     6.5   $ 2,207  

Granted

      $              

Exercised

    (81,326 ) $ 0.75              

Forfeited

      $              

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    1,256,655   $ 0.75     5.50   $ 1,288  

Vested at December 31, 2015

    1,211,655   $ 0.69     5.40   $ 1,288  

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2015

    1,256,655   $ 0.75     5.50   $ 1,288  

As of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested non-employee stock options was $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.8 years and 2.2 years, respectively.

Restricted stock

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company issued 118,239 shares of restricted common stock to employees upon the early exercise of stock options. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company issued 10,000 shares of restricted common stock to employees. Under the terms of each agreement, the Company has a repurchase provision whereby the Company has the right to repurchase any unvested shares when/if the shareholders terminate their business relationship with the Company, at a price equal to the original exercise price. Accordingly, the Company recorded the cumulative payments received of $0.1 million for the purchase of the restricted shares as a liability. The Company records payment received from the granting of restricted stock as a liability which is amortized over the vesting period. As of both December 31, 2014 and 2015, the remaining liability was less than $0.1 million.

Total fair value of restricted shares that vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, was $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively.

F-31

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The following table summarizes the restricted stock award activity of the Plan during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:

 
  December 31, 2014   December 31, 2015  
 
  Shares
  Weighted-average
exercise
price

  Shares
  Weighted-average
exercise
price

 
   

Unvested at beginning of period

    276,136   $ 0.40     59,527   $ 0.71  

Issued

    10,000     0.16          

Vested

    (226,609 )   0.37     (29,987 )   0.70  

Unvested at end of period

    59,527   $ 0.71     29,540   $ 0.71  

As of both December 31, 2014 and 2015, total unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock awards was less than $0.1 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a weighted average period of approximately 2.0 years and 1.0 year, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense as follows (in thousands):

 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Research and development

  $ 384   $ 495  

General and administrative

    840     630  

Total

  $ 1,224   $ 1,125  

12. Revenue arrangements

Sanofi collaboration agreement

On November 27, 2012, the Company and Sanofi entered into a license and research collaboration agreement focused on the identification and development of vaccines against food allergies. Under the arrangement, the Company will perform research to identify an initial vaccine candidate for development and commercialization by Sanofi under an exclusive license.

In November 2014, Sanofi exercised the option to include celiac disease as an additional indication and the Sanofi Agreement was amended to add terms specific to the celiac disease indication and to terminate Sanofi's right to exercise its option for any additional indications in May 2015.

Each party will carry out its obligations under the collaboration in accordance with a research plan approved by a Joint Research Committee ("JRC"). The Company will perform the majority of the research work to identify the potential candidate, and once identified, Sanofi will primarily be responsible for the clinical development of the candidate.

At any time during the term of the development plan, but before the fifth anniversary of the start of the research term for the applicable indication, Sanofi and the Company may agree to replace the previously nominated development candidate with a new development candidate. The Company would be entitled to additional consideration for any research services performed at such time.

F-32

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The research term for the first indication continues until the earlier of (a) the nomination of a development candidate for the initial indication or (b) the third anniversary of the agreement. The research term for the second indication (celiac disease) will expire upon the earlier of (a) the nomination of a development candidate for the second indication and (b) May 7, 2019. In the event that the Company is unable to complete its research obligations by the expiration of the applicable research term, its obligation will be limited to exercising commercially reasonable efforts to complete such research up to one year after the end of the research term. Each party is responsible for its own internal costs, as well as any third-party or out-of-pocket costs incurred in the performance of the activities laid out in the research plan. If the parties agree to expand the Company's scope of work, such costs will be reimbursed by Sanofi based on an agreed upon budget. Once a development candidate is nominated, all development activities will be under the direction of Sanofi pursuant to a development plan to be negotiated and agreed to at that time and Sanofi will pay the Company for expenses incurred within certain approved limits.

Under the terms of the research collaboration portion of the Sanofi Agreement, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the activities set out for the Company in the research and development plans created and overseen by a joint research committee. The Company is responsible for manufacturing all vaccines required for research, development and commercialization of licensed products. Pursuant to the Sanofi Agreement, Sanofi has paid the Company an initial payment of $2.0 million for the initial indication and an additional $2.0 million for the second indication of celiac disease. Sanofi is obligated to make additional payments to the Company during preclinical research totaling up to $3.0 million for each indication, which has been received for the food allergy indication. For each indication, the Company is also eligible for (i) a $5.0 million development candidate milestone payable to the Company at the start of preclinical development, (ii) further development milestones up to an aggregate of $127.0 million, (iii) sales milestones of up to an aggregate of $170.0 million, and (iv) tiered royalties on annual net sales of licensed products at percentages ranging from mid-single to low double digits.

As per the agreement, the research term expired for the first indication on the third anniversary (November 27, 2015) of the agreement. The Company completed its research obligations within the initial three year period and is not obligated to perform any further research on the specific indication under the agreement. A vaccine candidate for development and commercialization was not selected by Sanofi by the end of the research plan, and therefore no further milestone payments have been received. However, the Company is in discussions with Sanofi to extend the research term for the first indication by one year (until November 27, 2016).

The Company identified the deliverables under the arrangement as the license, the research necessary to identify the development candidate, and participation on the JRC. The Company determined that the exclusive license granted to Sanofi did not have standalone value from the research to be performed to identify the vaccine development candidate. As a result, each upfront and milestone consideration was allocated to the combined unit of account comprising the license and research services, and is being recognized over the estimated development period using a proportional performance method. The consideration allocated to participation on the JRC was not material. The Company recognized $2.1 million and $2.1 million of revenue during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

F-33

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Other research and collaboration agreements

The Company has entered into other research and collaboration agreements in 2014 and 2015 for which the Company did not recognize any revenue for the period ended December 31, 2014 and recognized revenue in the amount of $0.3 million for the period ended December 31, 2015.

Grant agreements

The Company receives funding in the form of grants from the National Institutes of Health ("NIH"), the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation ("JDRF"), the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, the Russian Ministry of Industry and Trade ("Minpromtorg"), and the Russia based Development Fund of New Technologies Development and Commercialization Center ("Skolkovo").

NIH

The Company has two grants through the Department of Health and Human Services, National Institutes of Health ("NIH"). The first grant, for an aggregate amount of $8.1 million, was awarded in May 2014 to support research in the development of a next generation vaccine for smoking cessation and relapse prevention. The Company recognized $0.6 million and $2.4 million of revenue for the periods ending December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, under the arrangement.

The second grant is for an aggregate amount of $0.2 million, which was awarded in September 2015 for the development of nanoparticles for immune tolerance to factor VIII. The company recognized revenue in the amount of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015.

JDRF

The Company had two contracts in effect with JDRF during 2014, and only one of those contracts was in effect during 2015. The first contract was a continuation and completion of a 2011 grant for $0.8 million. The Company recognized the remaining $0.2 million of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2014 under this contract. The second JDRF grant is a joint grant with Sanofi entered into in September 2014 for $0.4 million to conduct Type 1 Diabetes research. The Company recognized less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million of revenue related to this contract during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation

The Company received a grant in 2013 from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation for $1.2 million to fund the Company's immunology research on malaria antigens. During 2014, the grant amount was increased to a total of $1.6 million and the term was extended to a three-year research term. Revenue recognized for the years ending December 31, 2014 and 2015 was $0.2 million and $0.6 million, respectively. Revenue is recognized on a proportional performance basis as it relates to employee time expended on the research, along reimbursement for external costs directly related to, and approved, by the grant terms.

F-34

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Minpromtorg

The Company had a contract awarded from Minpromtorg for approximately $4.6 million to fund the Company's nicotine cessation vaccine clinical trial to be conducted in Russia. The grant covered a term from July 9, 2013 through December 31, 2015, and provided for reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Company from the clinical trial. Under the agreement term, the Company was subject to a penalty in the event that clinical trial was delayed or terminated prior to completion. As a result of the penalty provision, the Company concluded the amounts received under the agreement were not fixed or determinable. Therefore, no revenue has been recognized to date. Through December 31, 2014, the Company received payments totaling approximately $1.4 million, which has been recorded as a contingently repayable grant funding liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The agreement also required the Company to maintain a deposit in a restricted bank account equal to approximately one year of expected contract payments, which approximates $1.0 million, to cover the potential penalty. The amount is classified as restricted cash in the consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015. In 2014, the Company terminated its plan to conduct the clinical trial in Russia subjecting the Company to the penalty obligation.

In February 2015, the Company received an executed final settlement agreement from Minpromtorg that included the repayment of funds previously received by the Company totaling $0.2 million, and a penalty fee that equaled to 10% of the contract value, or $0.2 million. The Company paid the settlement payment in March 2015 and all mutual claims under the contract were terminated. According to the terms of the agreement, Minpromtorg has the right to audit the expenditure incurred under the agreement for a period up to three years from each research milestone date. All grant funding received in excess of the penalty settlement will remain as a liability on the balance sheet until such time the audit period has expired and at which time, the amount will be recognized as revenue. The first audit period expired on December 31, 2015, and as a result $0.4 million of revenue was recognized for the year ending December 31, 2015. The remaining amount of unrecognized revenue is classified contingent repayable grant funding in the consolidated balance sheets.

Skolkovo

On November 28, 2014, the Company executed a grant awarded by Skolkovo for the development of a therapeutic vaccine using nanoparticles to treat chronic infection caused by HPV and diseases associated with this infection. The grant covers a period from August 1, 2014 through July 21, 2017. The grant provides for up to $2.7 million that covers 48.5% of the estimated total cost of the research plan with the remaining 51.5% of estimated costs to be contributed by the Company. The Company received $1.0 million in 2014 and no additional funds have been received for the year ending December 31, 2015 from Skolkovo.

At any time during the term of the grant agreement, but not more than once per quarter, Skolkovo has the right to request information related to the project and to conduct an audit of the expenses incurred by the Company. In the event the project or the expenses do not meet predefined requirements, the Company may be required to reimburse the funds received up to three years after the completion of the project. As a result, the Company has determined that the grant funding is not fixed or determinable and all amounts received to date are recorded as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheet until the completion of Skolkovo's audit or the expiration of the audit term.

F-35

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

13. Related-party transactions

As part of the Series B Preferred and Series D Preferred financings (as described in Note 9), the Company's landlord (the "Landlord") purchased 49,254 shares of Series B Preferred at $2.0303 per share for total proceeds of $0.1 million and 488,888 shares of Series D Preferred at $4.50 per share for total proceeds of $2.2 million. Additionally, in April 2015, the Landlord participated in the Company's bridge loan in the amount of $0.2 million, which converted into Series E Preferred (see note 9). The Landlord paid the same price as the price paid by other investors in each of these Preferred Stock purchases.

The Company incurred expenses for consulting services provided by its founders totaling $0.3 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015.

14. Technology license agreements

On November 25, 2008, the Company entered into an Exclusive Patent License agreement with the Massachusetts Institute of Technology ("MIT"). The Company received an exclusive royalty-bearing license to utilize patents held by MIT in exchange for upfront consideration and annual license maintenance fees. Such fees are expensed as incurred and have not been material to any period presented. In the event the Company sublicenses the MIT patents to a third party, it may be required to remit to MIT a percentage (ranging from 10% to 30%) of sublicense income. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay MIT a certain amount upon the achievement of defined clinical milestones, up to a total of $1.5 million. On December 18, 2008, the Company entered into a patent-cross-license agreement with BIND Therapeutics, Inc. whereby each party receives a license for the use of the other patents in their respective fields of use. In exchange for this license, the Company paid a one-time expense in 2008.

In May 2014, the Company entered into a license agreement with Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., or 3SBio, which is referred to as the 3SBio License. Pursuant to the 3SBio License, the Company was granted an exclusive license to certain pegsiticase-related patents and related "know-how" owned or in-licensed by 3SBio for the worldwide (except for Greater China and Japan) development and commercialization of products based thereupon for human therapeutic, diagnostic and prophylactic use. The Company was also granted a worldwide (except for Greater China) exclusive license to develop, commercialize and manufacture or have manufactured products combining the Company's proprietary SVP technology with pegsiticase or related compounds supplied by 3SBio (or otherwise supplied if the Company's rights to manufacture are in effect) for human therapeutic, diagnostic and prophylactic use. The Company was also granted a co-exclusive license to manufacture and have manufactured pegsiticase and related compounds for preclinical and clinical use or, if the 3SBio License is terminated for 3SBio's material breach, for any use under the 3SBio License. Otherwise, the Company is obligated to obtain all of its supply of such compounds for Phase 3 clinical trials and commercial use from 3SBio under the terms of supply agreements to be negotiated.

Pursuant to the 3SBio License, the Company is required to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize a product containing pegsiticase or a related compound. If the Company does not commercialize any such product in a particular country in Asia, Africa or South America within 48 months after approval of any such product in the U.S. or a major European country, then 3SBio will have the right to do so, but only until the Company commercializes a product combining

F-36

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

the Company's SVP technology with any such compound in such country. The Company has paid to 3SBio an aggregate of $1.0 million in upfront and milestone-based payments under the 3SBio License. The Company is required to make future payments to 3SBio contingent upon the occurrence of events related to the achievement of clinical and regulatory approval milestones of up to an aggregate of $21.0 million for products containing the Company's SVP technology, and up to an aggregate of $41.5 million for products without the Company's SVP technology. The Company is also required to pay 3SBio tiered royalties on annual worldwide net sales (on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis) related to the pegsiticase component of products at percentages ranging from the low-to-mid single digits for products containing the Company's SVP technology, and a range of no more than ten percentage points from the mid-single digits to low double-digits for products without the Company's SVP technology. The Company will pay these royalties to 3SBio, subject to specified reductions, on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of (i) the date that all of the patent rights for that product have expired in that country, or (ii) a specified number of years from the first commercial sale of such product in such country.

The 3SBio License expires on the date of expiration of all of the Company's royalty payment obligations unless earlier terminated by either party for an uncured material default or for the other party's bankruptcy. Any such termination by 3SBio for material default may be on a country-by-country or product-by-product basis in certain circumstances. The Company may also terminate the 3SBio License on a country-by-country or product-by-product basis for any reason effective upon 60 days' prior written notice to 3SBio or, with respect to a given product, immediately upon written notice to 3SBio if the Company identifies a safety or efficacy concern related to such product.

15. Income taxes

The Company provides deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the Company's financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to be in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company did not record a current or deferred income tax expense or benefit. A reconciliation of the Company's effective tax rate to the statutory federal rate is as follows:

 
  2014
  2015
 
   

Statutory U.S. federal rate

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State income taxes—net of federal benefit

    5.9     5.7  

Permanent items

    (0.7 )   (0.7 )

Research tax credits/others

    1.6     1.0  

Valuation allowance, net

    (33.0 )   (40.0 )

Other

    (7.8 )    

Net deferred tax assets

    %   %
F-37

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the Company's net deferred tax assets as of December 31 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  2014
  2015
 
   
 
  (in thousands)
 

Deferred Tax Assets

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 22,444   $ 31,958  

Research and development credits

    1,835     2,305  

Stock-based compensation expense

    355     570  

Deferred rent and other expenses

    284     493  

Deferred revenue

    2,283     1,582  

Patent costs/amortization

    2,796     3,500  

Tenant improvement allowance

    131      

Warrant liability

    93     114  

Gross deferred tax assets

    30,221     40,522  

Deferred Tax Liabilities

   
 
   
 
 

Depreciation

  $ (388 ) $ (197 )

Debt discount

    (59 )   (97 )

Unrealized foreign exchange gain

    (1,352 )   (1,728 )

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    (1,799 )   (2,022 )

Net deferred tax assets

    28,422     38,500  

Valuation allowance

    (28,422 )   (38,500 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  

The Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets, as the Company believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Realization of future tax benefits is dependent on many factors, including the Company's ability to generate taxable income within the net operating loss carryforward period. The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon the realizability of its deferred tax assets and concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets. The valuation allowance increased by $4.3 million and $10.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively, primarily as a result of an increase in net operating loss. In 2014, the Company's Russian subsidiary was granted a 10 year tax holiday in Russia. As a result, previously reported deferred tax assets were adjusted for the change in tax rate. There has been no change to the tax holiday status for the subsidiary as of December 31, 2015.

At December 31, 2015, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $82.4 million and $76.3 million, which will expire at various times through 2035. Included in the net operating loss above is approximately $237,000 related to excess stock option deductions. The Company also has federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $1.6 million and $1.1 million available to reduce future tax liabilities, which will expire at various times through 2035.

F-38

Table of Contents


Selecta Biosciences, Inc. and Subsidiaries



NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Years Ended December 31, 2014 and 2015

Utilization of the net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 due to ownership change limitations that have occurred previously, or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively.

The Company applies ASC 740, Income Taxes to uncertain tax positions. As of the adoption date on January 1, 2009 and through December 31, 2015, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest and penalties accrued.

The Company has not, as of yet, conducted a study of its research and development credit carryforwards. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company's research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company's research and development credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the valuation allowance. As a result, there would be no impact to the consolidated balance sheets, statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or cash flows if an adjustment was required.

Interest and penalty charges, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits would be classified as income tax expense in the accompanying statement of operations and comprehensive loss. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no accrued interest related to uncertain tax positions.

The statute of limitations for assessment by the Internal Revenue Service and Massachusetts tax authorities is open for tax years since inception. The Company files income tax returns in the United States and Massachusetts. There are currently no federal, state or foreign audits in progress.

16. 401(k) Savings Plan

The Company maintains a defined-contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "401(k) Plan"). The 401(k) Plan covers all employees who meet defined minimum age and service requirements, and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pretax basis. The 401 (k) Plan provides for matching contributions on a portion of participant contributions pursuant to the 401(k) Plan's matching formula. All matching contributions vest ratably over 4 years and participant contributions vest immediately.

Contributions by the Company totaled $0.1 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively have been recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-39

Table of Contents

GRAPHIC

Until                           , 2016 (25 days after commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



Part II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by us. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ listing fee.

 
  Amount  

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $   *

FINRA filing fee

      *

Initial listing fee

      *

Accountants' fees and expenses

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Blue Sky fees and expenses

      *

Transfer Agent's fees and expenses

      *

Printing and engraving expenses

      *

Miscellaneous

      *

Total expenses

  $   *

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or a person serving at the request of the corporation for another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, ending or completed action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that

II-1

Part II


the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of us) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of us to procure a judgment in our favour by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.

We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

II-2

Part II


Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding securities issued by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration received by us for such shares and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.

(a)   Issuance of Capital Stock.

From April 7, 2014 to August 14, 2014, the registrant issued an aggregate of 3,211,105 shares of Series D Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $14.4 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

On July 15, 2014, the registrant also issued an aggregate of 1,333,332 shares of Series SRN Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $6.0 million to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

On August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 and September 17, 2015, the registrant issued an aggregate of 7,269,338 shares of Series E Preferred Stock for aggregate consideration of $32.7 million to accredited investors and 1,619,550 shares of Series E Preferred upon the cancellation of debt totaling $7.3 million pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

(b)   Equity Grants.

Since December 31, 2012, the registrant granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 4,195,558 shares of its common stock with exercise prices ranging between $0.71 and $2.40 per share, including stock options that were exercised prior to vesting in exchange for 118,239 shares of restricted stock, and 10,000 shares of restricted common stock to employees, non-employees, and directors in connection with services provided to the registrant by such parties.

(c)    Warrants.

On August 9, 2013 and July 25, 2014, the registrant issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 66,668 shares of Series D preferred stock to Oxford Finance LLC, or Oxford, and Square 1 Bank pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering

On July 24, 2015, the registrant issued warrants to purchase up to 315,198 shares of common stock to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

On August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 and September 17, 2015, the registrant issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,222,213 shares of common stock to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 as a transaction not involving a public offering.

On December 31, 2015, the registrant issued warrants to purchase up to an aggregate of 37,978 shares of Series E Preferred Stock to Oxford and Pacific Western Bank pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering.

(d)   Promissory Notes.

On August 9, 2013, the registrant issued an aggregate of $3.0 million in principal amount of secured promissory notes to Oxford and Square 1 Bank pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering.

II-3

Part II


On July 25, 2014, the registrant issued an aggregate of $4.5 million in principal amount of secured promissory notes to Oxford and Square 1 Bank pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering.

On April 10, 2015 and June 23, 2015, the registrant issued an aggregate of $7.0 million in principal amount of convertible promissory notes to accredited investors pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act as a transaction not involving a public offering.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   Exhibits.

Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  1.1 * Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

**

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (currently in effect)

 

3.2

**

Bylaws of the Registrant (currently in effect)

 

3.3

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

4.1

**

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2015, by and between the Registrant and each of the stockholders party thereto

 

4.2

 

Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

 

4.3

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated July 24, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Investors in the Registrant's April 2015 Convertible Notes Financing

 

4.4

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 or September 17, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Investors in the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock Financing

 

4.5

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series D Preferred Stock, dated August 9, 2013 or July 25, 2014, issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC and Square One Bank

 

4.6

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series E Preferred Stock, dated December 31, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC and Square One Bank

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP

 

10.1

**

2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of option agreements thereunder

 

10.2

*

2016 Incentive Award Plan and form of option agreement thereunder

 

10.3

*

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

10.4

*

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program

 

10.5

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers

 

10.6

**

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, by and between the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Pacific Western Bank

 

10.7(a)

†**

Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
II-4

Part II


Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  10.7(b) †** First Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2010, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.7(c)

†**

Letter Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Sanofi

 

10.7(d)

†**

Letter Amendment, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.7(e)

†**

Second Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.8(a)

†**

License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Sanofi

 

10.8(b)

†**

Supplemental Agreement No. 1 to License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Sanofi

 

10.9

†**

License Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

 

10.10

†**

Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

 

10.11

†**

Patent Cross-License Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2008, by and between the Registrant and BIND Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly BIND Biosciences, Inc.)

 

10.12


Lease, dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of July 12, 2011, the Second Amendment, dated as of October 11, 2011 and the Third Amendment, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between the Registrant and ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC

 

10.13

**

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Robert S. Langer

 

10.14

**

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Omid Farokhzad

 

10.15

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Werner Cautreels

 

10.16

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Takashi Kei Kishimoto

 

10.17

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Peter Keller

 

10.18

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Earl E. Sands

 

10.19

**

Offer Letter, dated as of June 30, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Earl E. Sands, M.D.

 

10.20

**

Offer Letter, dated as of June 2, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Lloyd P. M. Johnston, Ph.D.
II-5

Part II


Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  10.21 ** Offer Letter, dated as of April 4, 2011, by and between the Registrant and David Abraham

 

10.22

**

Offer Letter, dated as of September 4, 2009, by and between the Registrant and David Siewers

 

10.23

**

Independent Director Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment to Independent Director Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2009, by and between the Registrant and George R. Siber, M.D.

 

21.1

**

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

*

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.

(b)   Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-6


Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Watertown, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on this                  day of                           , 2016.


 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

 

By:

 

    
       
Werner Cautreels, Ph.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
II-7


Signatures and power of attorney

We, the undersigned officers and directors of Selecta Biosciences, Inc., hereby severally constitute and appoint Werner Cautreels, Ph.D. and David Siewers, and each of them singly (with full power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
 

Werner Cautreels, Ph.D.
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)                         , 2016

 

David Siewers

 

Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

                      , 2016

 

Omid Farokhzad, M.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

 

Carl Gordon, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

  

Peter Barton Hutt

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

  

Edwin M. Kania, Jr.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

  

Robert Langer, Sc.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

  

Amir Nashat, Sc.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016
II-8

Signatures and power of attorney


Signature
  Title
  Date

 

 

 

 

 
 

Aymeric Sallin, M.S.
  Director                         , 2016

 

George Siber, M.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016

 

Leysan Shaydullina, M.D.

 

Director

 

                      , 2016
II-9


Exhibit index

Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  1.1 * Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

**

Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended (currently in effect)

 

3.2

**

Bylaws of the Registrant (currently in effect)

 

3.3

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (to be effective upon the closing of this offering)

 

4.1

**

Fifth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2015, by and between the Registrant and each of the stockholders party thereto

 

4.2

 

Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock

 

4.3

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated July 24, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Investors in the Registrant's April 2015 Convertible Notes Financing

 

4.4

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock, dated August 27, 2015, September 3, 2015 or September 17, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Investors in the Registrant's Series E Preferred Stock Financing

 

4.5

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series D Preferred Stock, dated August 9, 2013 or July 25, 2014, issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC and Square One Bank

 

4.6

**

Form of Warrant to Purchase Shares of Series E Preferred Stock, dated December 31, 2015, issued by the Registrant to Oxford Finance LLC and Pacific Western Bank

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Latham & Watkins LLP

 

10.1

**

2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of option agreements thereunder

 

10.2

*

2016 Incentive Award Plan and form of option agreement thereunder

 

10.3

*

2016 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

10.4

*

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program

 

10.5

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers

 

10.6

**

Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2015, by and between the Registrant, Oxford Finance LLC and Pacific Western Bank

 

10.7(a)

†**

Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of November 25, 2008, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.7(b)

†**

First Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of January 12, 2010, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.7(c)

†**

Letter Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and among the Registrant, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and Sanofi

 

10.7(d)

†**

Letter Amendment, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

Exhibit index


Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  10.7(e) †** Second Amendment to Exclusive Patent License Agreement, dated as of August 29, 2013, by and between the Registrant and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology

 

10.8(a)

†**

License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated as of November 27, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Sanofi

 

10.8(b)

†**

Supplemental Agreement No. 1 to License and Research Collaboration Agreement, dated as of May 7, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Sanofi

 

10.9

†**

License Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

 

10.10

†**

Manufacturing Services Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2014, by and between the Registrant and Shenyang Sunshine Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.

 

10.11

†**

Patent Cross-License Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2008, by and between the Registrant and BIND Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly BIND Biosciences, Inc.)

 

10.12


Lease, dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment, dated as of July 12, 2011, the Second Amendment, dated as of October 11, 2011 and the Third Amendment, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between the Registrant and ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC

 

10.13

**

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Robert S. Langer

 

10.14

**

Consulting Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2008, as amended by the First Amendment to Consulting Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Omid Farokhzad

 

10.15

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2010, by and between the Registrant and Werner Cautreels

 

10.16

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of June 22, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Takashi Kei Kishimoto

 

10.17

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Peter Keller

 

10.18

**

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Earl E. Sands

 

10.19

**

Offer Letter, dated as of June 30, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Earl E. Sands, M.D.

 

10.20

**

Offer Letter, dated as of June 2, 2008, by and between the Registrant and Lloyd P. M. Johnston, Ph.D.

 

10.21

**

Offer Letter, dated as of April 4, 2011, by and between the Registrant and David Abraham

 

10.22

**

Offer Letter, dated as of September 4, 2009, by and between the Registrant and David Siewers

Exhibit index


Exhibit
number

  Description of exhibit
  10.23 ** Independent Director Consulting Agreement, dated as of May 5, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment to Independent Director Consulting Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2009, by and between the Registrant and George R. Siber, M.D.

 

21.1

**

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

23.1

*

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

23.2

*

Consent of Latham & Watkins LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page)

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.



Exhibit 4.2

 

SBI Selecta Biosciences, Inc. CUSIP SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE THIS CERTIFIES THAT IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.0001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF Selecta Biosciences, Inc. SEAL 2007 GENERAL COUNSEL, CHIEF COMPLIANCE OFFICER AND CORPORATE SECRETARY PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY, LLC (Brooklyn, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR By AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE Exhibit 4.2

GRAPHIC

 


SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC. THE CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE TWD CLASSES OF STOCK, COMMON STOCK AND PREFERRED STOCK. THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH SHAREHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS, A SUMMARY OF THE POWERS. DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL, OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OF THE COMPANY AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS, AND THE VARIATIONS IN RIGHTS, PREFERENCES AND LIMITATIONS DETERMINED FOR EACH SERIES WHICH ARE FIXED BY THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE COI'v1PANY AND THE AUTHORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS TO DETERMINE VARIATIONS FOR FUTURE SERIES. SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO Tl-IE OFFICE OF Tl-IE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY OR TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: TEN COM TEN ENT .IT TEN - as tenants in oommon - as tenants by the entireties - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-.....................Custodian.................... {Mir C f) (Cllllt) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act ••.••.••••,.•_•.•••,•.••.•••••• Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, --------------------hereby sell, assign and transfer unto PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dared _ NOfiCE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE,IN EVERY PARTICUlAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGBIIENT, OR Af'N CHANGE WHATSOEVER. SIGNATURE(SJ GUARANTEED: THE SIGNAl\JRE(S) MUST BE GUAAANTEEO BY AN ELIGIBLE GUAAANTOR INSTmmON (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDAU..ION PFI:OGRAM),PURSUANT TO S,E,C., RULE 17M-15,

GRAPHIC

 



Exhibit 10.5

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of               , 20[16] between Selecta Biosciences, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [Name] (“Indemnitee”).

 

WITNESSETH THAT:

 

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as [directors] [officers] or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities.  Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions.  At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself.  The By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company.  Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”).  The By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance and to indemnification have increased the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company’s stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation of the Company and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and

 

1



 

shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; [and]

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Company’s By-laws and Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.  Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified; [and]

 

[WHEREAS, Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification and/or insurance provided by [NAME] which Indemnitee and [NAME] intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve on the Board;]

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitee’s agreement to serve as an [officer] [director] from and after the date hereof, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Indemnity of Indemnitee.  The Company hereby agrees to hold harmless and indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time.  In furtherance of the foregoing indemnification, and without limiting the generality thereof:

 

(a)                                 Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section l(a) if, by reason of his Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined), the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(a), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses (as hereinafter defined), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him, or on his behalf, in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                                 Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company.  Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this Section 1(b) if, by reason of his Corporate Status, the Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company.  Pursuant to this Section 1(b), Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee, or on the Indemnitee’s behalf, in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; provided, however, if applicable law so provides, no indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company unless and to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall determine that such indemnification may be made.

 

2



 

(c)                                  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, he shall be indemnified to the maximum extent permitted by law, as such may be amended from time to time, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.  If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.  For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

(d)                                 Indemnification of Appointing Stockholder.    If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (an “Appointing Stockholder”), and (ii) the Appointing Stockholder is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding relating to or arising by reason of Appointing Stockholder’s position as a stockholder of, or lender to, the Company, or Appointing Stockholder’s appointment of or affiliation with Indemnitee or any other director, including without limitation any alleged misappropriation of a Company asset or corporate opportunity, any claim of misappropriation or infringement of intellectual property relating to the Company, any alleged false or misleading statement or omission made by the Company (or on its behalf) or its employees or agents, or any allegation of inappropriate control or influence over the Company or its Board members, officers, equity holders or debt holders, then the Appointing Stockholder will be entitled to indemnification hereunder for Expenses to the same extent as Indemnitee, and the terms of this Agreement as they relate to procedures for indemnification of Indemnitee and advancement of Expenses shall apply to any such indemnification of Appointing Stockholder.

 

The rights provided to the Appointing Stockholder under this Section 1(d) shall (i) be suspended during any period during which the Appointing Stockholder does not have a representative on the Company’s Board and (ii) terminate on an initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock; provided, however, that in the event of any such suspension or termination, the Appointing Stockholder’s rights to indemnification will not be suspended or terminated with respect to any Proceeding based in whole or in part on facts and circumstances occurring at any time prior to such suspension or termination regardless of whether the Proceeding arises before or after such suspension or termination. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Appointing Stockholder is an express third party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 1(d).

 

2.                                      Additional Indemnity.  In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1 of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf if, by reason of his Corporate Status, he is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee.  The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations

 

3



 

pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined (under the procedures, and subject to the presumptions, set forth in Sections 6 and 7 hereof) to be unlawful.

 

3.                                      Contribution.

 

(a)                                 Whether or not the indemnification provided in Sections 1 and 2 hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee.  The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(b)                                 Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph, if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction or events from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the transaction or events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which applicable law may require to be considered.  The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c)                                  The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d)                                 To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason

 

4



 

whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

4.                                      Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.

 

5.                                      Advancement of Expenses.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding.  Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee.  The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Corporation of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking by Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.  Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 5 shall be unsecured and interest free.

 

6.                                      Procedures and Presumptions for Determination of Entitlement to Indemnification.  It is the intent of this Agreement to secure for Indemnitee rights of indemnity that are as favorable as may be permitted under the DGCL and public policy of the State of Delaware.  Accordingly, the parties agree that the following procedures and presumptions shall apply in the event of any question as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.  The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any failure of Indemnitee to provide such a request to the Company, or to provide such a request in a timely fashion, shall not relieve the Company of any liability that it may have to Indemnitee unless, and to the extent that, such failure actually and materially prejudices the interests of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of Section 6(a) hereof, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case by one of the following four methods,

 

5



 

which shall be at the election of the Board:  (1) by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (2) by a committee of disinterested directors designated by a majority vote of the disinterested directors, even though less than a quorum, (3) if there are no disinterested directors or if the disinterested directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, or (4) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.  For purposes hereof, disinterested directors are those members of the Board who are not parties to the action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                  If the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 6(c).  The Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board.  Indemnitee may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 13 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If a written objection is made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the conclusion of the Proceeding giving rise to the request for indemnification, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitee to the Company’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 6(b) hereof.  The Company shall pay any and all reasonable fees and expenses of Independent Counsel incurred by such Independent Counsel in connection with acting pursuant to Section 6(b) hereof, and the Company shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the procedures of this Section 6(c), regardless of the manner in which such Independent Counsel was selected or appointed.

 

(d)                                 In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.  Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or independent legal counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e)                                  Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise (as hereinafter defined), including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers

 

6



 

of the Enterprise  in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.  Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(e) are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(f)                                   If the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 6 to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after the conclusion of the Proceeding giving rise to the request for indemnification, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such sixty (60)-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time to obtain or evaluate documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 6(f) shall not apply if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after the conclusion of the Proceeding giving rise to the request for indemnification, the Board or the Disinterested Directors, if appropriate, resolve to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such resolution and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such resolution and  such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat.

 

(g)                                  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any Independent Counsel, member of the Board or stockholder of the Company shall act reasonably and in good faith in making a determination regarding the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(h)                                 The Company acknowledges that a settlement or other disposition short of final judgment may be successful if it permits a party to avoid expense, delay,

 

7



 

distraction, disruption and uncertainty.  In the event that any action, claim or proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party is resolved in any manner other than by adverse judgment against Indemnitee (including, without limitation, settlement of such action, claim or proceeding with or without payment of money or other consideration) it shall be presumed that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in such action, suit or proceeding.  Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(i)                                     The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

 

7.                                      Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a)                                 In the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification is made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of the Proceeding giving rise to the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification required by Section 4 is not made pursuant to this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor or (v) payment of indemnification is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or such determination is deemed to have been made pursuant to Section 6 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware of Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 7(a).  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication.

 

(b)                                 In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of the adverse determination under Section 6(b).

 

(c)                                  If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s misstatement not materially misleading in connection with the application for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d)                                 In the event that Indemnitee, pursuant to this Section 7, seeks a judicial adjudication of his rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, or

 

8


 

to recover under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, the Company shall pay on his behalf, in advance, any and all expenses (of the types described in the definition of Expenses in Section 13 of this Agreement) actually and reasonably incurred by him in such judicial adjudication, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance recovery.

 

(e)                                  The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefore) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advance of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, advancement of Expenses or insurance recovery, as the case may be.

 

(f)                                   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

8.                                      Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Primacy of Indemnification; Subrogation.

 

(a)                                 The rights of indemnification as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of directors of the Company, or otherwise.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  To the extent that a change in the DGCL, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification than would be afforded currently under  the Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change.  No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

(b)                                 To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of

 

9



 

the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                  [The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by [ · ] and certain of its affiliates (collectively, the “Fund Indemnitors”).  The Company hereby agrees (i) that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Fund Indemnitors to advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), (ii) that it shall be required to advance the full amount of expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall be liable for the full amount of all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement to the extent legally permitted and as required by the terms of this Agreement and the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company (or any other agreement between the Company and Indemnitee), without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against the Fund Indemnitors, and, (iii)  that it irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases the Fund Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Fund Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Fund Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Fund Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution and/or be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.  The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Fund Indemnitors are express third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 8(c).]

 

(d)                                 [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee (other than against the Fund Indemnitors), who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(e)                                  [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

(f)                                   [Except as provided in paragraph (c) above,] the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise.

 

10



 

9.                                      Exception to Right of Indemnification. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                 for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision[, provided, that the foregoing shall not affect the rights of Indemnitee or the Fund Indemnitors set forth in Section 8(c) above]; or

 

(b)                                 for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or

 

(c)                                  in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

10.                               Duration of Agreement.  All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer or director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding (or any proceeding commenced under Section 7 hereof) by reason of his Corporate Status, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), assigns, spouses, heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives.

 

11.                               Security.  To the extent requested by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, the Company may at any time and from time to time provide security to Indemnitee for the Company’s obligations hereunder through an irrevocable bank line of credit, funded trust or other collateral.  Any such security, once provided to Indemnitee, may not be revoked or released without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee.

 

12.                               Enforcement.

 

(a)                                 The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumes the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer or director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as an officer or director of the Company.

 

11



 

(b)                                 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

(c)                                  The Company shall not seek from a court, or agree to, a “bar order” which would have the effect of prohibiting or limiting the Indemnitee’s rights to receive advancement of expenses under this Agreement.

 

13.                               Definitions.  For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                 Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving at the express written request of the Company.

 

(b)                                 Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

(c)                                  Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that Indemnitee is or was serving at the express written request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(d)                                 Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, participating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding, or responding to, or objecting to, a request to provide discovery in any Proceeding.  Expenses also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding and any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on the Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(e)                                  Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent:  (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent

 

12



 

Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

(f)                                   Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, by reason of any action taken by him or of any inaction on his part while acting in his or her Corporate Status; in each case whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement; including one pending on or before the date of this Agreement, but excluding one initiated by an Indemnitee pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement to enforce his rights under this Agreement.

 

14.                               Severability.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.  Further, the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof as to either Indemnitee or Appointing Stockholder shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any provision hereof as to the other.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement is intended to confer upon Indemnitee and Appointing Stockholder indemnification rights to the fullest extent permitted by applicable laws.  In the event any provision hereof conflicts with any applicable law, such provision shall be deemed modified, consistent with the aforementioned intent, to the extent necessary to resolve such conflict.

 

15.                               Modification and Waiver.  No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

16.                               Notice By Indemnitee.  Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with or otherwise receiving any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification covered hereunder.  The failure to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise unless and only to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

17.                               Notices.  All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given:  (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not so confirmed, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent:

 

13



 

(a)                                 To Indemnitee at the address set forth below Indemnitee signature hereto.

 

(b)                                 To the Company at:

 

Selecta Biosciences, Inc.
480 Arsenal Street, Building One
Watertown, MA 02472
Attention: Chief Executive Officer

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.                               Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or any other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

19.                               Headings.  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

20.                               Governing Law and Consent to Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably The Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801 as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

Indemnification Agreement

 




Exhibit 10.12

 

CERTAIN MATERIAL (INDICATED BY ASTERISKS) HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS DOCUMENT PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT. THE OMITTED MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

Selecta Biosciences, Inc.

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is made as of this 30th day of September, 2008, between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Address:

 

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

 

 

Premises:

 

That portion of the Project, containing approximately 12,659 rentable square feet, as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.

 

 

 

Project:

 

The real property on which the building (the “Building”) in which the Premises are located, together with all improvements thereon and appurtenances thereto as described on Exhibit B. The Building is known as and numbered 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts.

 

 

 

Base Rent:

 

$39,031.92, per month

 

 

 

Rentable Area of Premises:

 

12,659 sq. ft.

 

 

 

Rentable Area of Project:

 

140,744 sq. ft.

 

 

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses:

 

8.99%

 

 

 

Security Deposit:

 

$117,095.76

 

 

 

Target Commencement Date:

 

October 17, 2008

 

 

 

Rent Commencement Date:

 

The earlier of (a) 15 days after the Commencement Date or (b) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof.

 

 

 

Rent Adjustment Percentage:

 

6%

 

 

 

Base Term:

 

Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending 37 months from the first day of the first full month commencing on or after the Rent Commencement Date.

 

 

 

Permitted Use

 

Research and development laboratory, related office and other related uses consistent with the character of the Project and otherwise in compliance with the provisions of Section 7 hereof.

 

Address for Rent Payment:

Landlord’s Notice Address:

P. O. Box 79840

385 East Colorado Boulevard, Suite 299

Baltimore, MD 21279-0840

Pasadena, CA 91101

 

Attention: Corporate Secretary

 

© All rights reserved — Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL — DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE

 

1



 

Tenant’s Notice Address:

Guarantor of Lease: N/A

One Kendall Square, 169

 

Cambridge, MA 02139

 

Attention: Lloyd Johnston

 

 

With a copy to:

Foley Hoag LLC

155 Seaport Boulevard

Boston, MA 02210

Attention: Jeffrey Quillen, Esq.

 

The following Exhibits and Addenda are attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference:

 

x EXHIBIT A - PREMISES DESCRIPTION

x EXHIBIT B - DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

x EXHIBIT C — WORK LETTER

x EXHIBIT D - COMMENCEMENT DATE

x EXHIBIT E - RULES AND REGULATIONS

x EXHIBIT F - TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

1.                                      Lease of Premises. Upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions hereof, Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases the Premises from Landlord. The portions of the Project which are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Project are collectively referred to herein as the “Common Areas.” Tenant shall have the appurtenant right in connection with others entitled thereto to use the Common Areas generally available to Tenants of the Project; provided, however, the foregoing shall not grant to or confer on Tenant any parking rights except as set forth in Section 10. Landlord reserves the right to modify Common Areas, provided that such modifications do not materially adversely affect Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

 

2.                                      Delivery; Acceptance of Premises; Commencement Date. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to make the Premises available to Tenant, without the obligation for Tenant to pay Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (unless Tenant conducts its business in the Premises), but subject to all of the other provisions of this Lease, for Tenant’s Work under the Work Letter and Tenant’s installations (painting, carpeting, installation of cabling, furniture, Tenant’s trade fixtures and equipment), on or prior to the Target Commencement Date, upon Tenant’s delivery of evidence of the insurance required hereby and by the Work Letter (“Delivery” or “Deliver”), it being acknowledged that Landlord must first cause the existing occupant thereof to vacate the Premises. The Premises shall be delivered to Tenant in “as is” broom clean condition and with all personal property of the former tenant being removed (except that Landlord shall leave on the Premises, the following (which shall constitute part of the Premises) and Tenant shall be entitled to use the same during the Term: 26 work stations (including the reception desk); 4 desks, 29 chairs; 39 telephones (including I telephone in the kitchen, 1 telephone in the telephone/data closet and 8 telephones in the laboratories); 1 microwave oven; 1 coffee maker; 1 refrigerator; and 1 toaster oven, all of the foregoing now being located on the Premises). Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work to the Premises prior to Delivery or to otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and this Lease shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Premises on or before November 20, 2008 for any reason other than Force Majeure Delays, this Lease may be terminated by Landlord or Tenant by written notice to the other, and if so terminated by either: (a) the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Lease, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Lease. As used herein, the terms “Tenant’s Work” shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the Work Letter. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to void this Lease within 5 business days of November 20, 2008, such right to void this Lease shall be waived and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect.

 

2



 

The “Commencement Date” shall be the earliest of: (i) the date Landlord Delivers the Premises to Tenant but in no event prior to October 17, 2008; and (ii) the date Tenant conducts any business in the Premises or any part thereof. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of the Commencement Date, the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration date of the Term when such are established in the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to this Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s rights hereunder. The “Term” of this Lease shall be the Base Term, as defined above in the Basic Lease Provisions and any Extension Term which Tenant may elect pursuant to Section 39.

 

Except as set forth in the Work Letter, if applicable, and except as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 2: (i) Tenant shall accept the Premises in their condition as of the Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements (as defined in Section 7 hereof); (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Premises and that the Premises were in good condition at the time possession was taken. Any occupancy of the Premises by Tenant before the Commencement Date shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the obligation to pay Rent, except as provided in the first paragraph of this Section 2.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Premises or the Project, and/or the suitability of the Premises or the Project for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Premises or the Project are suitable for the Permitted Use. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent that Tenant delivers notice to Landlord within 3 months of the Commencement Date of the failure of the structural elements of the Building (i.e., the roof, slabs, foundation and load bearing walls) or the major building systems intended to service the Premises (i.e., the systems providing electricity, water, sewer services and HVAC to the Premises), then promptly after delivery of such notice, Landlord shall diligently remedy any such deficiency.

 

This Lease constitutes the complete agreement of Landlord and Tenant with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any and all prior representations, inducements, promises, agreements, understandings and negotiations which are not contained herein. Landlord in executing this Lease does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

 

3.                                      Rent.

 

(a)                                 Base Rent. The first full calendar month’s Base Rent and the Security Deposit shall be due and payable on delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord. Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without demand, abatement, deduction or set-off, monthly installments of Base Rent on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term hereof, in lawful money of the United States of America, at the office of Landlord for payment of Rent set forth above, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. Payments of Base Rent for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated. If the Rent Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the difference between the first full calendar month’s Base Rent paid upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord as required above, and the prorated Base Rent for the fractional month in which the Rent Commencement Date occurs, shall be applied by Landlord to such first full calendar month after the Rent Commencement Date. The obligation of Tenant to pay Base Rent and other sums to Landlord and the obligations of Landlord under this Lease are independent obligations. Tenant shall have no right at any time to abate, reduce, or set-off any Rent (as defined in Section 5) due hereunder except for any abatement as may be expressly provided in this Lease.

 

(b)                                 Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord as additional rent (“Additional Rent”): (i) Tenant’s Share of “Operating Expenses” (as defined in Section 5), and (ii) any and all other amounts Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease,

 

3



 

including, without limitation, any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after any applicable notice and cure period.

 

(c)                                  Limited Rent Abatement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Base Rent for the 6 month period commencing on the Commencement Date shall be reduced so as to equal 50% of the sum set forth therefor in the Basic Lease Provisions above and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such 6 month period shall be reduced so as to equal 50% of what the same would have been for such 6 month period pursuant to Section 5, hereof.

 

4.                                      Base Rent Adjustments. Base Rent shall be increased on each annual anniversary of the first day of the first full month during the Term of this Lease (each an “Adjustment Date”) by multiplying the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date by the Rent Adjustment Percentage and adding the resulting amount to the Base Rent payable immediately before such Adjustment Date. Base Rent, as so adjusted, shall thereafter be due as provided herein. Base Rent adjustments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

5.                                      Operating Expense Payments. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written estimate of Operating Expenses for each calendar year during the Term (the “Annual Estimate”), which may be revised by Landlord from time to time during such calendar year. During each month of the Term, on the same date that Base Rent is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord an amount equal to 1/12th of Tenant’s Share of the Annual Estimate. Payments for any fractional calendar month shall be prorated.

 

The term “Operating Expenses” means all costs and expenses of any kind or description whatsoever incurred or accrued each calendar year by Landlord with respect to the Project (including, without duplication, Taxes (as defined in Section 9), capital repairs and improvements amortized over the lesser of 7 years and the useful life of such capital items, and the costs of Landlord’s third party property manager or, if there is no third party property manager, administration rent in the amount of 3.0% of Base Rent), excluding only:

 

(a)                                 the original construction costs of the Project and renovation prior to the date of the Lease and costs of correcting defects in such original construction or renovation;

 

(b)                                 capital expenditures for expansion of the Project;

 

(c)                                  interest, principal payments of Mortgage (as defined in Section 27) debts of Landlord, financing costs and amortization of funds borrowed by Landlord, whether secured or unsecured and all payments of base rent (but not taxes or operating expenses) under any ground lease or other underlying lease of all or any portion of the Project;

 

(d)                                 depreciation of the Project (except for capital improvements, the cost of which are includable in Operating Expenses);

 

(e)                                  advertising, legal and space planning expenses and leasing commissions and other costs and expenses incurred in procuring and leasing space to tenants for the Project, including any leasing office maintained in the Project, free rent and construction allowances for tenants;

 

(f)                                   legal and other expenses incurred in the negotiation or enforcement of leases;

 

(g)                                  completing, fixturing, improving, renovating, painting, redecorating or other work, which Landlord pays for or performs for other tenants within their premises, and costs of correcting defects in such work;

 

(h)                                 costs of utilities outside normal business hours sold to tenants of the Project;

 

4



 

(i)                                     costs to be reimbursed by other tenants of the Project or Taxes to be paid directly by Tenant or other tenants of the Project, whether or not actually paid;

 

(j)                                    salaries, wages, benefits and other compensation paid to officers and employees of Landlord who are not assigned in whole or in part to the operation, management, maintenance or repair of the Project;

 

(k)                                 general organizational, administrative and overhead costs relating to maintaining Landlord’s existence, either as a corporation, partnership, or other entity, including general corporate, legal and accounting expenses;

 

(l)                                     costs (including attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and payments in lieu thereof) incurred in connection with disputes with tenants, other occupants, or prospective tenants, and costs and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with employees, consultants, management agents, leasing agents, purchasers or mortgagees of the Building;

 

(m)                             costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any Legal Requirement (as defined in Section 7);

 

(n)                                 penalties, fines or interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s inability or failure to make payment of Taxes and/or to file any tax or informational returns when due, or from Landlord’s failure to make any payment of Taxes required to be made by Landlord hereunder before delinquency;

 

(o)                                 overhead and profit increment paid to Landlord or to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for goods and/or services in or to the Project to the extent the same exceeds the costs of such goods and/or services rendered by unaffiliated third parties on a competitive basis;

 

(p)                                 costs of Landlord’s charitable or political contributions, or of fine art maintained at the Project;

 

(q)                                 costs in connection with services (including electricity), items or other benefits of a type which are not standard for the Project and which are not available to Tenant without specific charges therefor, but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, whether or not such other tenant or occupant is specifically charged therefor by Landlord;

 

(r)                                    costs incurred in the sale or refinancing of the Project;

 

(s)                                   net income taxes of Landlord or the owner of any interest in the Project, franchise, capital stock, gift, estate or inheritance taxes or any federal, state or local documentary taxes imposed against the Project or any portion thereof or interest therein; and

 

(t)                                    costs incurred by Landlord arising from the clean-up of Hazardous Materials that have been determined pursuant to Section 30(a) to have been brought upon, kept or stored in, or released from, the Project in violation of applicable Legal Requirements solely by the actions of the Landlord or any of its employees, agents or contractors; and

 

(u)                                 any expenses otherwise includable within Operating Expenses to the extent actually reimbursed by persons other than tenants of the Project under leases for space in the Project.

 

Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement (an “Annual Statement”) showing in reasonable detail: (a) the total and Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, and (b) the total of Tenant’s payments in respect of Operating Expenses for such year. If Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year exceeds Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such

 

5



 

year, the excess shall be due and payable by Tenant as Rent within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement to Tenant. If Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such year exceed Tenant’s Share of actual Operating Expenses for such year Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such Annual Statement, except that after the expiration, or earlier termination of the Term or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord.

 

The Annual Statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant unless Tenant, within 90 days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reason therefor. If, during such 90 day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the accuracy of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord will provide Tenant with access to Landlord’s books and records relating to the operation of the Project and such information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s questions (the “Expense Information”). If after Tenant’s review of such Expense Information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm selected by Tenant from among the 5 largest in the United States, working pursuant to a fee arrangement other than a contingent fee (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), audit and/or review the Expense Information for the year in question (the “Independent Review”). The results of any such Independent Review shall be binding on Landlord and Tenant. If the Independent Review shows that the payments actually made by Tenant with respect to Operating Expenses for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such calendar year, Landlord shall at Landlord’s option either (i) credit the excess amount to the next succeeding installments of estimated Operating Expenses or (ii) pay the excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of such statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay the excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant’s payments with respect to Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the calendar year, Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within 30 days after delivery of such statement. If the Independent Review shows that Tenant has overpaid with respect to Operating Expenses by more than 5% then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all costs incurred by Tenant for the Independent Review. Operating Expenses for the calendar years in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein begins and ends shall be prorated. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, if the Project is not at least 95% occupied on average during any year of the Term, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for such year shall be computed as though the Project had been 95% occupied on average during such year.

 

Tenant’s Share” shall be the percentage set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions as Tenant’s Share as reasonably adjusted by Landlord for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Project occurring thereafter. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Project that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder are collectively referred to herein as “Rent.”

 

6.                                      Security Deposit. Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon delivery of an executed copy of this Lease to Landlord, a security deposit (the “Security Deposit”) for the performance of all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder in the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, which Security Deposit shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”): (i) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, (ii) naming Landlord as beneficiary, (iii) expressly allowing Landlord to draw upon it at any time from time to time by delivering to the issuer notice that Landlord is entitled to draw thereunder, (iv) issued by an FDIC-insured financial institution reasonably satisfactory to Landlord (Landlord agrees to accept a letter of credit in the form provided for herein from Comerica Bank), and (v) redeemable by presentation of a sight draft at a banking office of such bank in California or Massachusetts. If Tenant does not provide Landlord with a substitute Letter of Credit complying with all of the requirements hereof at least 10 days before the stated expiration date of any

 

6



 

then current Letter of Credit, Landlord shall have the right to draw the full amount of the current Letter of Credit and hold the funds drawn in cash without obligation for interest thereon as the Security Deposit. The Security Deposit shall be held by Landlord as security for the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Upon each occurrence of a Default (as defined in Section 20), Landlord may use all or any part of the Security Deposit to pay delinquent payments due under this Lease, and the cost of any damage, injury, expense or liability caused by such Default, without prejudice to any other remedy provided herein or provided by law. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall pay Landlord on demand the amount that will restore the Security Deposit to the amount set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of any law, now or hereafter in force, which provide that Landlord may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of Rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the act or omission of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent or invitee of Tenant. Upon bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for periods prior to the filing of such proceedings. Upon any such use of all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall, within 5 days after demand from Landlord, restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Tenant shall fully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the provisions of this Lease), shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within 90 days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

If Landlord transfers its interest in the Project or this Lease, Landlord shall either (a) transfer any Security Deposit then held by Landlord to a person or entity assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Section 6, or (b) return to Tenant any Security Deposit then held by Landlord and remaining after the deductions permitted herein. Upon such transfer to such transferee or the return of the Security Deposit to Tenant, Landlord shall have no further obligation with respect to the Security Deposit, and Tenant’s right to the return of the Security Deposit shall apply solely against Landlord’s transferee. The Security Deposit is not an advance rental deposit or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of Tenant’s default. Landlord’s obligation respecting the Security Deposit is that of a debtor, not a trustee, and no interest shall accrue thereon.

 

7.                                      Use. The Premises shall be used solely for the Permitted Use set forth in the Basic Lease Provisions, and in compliance with all laws, orders, judgments, ordinances, regulations, codes, directives, permits, licenses, covenants and restrictions now or hereafter applicable to the Premises, and to the use and occupancy thereof, including, without limitation, the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq. (together with the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, “ADA”) (collectively, “Legal Requirements” and each, a “Legal Requirement”). Tenant shall, upon 5 days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is declared by any Governmental Authority (as defined in Section 9) having jurisdiction to be a violation of a Legal Requirement. Tenant will not use or permit the Premises to be used for any purpose or in any manner that would void Tenant’s or Landlord’s insurance, increase the insurance risk, or cause the disallowance of any sprinkler or other credits. Tenant shall not permit any part of the Premises to be used as a “place of public accommodation”, as defined in the ADA or any similar legal requirement. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord promptly upon demand for any additional premium charged for any such insurance policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section or otherwise caused by Tenant’s use and/or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant will use the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and will not commit or permit waste, overload the floor or structure of the Premises, subject the Premises to use that would damage the Premises or obstruct or interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants or occupants of the Project, including conducting or giving notice of any auction, liquidation, or going out of business sale on the Premises, or using or allowing the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose. Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations from the Premises from extending into Common Areas, or other space in the Project. Tenant shall not place any machinery or equipment weighing 500 pounds or more in or upon the Premises or

 

7


 

transport or move such items through the Common Areas of the Project or in the Project elevators without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Except as may be provided under the Work Letter, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use the Premises in any manner which will require ventilation, air exchange, heating, gas, steam, electricity or water beyond the existing capacity of the Project as proportionately allocated to the Premises based upon Tenant’s Share as usually furnished for the Permitted Use.

 

Landlord shall, as an Operating Expense (to the extent such Legal Requirement is generally applicable to similar buildings in the area in which the Project is located) or at Tenant’s expenses (to the extent such Legal Requirement is applicable solely by reason of Tenant’s, as compared to other tenants of the Project, particular use of the Premises) make any alterations or modifications to the Common Areas or the exterior of the Project that are required by Legal Requirements, including the ADA. Tenant, at its sole expense, shall make any alterations or modifications to the interior of the Premises that are required by Legal Requirements (including, without limitation, compliance of the Premises with the ADA. Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for any and all demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages or judgments, and all reasonable expenses incurred in investigating or resisting the same (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements and costs of suit) (collectively, “Claims”) arising out of or in connection with Legal Requirements, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, hold and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of or in connection with any failure of the Premises to comply with any Legal Requirement.

 

8.                                      Holding Over. If, with Landlord’s express written consent, Tenant retains possession of the Premises after the termination of the Term, (i) unless otherwise agreed in such written consent, such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (including, without limitation, the adjustment of Base Rent pursuant to Section 4 hereof) shall remain in full force and effect (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) during such holdover period, (iii) Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent in the amount payable upon the date of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or such other amount as Landlord may indicate, in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, in such written consent, and (iv) all other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease. If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without the express written consent of Landlord, (A) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon the terms of this Lease except that the monthly rental shall be equal to 150% of Rent in effect during the last 30 days of the Term, and (B) Tenant shall be responsible for all damages suffered by Landlord resulting from or occasioned by Tenant’s holding over, including consequential damages. No holding over by Tenant, whether with or without consent of Landlord, shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided, and this Section 8 shall not be construed as consent for Tenant to retain possession of the Premises. Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease shall not result in a renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

 

9.                                      Taxes. Landlord shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, all taxes, levies, fees, assessments and governmental charges of any kind, existing as of the Commencement Date or thereafter enacted (collectively referred to as “Taxes”), imposed by any federal, state, regional, municipal, local or other governmental authority or agency, including, without limitation, quasi-public agencies (collectively, “Governmental Authority”) during the Term, including, without limitation, all Taxes: (i) imposed on or measured by or based, in whole or in part, on rent payable to (or gross receipts received by) Landlord under this Lease and/or from the rental by Landlord of the Project or any portion thereof, or (ii) based on the square footage, assessed value or other measure or evaluation of any kind of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) assessed or imposed by or on the operation or maintenance of any portion of the Premises or the Project, including parking, or (iv) assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Legal Requirements, or interpretations thereof, promulgated by, any Governmental Authority, or (v) imposed as a license or other fee, charge, tax or assessment on Landlord’s business or occupation of leasing space in the Project. Landlord may contest by appropriate legal proceedings the amount, validity, or application of any Taxes or liens securing Taxes. Taxes shall not include any net income taxes imposed on Landlord except to the extent such net income taxes are in substitution for any

 

8



 

Taxes payable hereunder nor franchise, conveyance or excise taxes. If any such Tax is levied or assessed directly against Tenant, then Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay the same at such times and in such manner as the taxing authority shall require. Operating Expenses hereunder shall also include the cost of tax monitoring services provided to Landlord with respect to the Project. Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, any and all Taxes levied or assessed against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in the Premises, whether levied or assessed against Landlord or Tenant. If any Taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property, or if the assessed valuation of the Project is increased by a value attributable to improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, higher than the base valuation on which Landlord from time-to-time allocates Taxes to all tenants in the Project, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such Taxes. Landlord’s determination of any excess assessed valuation shall be binding and conclusive, absent manifest error. The amount of any such payment by Landlord shall constitute Additional Rent due from Tenant to Landlord immediately upon demand. If Landlord shall receive any refund of Taxes for which Tenant has made payments during the Term, then out of any balance remaining after deducting Landlord’s expenses incurred in obtaining such refund, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s option, either (i) credit the excess amount reasonably allocable to payments of Taxes theretofore made by Tenant to the next succeeding installments of estimated Taxes or (ii) pay such excess to Tenant within 30 days after delivery of the Annual Statement, except that after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or if Tenant is delinquent in its obligation to pay Rent, Landlord shall pay such excess to Tenant after deducting all other amounts due Landlord. Nothing contained in this Lease shall obligate Landlord to seek a refund or abatement of Taxes.

 

10.                               Parking.

 

(a)                                 Subject to all matters of record, Force Majeure, a Taking (as defined in Section 19 below) and the exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, in common with other tenants of the Project pro rata in accordance with the rentable area of the Premises and the rentable areas of the Project occupied by such other tenants, to park in those areas designated for non-reserved parking, subject in each case to Landlord’s rules and regulations. Landlord may allocate parking spaces among Tenant and other tenants in the Project pro rata as described above if Landlord determines that such parking facilities are becoming crowded Landlord shall not be responsible for enforcing Tenant’s parking rights against any third parties, including other tenants of the Project.

 

(b)                                 Landlord, as an Operating Expense, operates a commuter shuttle service to and from the Harvard Square transit station during morning and evening commuter hours on business days (holidays excluded). Such service shall be provided for a minimum period of 6 months after the Commencement Date. Landlord shall have the right to undertake a survey of the tenants in the Project, including Tenant, to determine if the shuttle service should be continued beyond such 6 month period. Each tenant shall be free to “opt in” or “opt out” of such shuttle service by their response to such survey. If tenants representing 30% or more of the leased area of the Project desire to continue such shuttle service, Landlord shall continue to provide such shuttle service as an Operating Expense. If not, Landlord shall have the right, on 30 days notice to Tenant, to discontinue such services. In such event, the tenants “opting in” to the shuttle service shall thereafter pay for such service on a pro rata basis with the other “opt in” tenants. Neither Landlord nor any “opt out” tenant shall be required to pay for such service.

 

11.                               Utilities, Services. Landlord shall provide, subject to the terms of this Section 11, water, electricity, heat, light, power, telephone, sewer, and other utilities (including gas and fire sprinklers to the extent the Project is plumbed for such services), refuse and trash collection and janitorial services (collectively, “Utilities”). Landlord shall pay, as Operating Expenses or subject to Tenant’s reimbursement obligation, for all Utilities used on the Premises, all maintenance charges for Utilities, and any storm sewer charges or other similar charges for Utilities imposed by any Governmental Authority or Utility provider, and any taxes, penalties, surcharges or similar charges thereon. Landlord may cause, at Landlord’s expense, any Utilities to be separately metered or charged directly to Tenant by the provider. Tenant shall pay directly to the Utility provider, prior to delinquency, any separately metered Utilities and

 

9



 

services which may be furnished to Tenant or the Premises during the Term. Tenant shall pay, as part of Operating Expenses, its share of all charges for jointly metered Utilities based upon consumption, as reasonably determined by Landlord provided, however, that, upon request, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a description, in reasonable detail, of the overall cost of such utilities and the manner in which Tenant’s share was calculated. No interruption or failure of Utilities, from any cause whatsoever, shall result in eviction or constructive eviction of Tenant, termination of this Lease or the abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees to limit use of water and sewer with respect to Common Areas to normal restroom use.

 

Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the stated capacity of the emergency generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operational at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other party for any damages of any type, whether actual or consequential, suffered by Tenant or any such other person in the event that any emergency generator or back-up power or any replacement thereof fails or does not provide sufficient power.

 

12.                               Alterations and Tenant’s Property. Any alterations, additions, or improvements made to the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant, including additional locks or bolts of any kind or nature upon any doors or windows in the Premises, but excluding installation, removal or realignment of furniture systems (other than removal of furniture systems owned or paid for by Landlord) not involving any modifications to the structure or connections (other then by ordinary plugs or jacks) to Building Systems (as defined in Section 13) (“Alterations”) shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written consent, which may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion if any such Alteration affects the structure or Building Systems, but which shall otherwise not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Landlord approves any Alterations, Landlord may impose such conditions on Tenant in connection with the commencement, performance and completion of such Alterations as Landlord may deem appropriate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion. Any request for approval shall be in writing, delivered not less than 15 business days in advance of any proposed construction, and accompanied by plans, specifications, bid proposals, work contracts and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the alterations as may be reasonably requested by Landlord, including the identities and mailing addresses of all persons performing work or supplying materials. Landlord’s right to review plans and specifications and to monitor construction shall be solely for its own benefit, and Landlord shall have no duty to ensure that such plans and specifications or construction comply with applicable Legal Requirements. Tenant shall cause, at its sole cost and expense, all Alterations to comply with insurance requirements and with Legal Requirements and shall implement at its sole cost and expense any alteration or modification required by Legal Requirements as a result of any Alterations. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand, the amounts equal to Landlord’s out-of-pocket costs in connection with any Alteration to cover Landlord’s expenses for plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision; provided, however, that no such expenses shall be charged for any work performed by Tenant prior to the Commencement Date; and provided further that the foregoing shall in no way limit payments payable pursuant to the Work Letter. Before Tenant begins any Alteration, Landlord may post on and about the Premises notices of non-responsibility pursuant to applicable law. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for, and indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from, any expense incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, delays caused by such work, or inadequate cleanup.

 

Tenant shall furnish security or make other arrangements satisfactory to Landlord to assure payment for the completion of all Alterations work free and clear of liens, and shall provide (and cause

 

10



 

each contractor or subcontractor to provide) certificates of insurance for workers’ compensation and other coverage in amounts and from an insurance company satisfactory to Landlord protecting Landlord against liability for personal injury or property damage during construction. Upon completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and subcontractors who did the work and final lien waivers from all such contractors and subcontractors; and (ii) “as built” plans for any such Alteration.

 

Other than (i) the items, if any, listed on Exhibit F attached hereto, (ii) any items agreed by Landlord in writing to be included on Exhibit F in the future, and (iii) any trade fixtures, machinery, equipment and other personal property not paid for out of the Tl Fund (as defined in the Work Letter) which may be removed without material damage to the Premises, which damage shall be repaired (including capping or terminating utility hook-ups behind walls) by Tenant during the Term (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”), all property of any kind paid for with the Tl Fund, all Alterations, real property fixtures, built-in machinery and equipment, built-in casework and cabinets and other similar additions and improvements built into the Premises so as to become an integral part of the Premises such as fume hoods which penetrate the roof or plenum area, built-in cold rooms, built-in warm rooms, walk-in cold rooms, walk-in warm rooms, deionized water systems, glass washing equipment, autoclaves, chillers, built-in plumbing, electrical and mechanical equipment and systems, and any power generator and transfer switch (collectively, “Installations”) shall be and shall remain the property of Landlord during the Term and following the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, shall not be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof in accordance with Section 28 following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease; provided, however, that Landlord shall, at the time its approval of such Installation is requested notify Tenant if it has elected to cause Tenant to remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Landlord so elects, Tenant shall remove such Installation upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and restore any damage caused by or occasioned as a result of such removal, including, when removing any of Tenant’s Property which was plumbed, wired or otherwise connected to any of the Building Systems, capping off all such connections behind the walls of the Premises and repairing any holes. During any such restoration period, Tenant shall pay Rent to Landlord as provided herein as if said space were otherwise occupied by Tenant.

 

13.                               Landlord’s Repairs. Landlord, as an Operating Expense, shall maintain all of the structural, exterior, parking and other Common Areas of the Project, including HVAC, plumbing, fire sprinklers, elevators and all other building systems serving the Premises and other portions of the Project (“Building Systems”), in good repair, reasonable wear and tear and uninsured losses and damages caused by Tenant, or by any of Tenant’s agents, servants, employees, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) excluded. Losses and damages caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party shall be repaired by Landlord, to the extent not covered by insurance, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord reserves the right to stop Building Systems services when necessary (i) by reason of accident or emergency, or (ii) for planned repairs, alterations or improvements, which are, in the judgment of Landlord, desirable or necessary to be made, until said repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed. Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply Building Systems services during any such period of interruption; provided, however, that Landlord shall, except in case of emergency, make a commercially reasonable effort to give Tenant 24 hours advance notice of any planned stoppage of Building Systems services for routine maintenance, repairs, alterations or improvements and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to restore any such service as soon as is reasonably practical. Tenant shall promptly give Landlord written notice of any repair required by Landlord pursuant to this Section, after which Landlord shall have a reasonable opportunity to effect such repair. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant’s written notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance. Tenant waives its rights under any state or local law to terminate this Lease or to make such repairs at Landlord’s expense and agrees that the parties’ respective rights with respect to such matters shall be solely as set forth herein. Repairs required as the result of fire, earthquake, flood, vandalism, war, or similar cause of damage or destruction shall be controlled by Section 18.

 

11



 

14.                               Tenant’s Repairs. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Tenant, at its expense, shall repair, replace and maintain in as good condition as they were in on the Commencement Date, damage by fire and other casualty excepted, all portions of the Premises, including, without limitation, entries, doors, ceilings, interior windows, interior walls, and the interior side of demising walls. Such repair and replacement may include capital expenditures and repairs whose benefit may extend beyond the Term. Should Tenant fail to make any such repair or replacement or fail to maintain the Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant notice of such failure. If Tenant fails to commence cure of such failure within 10 days of Landlord’s notice, and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, Landlord may perform such work and shall be reimbursed by Tenant within 10 days after demand therefor; provided, however, that if such failure by Tenant creates or could create an emergency, Landlord may immediately commence cure of such failure and shall thereafter be entitled to recover the costs of such cure from Tenant. Subject to Sections 17 and 18, Tenant shall bear the full uninsured cost of any repair or replacement to any part of the Project that results from damage caused by Tenant or any Tenant Party and any repair that benefits only the Premises (or if Landlord has failed to carry the insurance required by Section 17, the amount that would have constituted such uninsured cost had Landlord carried such required insurance).

 

15.                               Mechanic’s Liens. Tenant shall discharge, by bond or otherwise, any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or against the Project for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant within 10 days after the filing thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and shall otherwise keep the Premises and the Project free from any liens arising out of work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Should Tenant fail to discharge any lien described herein, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay such claim or post a bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title to the Project and the cost thereof shall be immediately due from Tenant as Additional Rent. If Tenant shall lease or finance the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings, or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement filed as a matter of public record by any lessor or creditor of Tenant will upon its face or by exhibit thereto indicate that such Financing Statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Project be furnished on the statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property, located in an identified suite held by Tenant.

 

16.                               Indemnification. Tenant hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend, save and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims for injury or death to persons or damage to property occurring within or about the Premises, arising directly or indirectly out use or occupancy of the Premises or a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, unless caused solely by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant assumes all risk of damage to, personal property (including, without limitation, loss of records kept within the Premises). Tenant further hereby irrevocably waives any and all Claims for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property (including, without limitation, any loss of records), unless caused by the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any tenant in the Project or of any other third party.

 

17.                               Insurance. Landlord shall maintain all risk property and, if applicable, sprinkler damage insurance covering the full replacement cost of the Project or such lesser coverage amount as Landlord may elect provided such coverage amount is not less than 90% of such full replacement cost. Landlord shall further procure and maintain commercial general liability insurance with a single loss limit of not less than $2,000,000 for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Project. Landlord may, but is not obligated to, maintain such other insurance and additional coverages as it may deem necessary, including, but not limited to, flood, environmental hazard and earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, errors and omissions, rental loss during the period of repair or rebuilding, workers’ compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services and insurance for any improvements installed by Tenant or which are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord without regard to whether or not such are made a part of the Project. All such insurance shall be included as part of the Operating Expenses. The Project may be included in a

 

12


 

blanket policy (in which case the cost of such insurance allocable to the Project will be determined by Landlord based upon the insurer’s cost calculations).

 

Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall maintain during the Term: all risk property insurance with business interruption and extra expense coverage, covering the full replacement cost of all property and improvements installed or placed in the Premises by Tenant at Tenant’s expense; workers’ compensation insurance with no less than the minimum limits required by law; employer’s liability insurance with such limits as required by law; and commercial general liability insurance, with a minimum limit of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury and property damage with respect to the Premises. The commercial general liability insurance policy shall name Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (collectively, “Landlord Parties”), as additional insureds; insure on an occurrence and not a claims-made basis; be issued by insurance companies which have a rating of not less than policyholder rating of A and financial category rating of at least Class X in “Best’s Insurance Guide”; shall not be cancelable for nonpayment of premium unless 30 days prior written notice shall have been given to Landlord from the insurer; contain a hostile fire endorsement and a contractual liability endorsement; and provide primary coverage to Landlord (any policy issued to Landlord providing duplicate or similar coverage shall be deemed excess over Tenant’s policies). Copies of such policies (if requested by Landlord), or certificates of insurance showing the limits of coverage required hereunder and showing Landlord as an additional insured, along with reasonable evidence of the payment of premiums for the applicable period, shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon commencement of the Term and upon each renewal of said insurance. Tenant’s policy may be a “blanket policy” with an aggregate per location endorsement which specifically provides that the amount of insurance shall not be prejudiced by other losses covered by the policy. Tenant shall, at least 5 days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates.

 

In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord as an additional insured, Tenant shall upon written request of Landlord also designate and furnish certificates so evidencing Landlord as additional insured to: (i) any lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Project or any portion thereof, (ii) the landlord under any lease wherein Landlord is tenant of the real property on which the Project is located, if the interest of Landlord is or shall become that of a tenant under a ground or other underlying lease rather than that of a fee owner, and/or (iii) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

 

The property insurance obtained by Landlord and Tenant shall include a waiver of subrogation by the insurers and all rights based upon an assignment from its insured, against Landlord or Tenant, and their respective officers, directors, employees, managers, agents, invitees and contractors (“Related Parties”), in connection with any loss or damage thereby insured against. Neither party nor its respective Related Parties shall be liable to the other for loss or damage caused by any risk insured against under property insurance required to be maintained hereunder, and each party waives any claims against the other party, and its respective Related Parties, for such loss or damage. The failure of a party to insure its property shall not void this waiver. Landlord and its respective Related Parties shall not be liable for, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against such parties for, business interruption and losses occasioned thereby sustained by Tenant or any person claiming through Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence in or upon the Premises or the Project from any cause whatsoever. If the foregoing waivers shall contravene any law with respect to exculpatory agreements, the liability of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other’s insurer.

 

Landlord may require insurance policy limits to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s lender and/or to bring coverage limits to levels then being generally required of new tenants within the Project; provided, however, that such increased limits shall be reasonable in light of the limits generally required by landlords of life sciences buildings in Greater Boston.

 

18.                               Restoration. If, at any time during the Term, the Project or the Premises are damaged or destroyed by a fire or other insured casualty, Landlord shall notify Tenant within 60 days after discovery of such damage as to the amount of time Landlord reasonably estimates it will take to restore the Project or the Premises, as applicable (the “Restoration Period”). If the Restoration Period is

 

13



 

estimated to exceed 9 months (the “Maximum Restoration Period”), Landlord may, in such notice, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date that is 75 days after the date of discovery of such damage or destruction; provided, however, that notwithstanding Landlord’s election to restore, Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord delivered within 5 business days of receipt of a notice from Landlord estimating a Restoration Period (i) longer that the Maximum Restoration Period, (ii) longer than 6 months and leaving less than 6 months of the Term after the expiration of the Restoration Period or (iii) longer than 2 months and leaving less than 2 months of the Term after the expiration of the Restoration Period. Unless Landlord so elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall, subject to receipt of sufficient insurance proceeds (with any deductible to be treated as a current Operating Expense), promptly restore the Premises (excluding the improvements installed by Tenant or by Landlord and paid for by Tenant), subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure events or as needed to obtain any license, clearance or other authorization of any kind required to enter into and restore the Premises issued by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release, disposal, removal or remediation of Hazardous Materials (as defined in Section 30) in, on or about the Premises (collectively referred to herein as “Hazardous Materials Clearances”); provided, however, that if repair or restoration of the Premises is not substantially complete as of the end of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect not to proceed with such repair and restoration, or Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord, delivered within 5 business days of the expiration, of the Maximum Restoration Period or, if longer, the Restoration Period, elect to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be relieved of its obligation to make such repairs or restoration and this Lease shall terminate as of the date that is 75 days after the later of: (i) discovery of such damage or destruction, or (ii) the date all required Hazardous Materials Clearances are obtained, but Landlord shall retain any Rent paid and the right to any Rent payable by Tenant prior to such election by Landlord or Tenant.

 

Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly perform, subject to delays arising from the collection of insurance proceeds, from Force Majeure (as defined in Section 34) events or to obtain Hazardous Material Clearances, all repairs or restoration not required to be done by Landlord and shall with reasonable diligence promptly re-enter the Premises and commence doing business in accordance with this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord may terminate this Lease if the Premises are damaged during the last 1 year of the Term and Landlord reasonably estimates that it will take more than 2 months to repair such damage, or if insurance proceeds are not available for such restoration. Rent shall be abated from the date all required Hazardous Material Clearances are obtained until the Premises are repaired and restored, in the proportion which the area of the Premises, if any, which is not usable by Tenant bears to the total area of the Premises, unless Landlord provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair that is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business. Such abatement shall be the sole remedy of Tenant, and except as provided in this Section 18, Tenant waives any right to terminate the Lease by reason of damage or casualty loss, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

 

The provisions of this Lease, including this Section 18, constitute an express agreement between Landlord and Tenant with respect to any and all damage to, or destruction of, all or any part of the Premises, or any other portion of the Project, and any statute or regulation which is now or may hereafter be in effect shall have no application to this Lease or any damage or destruction to all or any part of the Premises or any other portion of the Project, the parties hereto expressly agreeing that this Section 18 sets forth their entire understanding and agreement with respect to such matters.

 

19.                               Condemnation. If the whole or any material part of the Premises or the Project is taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance, or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, or by private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking” or “Taken”), and the Taking would in Landlord’s reasonable judgment either prevent or materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises or materially interfere with or impair Landlord’s ownership or operation of the Project, then upon written notice by Landlord this Lease shall terminate and Rent shall be apportioned as of said date. If part of the Premises shall be Taken, and this Lease is not terminated as provided above, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises and the Project as nearly as is commercially reasonable under the circumstances to their

 

14



 

condition prior to such partial Taking and the rentable square footage of the Building, the rentable square footage of the Premises, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and the Rent payable hereunder during the unexpired Term shall be reduced to such extent as may be fair and reasonable under the circumstances. Upon any such Taking, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire price or award from any such Taking without any payment to Tenant, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant shall have the right, to the extent that same shall not diminish Landlord’s award, to make a separate claim against the condemning authority (but not Landlord) for such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant for moving expenses and damage to Tenant’s trade fixtures, if a separate award for such items is made to Tenant. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to any provision of state law to terminate this Lease upon a partial Taking of the Premises or the Project.

 

20.                               Events of Default. Each of the following events shall be a substantial default (“Default”) by Tenant under this Lease:

 

(a)                                 Payment Defaults. Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of Rent or any other payment hereunder when due; provided, however, that Landlord will give Tenant notice and an opportunity to cure any failure to pay Rent within 3 days of any such notice not more than once in any 12-month period during the Term and Tenant agrees that such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required by law.

 

(b)                                 Insurance. Any insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall be canceled or terminated or shall expire or shall be reduced or materially changed, or Landlord shall receive a notice of nonrenewal of any such insurance and Tenant shall fail to obtain replacement insurance at least 20 days before the expiration of the current coverage.

 

(c)                                  Abandonment. Tenant shall abandon the Premises, together with Tenant’s failure to perform any other obligation under this Lease.

 

(d)                                 Improper Transfer. Tenant shall assign, sublease or otherwise transfer or attempt to transfer all or any portion of Tenant’s interest in this Lease or the Premises except as expressly permitted herein, or Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be attached, executed upon, or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within 90 days of the action.

 

(e)                                  Liens. Tenant shall fail to discharge or otherwise obtain the release of any lien placed upon the Premises in violation of this Lease within 10 days after any such lien is filed against the Premises.

 

(f)                                   Insolvency Events. Tenant or any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall: (A) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) commence any case, proceeding or other action seeking to have an order for relief entered on its behalf as a debtor or to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution or composition of it or its debts or seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or of any substantial part of its property (collectively a “Proceeding for Relief”); (C) become the subject of any Proceeding for Relief which is not dismissed within 90 days of its filing or entry; or (D) die or suffer a legal disability (if Tenant, guarantor, or surety is an individual) or be dissolved or otherwise fail to maintain its legal existence (if Tenant, guarantor or surety is a corporation, partnership or other entity).

 

(g)                                  Estoppel Certificate or Subordination Agreement. Tenant fails to execute any document required from Tenant under Sections 23 or 27 within 5 days after a second notice requesting such document.

 

(h)                                 Other Defaults. Tenant shall fail to comply with any provision of this Lease other than those specifically referred to in this Section 20, and, except as otherwise expressly provided

 

15



 

herein, such failure shall continue for a period of 10 days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant.

 

Any notice given under Section 20(h) hereof shall: (i) specify the alleged default, (ii) demand that Tenant cure such default, (iii) be in lieu of, and not in addition to, or shall be deemed to be, any notice required under any provision of applicable law, and (iv) not be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice; provided that if the nature of Tenant’s default pursuant to Section 20(h) is such that it cannot be cured by the payment of money and reasonably requires more than 10 days to cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant commences such cure within said 10 day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion; provided, however, that such cure shall be completed no later than 30 days from the date of Landlord’s notice.

 

21.                               Landlord’s Remedies.

 

(a)                                 Payment By Landlord; Interest. Upon a Default by Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving or releasing any obligation of Tenant hereunder, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest thereon, from the date such sums were paid or incurred, at the annual rate equal to 12% per annum or the highest rate permitted by law (the “Default Rate”), whichever is less, shall be payable to Landlord on demand as additional Rent. Nothing herein shall be construed to create or impose a duty on Landlord to mitigate any damages resulting from Tenant’s Default hereunder.

 

(b)                                 Late Payment Rent. Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord under any Mortgage covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within 5 days after the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum of 6% of the overdue Rent as a late charge. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Landlord will incur by reason of late payment by Tenant. In addition to the late charge, Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the Default Rate from the 5th day after the date due until paid.

 

(c)                                  Remedies. Upon and during the continuance of a Default, Landlord, at its option, without further notice or demand to Tenant, shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, at law or in equity, the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies, each and all of which shall be cumulative and nonexclusive, without any notice or demand whatsoever. No cure in whole or in part of such Default by Tenant after Landlord has taken any action beyond giving Tenant notice of such Default to pursue any remedy provided for herein (including retaining counsel to file an action or otherwise pursue any remedies) shall in any way affect Landlord’s right to pursue such remedy or any other remedy provided Landlord herein or under law or in equity, unless Landlord, in its sole discretion, elects to waive such Default.

 

(i)                                     This Lease and the Term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that whenever a Default shall have happened and be continuing, Landlord shall have the right, at its election, then or thereafter while any such Default shall continue and notwithstanding the fact that Landlord may have some other remedy hereunder or at law or in equity, to give Tenant written notice of Landlord’s intention to terminate this Lease on a date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than 5 days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date so specified, this Lease and the estate hereby granted shall expire and terminate with the same force and effect as if the date specified in such notice were the date hereinbefore fixed for the expiration of this Lease, and all right of Tenant hereunder shall expire and terminate, and Tenant shall be liable as hereinafter in this Section 21(c) provided. If any such notice is given, Landlord shall have, on such date so specified, the right of re-entry and possession of the Premises and the right to remove all persons and property therefrom and to store such property in a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk and expense, and for the account, of Tenant. Should Landlord elect to re-enter as herein provided or should Landlord take possession pursuant to legal proceedings or

 

16


 

pursuant to any notice provided for by law, Landlord may from time to time re-let the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms and at such rental or rentals and upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem advisable, with the right to make commercially reasonable alterations in and repairs to the Premises.

 

(ii)                                In the event of any termination of this Lease as in this Section 21 provided or as required or permitted by law or in equity, Tenant shall forthwith quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter, possess and repossess the same by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise, and again have, repossess and enjoy the same as if this Lease had not been made, and in any such event Tenant and no person claiming through or under Tenant by virtue of any law or an order of any court shall be entitled to possession or to remain in possession of the Premises. Landlord, at its option, notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, as and for liquidated damages, the sum of;

 

(A)                               all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder then due or accrued and unpaid: and

 

(B)                               the amount equal to the aggregate of all unpaid Base Rent and Additional Rent which would have been payable if this Lease had not been terminated prior to the end of the Term then in effect, discounted to its then present value in accordance with accepted financial practice using a rate of 5% per annum, for loss of the bargain; and

 

(C)                               all other damages and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses), if any, which Landlord shall have sustained by reason of the breach of any provision of this Lease; less

 

(D)                               the net proceeds of any re-letting actually received by Landlord and (ii) the amount of damages which Tenant proves could have been avoided had Landlord taken reasonable steps to mitigate its damages.

 

(iii)                             Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord, in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, or to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law whether such amount shall be greater or less than the excess referred to above.

 

(iv)                            Nothing in this Section 21 shall be deemed to affect the right of either party to indemnifications pursuant to this Lease.

 

(v)                               If Landlord terminates this Lease upon the occurrence of a Default, Tenant will quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord or its agents, and Landlord may, without further notice, enter upon, re-enter and repossess the Premises by summary proceedings, ejectment or otherwise. The words “enter”, “re-enter”, and “re-entry” are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

 

(vi)                            If either party shall be in default in the observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, and an action shall be brought for the enforcement thereof in which it shall be determined that such party was in default, the party in default shall pay to the other all fees, costs and other expenses which may become payable as a result thereof or in connection therewith, including attorneys’ fees and expenses.

 

(vii)                         If Tenant shall default in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant, agreement, term, provision or condition herein contained, Landlord, without thereby waiving

 

17



 

such default, may perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant (a) immediately or at any time thereafter and without notice in the case of emergency or in case such default will result in a violation of any legal or insurance requirements, or in the imposition of any lien against all or any portion of the Premises, and (b) in any other case if such default continues after any applicable cure period provided in Section 21. All reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any such performance by it for the account of Tenant and also all reasonable costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding (including any summary dispossess proceeding) brought by Landlord to enforce any obligation of Tenant under this Lease and/or right of Landlord in or to the Premises, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within 10 days after demand.

 

(viii)                      Independent of the exercise of any other remedy of Landlord hereunder or under applicable law, Landlord may conduct an environmental test of the Premises as generally described in Section 30(d), at Tenant’s expense.

 

(ix)                            In the event that Tenant is in breach or Default under this Lease, whether or not Landlord exercises its right to terminate or any other remedy, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any costs and expenses that Landlord may incur in connection with any such breach or Default, as provided in this Section 21(c). Such costs shall include legal fees and costs incurred for the negotiation of a settlement, enforcement of rights or otherwise. Tenant shall also indemnify Landlord against and hold Landlord harmless from all costs, expenses, demands and liability, including without limitation, legal fees and costs Landlord shall incur if Landlord shall become or be made a party to any claim or action instituted by Tenant against any third party, or by any third party against Tenant, or by or against any person holding any interest under or using the Premises by license of or agreement with Tenant.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Section 21, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to Landlord is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any other legal or equitable right or remedy given hereunder, or now or hereafter existing. No waiver of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to have been made unless expressly so made in writing. Landlord shall be entitled, to the extent permitted by law, to seek injunctive relief in case of the violation, or attempted or threatened violation, of any provision of this Lease, or to seek a decree compelling observance or performance of any provision of this Lease, or to seek any other legal or equitable remedy.

 

22.                               Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a)                                 General Prohibition. Without Landlord’s prior written consent subject to and on the conditions described in this Section 22, Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or by operation of law, assign this Lease or sublease the Premises or any part thereof or mortgage, pledge, or hypothecate its leasehold interest or grant any concession or license within the Premises, and any attempt to do any of the foregoing shall be void and of no effect. If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, the shares or other ownership interests thereof which are not actively traded upon a stock exchange or in the over-the-counter market, a transfer or series of transfers whereby 25% or more of the issued and outstanding shares or other ownership interests of such corporation are, or voting control is, transferred (but excepting transfers upon deaths of individual owners) from a person or persons or entity or entities which were owners thereof at time of execution of this Lease to persons or entities who were not owners of shares or other ownership interests of the corporation, partnership or limited liability company at time of execution of this Lease, shall be deemed an assignment of this Lease requiring the consent of Landlord as provided in this Section 22. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a public offering of shares or other ownership interests in Tenant nor any private financing by one or more investors who regularly invest in private biotechnology companies shall be deemed an assignment.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 22(a) to the contrary:

 

18



 

(i)                                   Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant, provided that Landlord shall have the right to approve the form of any such assignment or sublease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; and

 

(ii)                                Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease, upon 30 days prior written notice to Landlord but without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, to a corporation or other entity which is a successor-in-interest to Tenant, by way of merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization, or by the purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or the ownership interests of Tenant provided that (i) such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition or assumption, as the case may be, is for a good business purpose and not principally for the purpose of transferring the Lease, and (ii) the net worth (as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”)) of the assignee is not less than the net worth (as determined in accordance with GAAP) of Tenant as of the date of Tenant’s most current quarterly or annual financial statements, and (iii) such assignee shall agree in writing to assume all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease arising after the effective date of the assignment (assignment of this Lease pursuant to and in accordance with Sections 22(a)(i) or 22(a)(ii) shall be referred to herein as a “Permitted Assignment”).

 

(b)                                 Permitted Transfers. If Tenant desires to assign, sublease, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease or sublet the Premises other than pursuant to a Permitted Assignment, then at least 15 business days, but not more than 45 business days, before the date Tenant desires the assignment or sublease to be effective (the “Assignment Date”), Tenant shall give Landlord a notice (the “Assignment Notice”) containing such information about the proposed assignee or sublessee, including the proposed use of the Premises and any Hazardous Materials proposed to be used, stored handled, treated, generated in or released or disposed of from the Premises, the Assignment Date, any relationship between Tenant and the proposed assignee or sublessee, and all material terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or sublease, including a copy of any proposed assignment or sublease in its final form, and such other information as Landlord may deem reasonably necessary or appropriate to its consideration whether to grant its consent. Landlord may, by giving written notice to Tenant within 15 business days after receipt of the Assignment Notice: (i) grant such consent, (ii) refuse such consent, in its sole and absolute discretion, to a proposed assignment, hypothecation or other transfer of this Lease, (iii) refuse such consent, in its reasonable discretion, to a proposed subletting (provided that Landlord shall further have the right to review and approve or disapprove the proposed form of sublease prior to the effective date of any such subletting), or (iv) terminate this Lease with respect to the space described in the Assignment Notice if the space described in or affected by the Assignment Notice exceeds 50% of the rentable area of the Premises if the Assignment Notice describes a transaction affecting at least 75% of the remainder of the Term (exclusive of any options to extend) as of the Assignment Date (an “Assignment Termination”); provided, however, that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent, among other reasons, in any of the following instances: (I) the business or financial reputation of the proposed sublessee, or the business or financial reputation of any of the respective principals or officers thereof, is objectionable in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, (II) the proposed sublessee is engaged in areas of scientific research or other business concerns that are controversial, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, or its proposed use of the Premises will violate any applicable Legal Requirement, (III) the proposed sublessee is at that time an occupant of the Project or negotiating with Landlord or an affiliate thereof for the lease of other space in the Project or other property owned by Landlord or an affiliate thereof, (IV) the proposed sublessee does not have a net worth, as of the date of such sublease, at least equal to the greater of (A) the net worth of Tenant as of the date of the Lease, and (B) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to the date of such sublease, or otherwise lacks the creditworthiness to support the financial obligations it would incur under the proposed sublease in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, (V) the proposed sublessee is a governmental agency, (VI) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment the use of the Premises by the proposed sublessee would entail any alterations that would lessen the value of the leasehold improvements in the Premises, or would require increased services by Landlord, (VII) Landlord has received from any other landlord to the proposed sublessee a negative report concerning such other landlord’s experience with the proposed sublessee, (VIII) Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord has experienced previous defaults by or is in litigation with the proposed

 

19



 

sublessee, (IX) the proposed sublease will create a vacancy elsewhere in the Project or at any other property owned in whole or in part by Landlord or any of its affiliates and located in Massachusetts, or (X) the sublease is prohibited by Landlord’s lender.

 

If Landlord delivers notice of its election to exercise an Assignment Termination, Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Assignment Notice by written notice to Landlord of such election within 5 business days after Landlord’s notice electing to exercise the Assignment Termination. If Tenant withdraws such Assignment Notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Tenant does not withdraw such Assignment Notice, this Lease, and the term and estate herein granted, shall terminate as of the Assignment Date with respect to the space described in such Assignment Notice. No failure of Landlord to exercise any such option to terminate this Lease, or to deliver a timely notice in response to the Assignment Notice, shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment, sublease or other transfer. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all of Landlord’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with its consideration of any Assignment Notice.

 

(c)                                  Additional Conditions. As a condition to any such assignment or subletting, whether or not Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord may require:

 

(i)                                   that any assignee or subtenant agree, in writing at the time of such assignment or subletting, that if Landlord gives such party notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such party shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments will be received by Landlord without any liability except to credit such payment against those due under the Lease, and any such third party shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided, however, in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; and

 

(ii)                                A list of Hazardous Materials, certified by the proposed assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, which the proposed assignee or sublessee intends to use, store, handle, treat, generate in or release or dispose of from the Premises, together with copies of all documents relating to such use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials by the proposed assignee or subtenant in the Premises or on the Project, prior to the proposed assignment or subletting, including, without limitation: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); and all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks. Neither Tenant nor any such proposed assignee or subtenant is required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the such documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities.

 

(d)                                 No Release of Tenant, Sharing of Excess Rents. Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, Tenant and any guarantor or surety of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall at all times remain fully and primarily responsible and liable for the payment of Rent and for compliance with all of Tenant’s other obligations under this Lease. If the Rent due and payable by a sublessee or assignee (or a combination of the rental payable under such sublease or assignment plus any bonus or other consideration therefor or incident thereto in any form) exceeds the sum of the rental payable under this Lease, (excluding however, any Rent payable under this Section) and actual and reasonable brokerage fees, legal costs and any design or construction fees directly related to and required pursuant to the terms of any such sublease) (“Excess Rent”), then Tenant shall be bound and obligated to pay Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder 50% of such Excess Rent within 10 days following receipt thereof by Tenant. If Tenant shall sublet the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and Landlord as assignee and as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application, may collect such rent and apply it toward

 

20



 

Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; except that, until the occurrence of a Default, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

 

(e)                                  No Waiver. The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant or any assignees of this Lease or any sublessees of the Premises from obtaining the consent of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting nor shall it release Tenant or any assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under the Lease. The acceptance of Rent hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant, or condition thereof, from any other person or entity shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any subletting, assignment or other transfer of the Premises.

 

(f)                                   Prior Conduct of Proposed Transferee. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 22, if (i) the proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property, where the contamination resulted from such party’s action or use of the property in question, (ii) the proposed assignee or sublessee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority), or (iii) because of the existence of a pre-existing environmental condition in the vicinity of or underlying the Project, the risk that Landlord would be targeted as a responsible party in connection with the remediation of such pre-existing environmental condition would be materially increased or exacerbated by the proposed use of Hazardous Materials by such proposed assignee or sublessee, Landlord shall have the absolute right to refuse to consent to any assignment or subletting to any such party.

 

23.                               Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within 10 business days of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing in any form reasonably requested by a proposed lender or purchaser, (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, there are not any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (iii) setting forth such further information with respect to the status of this Lease or the Premises as may be reasonably requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the real property of which the Premises are a part. Tenant’s failure to deliver such statement within such time shall, at the option of Landlord, be conclusive upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

 

24.                               Quiet Enjoyment. So long as Tenant shall perform all of the covenants and agreements herein required to be performed by Tenant, Tenant shall, subject to the terms of this Lease, at all times during the Term, have peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Premises against any person claiming by, through or under Landlord.

 

25.                               Prorations. All prorations required or permitted to be made hereunder shall be made on the basis of a 360 day year and 30 day months.

 

26.                               Rules and Regulations. Tenant shall, at all times during the Term and any extension thereof, comply with all reasonable rules and regulations at any time or from time to time established by Landlord covering use of the Premises and the Project. The current rules and regulations are attached hereto as Exhibit E. If there is any conflict between said rules and regulations and other provisions of this Lease, the terms and provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall not have any liability or obligation for the breach of any rules or regulations by other tenants in the Project and shall not enforce such rules and regulations in a discriminatory manner.

 

21



 

27.                               Subordination. This Lease and Tenant’s interest and rights hereunder are hereby made and shall be subject and subordinate at all times to the lien of any Mortgage now existing or hereafter created on or against the Project or the Premises, and all amendments, restatements, renewals, modifications, consolidations, refinancing, assignments and extensions thereof, without the necessity of any further instrument or act on the part of Tenant; provided, however that so long as there is no Default hereunder, Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not be disturbed by the Holder of any such Mortgage. Tenant agrees, at the election of the Holder of any such Mortgage, to attorn to any such Holder. Tenant agrees upon demand to execute, acknowledge and deliver such instruments, confirming such subordination, and such instruments of attornment as shall be requested by any such Holder, provided any such instruments contain appropriate non-disturbance provisions assuring Tenant’s quiet enjoyment of the Premises as set forth in Section 24 hereof. Tenant hereby appoints Landlord attorney-in-fact for Tenant irrevocably (such power of attorney being coupled with an interest) to execute, acknowledge and deliver any such instrument and instruments for and in the name of Tenant and to cause any such instrument to be recorded. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Holder may at any time subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease, without Tenant’s consent, by notice in writing to Tenant, and thereupon this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Mortgage without regard to their respective dates of execution, delivery or recording and in that event such Holder shall have the same rights with respect to this Lease as though this Lease had been executed prior to the execution, delivery and recording of such Mortgage and had been assigned to such Holder. The term “Mortgage” whenever used in this Lease shall be deemed to include deeds of trust, security assignments and any other encumbrances, and any reference to the “Holder” of a Mortgage shall be deemed to include the beneficiary under a deed of trust.

 

28.                               Surrender. Upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of Tenant’s right of possession, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as received, subject to any Alterations or Installations required by Landlord to remain in the Premises, free of Hazardous Materials brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by any person other than a Landlord Party (collectively, “Tenant HazMat Operations”) and released of all Hazardous Materials Clearances, broom clean, ordinary wear and tear and casualty loss and condemnation covered by Sections 18 and 19 excepted. At least 3 months prior to the surrender of the Premises, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Governmental Authority) to be taken by Tenant in order to surrender the Premises (including any Installations required by Landlord to remain in the Premises) at the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, free from any residual impact from the Tenant HazMat Operations and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy (the “Surrender Plan”). Such Surrender Plan shall be accompanied by a current listing of (i) all Hazardous Materials licenses and permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to the Premises, and (ii) all Hazardous Materials used, stored, handled, treated, generated, released or disposed of from the Premises, and shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with the review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning Tenant HazMat Operations as Landlord shall reasonably request. On or before such surrender, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the effective date of such surrender or early termination of the Lease, free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for the actual out-of pocket expense incurred by Landlord for Landlord’s environmental consultant to review and approve the Surrender Plan and to visit the Premises and verify satisfactory completion of the same, which cost shall not exceed $3,500. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver such Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties.

 

If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address any residual effect of Tenant HazMat Operations in, on or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or

 

22


 

appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Project are surrendered free from any residual impact from Tenant HazMat Operations, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent, without regard to the limitation set forth in the first paragraph of this Section 28.

 

Tenant shall immediately return to Landlord all keys and/or access cards to parking, the Project, restrooms or all or any portion of the Premises furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. If any such access card or key is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, at Landlord’s election, either the cost of replacing such lost access card or key or the cost of reprogramming the access security system in which such access card was used or changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key. Any Tenant’s Property, Alterations and property not so removed by Tenant as permitted or required herein shall be deemed abandoned and may be stored, removed, and disposed of by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Tenant waives all claims against Landlord for any damages resulting from Landlord’s retention and/or disposition of such property. All obligations of Tenant hereunder not fully performed as of the termination of the Term, including the obligations of Tenant under Section 30 hereof, shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, including, without limitation, indemnity obligations, payment obligations with respect to Rent and obligations concerning the condition and repair of the Premises.

 

29.                               Waiver of Jury Trial. TENANT AND LANDLORD WAIVE ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OR TO HAVE A JURY PARTICIPATE IN RESOLVING ANY DISPUTE, WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE, BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT ARISING OUT OF THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER INSTRUMENT, DOCUMENT, OR AGREEMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO.

 

30.                               Environmental Requirements.

 

(a)                                         Prohibition/Compliance/Indemnity. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as hereinafter defined) to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises or the Project in violation of applicable Environmental Requirements (as hereinafter defined) by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If Tenant breaches the obligation stated in the preceding sentence, or if the presence of Hazardous Materials in the Premises during the Term or any holding over results in contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property or if contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property by Hazardous Materials brought into, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated in or about, or released or disposed of from, the Premises by anyone other than Landlord and Landlord’s employees, agents and contractors otherwise occurs during the Term or any holding over, Tenant hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Landlord, its officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors harmless from any and all actions (including, without limitation, remedial or enforcement actions of any kind, administrative or judicial proceedings, and orders or judgments arising out of or resulting therefrom), costs, claims, damages (including, without limitation, punitive damages and damages based upon diminution in value of the Premises or the Project, or the loss of, or restriction on, use of the Premises or any portion of the Project), expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’, consultants’ and experts’ fees, court costs and amounts paid in settlement of any claims or actions), fines, forfeitures or other civil, administrative or criminal penalties, injunctive or other relief (whether or not based upon personal injury, property damage, or contamination of, or adverse effects upon, the environment, water tables or natural resources), liabilities or losses (collectively, “Environmental Claims”) which arise during or after the Term as a result of such contamination. This indemnification of Landlord by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, treatment, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state or local Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or ground water above, on, or under the Premises. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials on the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property caused or permitted by Tenant or any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense and in accordance with applicable Environmental Requirements as are necessary to return the Premises, the Project or any adjacent property to the condition existing prior to the time of such contamination, provided that Landlord’s approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval

 

23



 

shall not unreasonably be withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Premises or the Project.

 

(b)                                         Business. Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Section 30 to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to prudent industry practices so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored according to all then applicable Environmental Requirements. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date a list identifying each type of Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises and setting forth any and all governmental approvals or permits required in connection with the presence, use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of such Hazardous Materials on or from the Premises (“Hazardous Materials List”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an updated Hazardous Materials List at least once a year and shall also deliver an updated list before any new Hazardous Material is brought onto, kept, used, stored, handled, treated, generated on, or released or disposed of from, the Premises. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and correct copies of the following documents (the “Haz Mat Documents”) relating to the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials prior to the Commencement Date, or if unavailable at that time, concurrent with the receipt from or submission to a Governmental Authority: permits; approvals; reports and correspondence; storage and management plans, notice of violations of any Legal Requirements; plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in or under the Project (provided, said installation of tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion); all closure plans or any other documents required by any and all federal, state and local Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on or under the Project for the closure of any such tanks; and a Surrender Plan (to the extent surrender in accordance with Section 28 cannot be accomplished in 3 months). Tenant is not required, however, to provide Landlord with any portion(s) of the Haz Mat Documents containing information of a proprietary nature which, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or hazardous activities. It is not the intent of this Section to provide Landlord with information which could be detrimental to Tenant’s business should such information become possessed by Tenant’s competitors.

 

(c)                                          Tenant Representation and Warranty. Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that (i) neither Tenant nor any of its legal predecessors has been required by any prior landlord, lender or Governmental Authority at any time to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property which contamination was permitted by Tenant of such predecessor or resulted from Tenant’s or such predecessor’s action or use of the property in question, and (ii) Tenant is not subject to any enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, storage, handling, treatment, generation, release or disposal of Hazardous Materials (including, without limitation, any order related to the failure to make a required reporting to any Governmental Authority). If Landlord determines that this representation and warranty was not true as of the date of this lease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

(d)                                         Testing. Landlord and Tenant shall each have the right to conduct annual tests of the Premises to determine whether any contamination of the Premises or the Project has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use. Tenant shall be required to pay the cost of such Landlord’s annual test of the Premises; provided, however, that if Tenant conducts its own tests of the Premises using third party contractors and test procedures acceptable to Landlord which tests are certified to Landlord, Landlord shall accept such tests in lieu of the annual tests to be paid for by Tenant. In addition, at any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises and the Project to determine if contamination has occurred as a result of Tenant’s use of the Premises. In connection with such testing, upon the request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such non-proprietary information concerning the use of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party. If contamination has occurred for which Tenant is liable under this Section 30, Tenant shall pay all costs to conduct such tests.

 

24



 

If no such contamination is found, Landlord shall pay the costs of such tests (which shall not constitute an Operating Expense). Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of all third party, non-confidential reports and tests of the Premises made by or on behalf of Landlord during the Term without representation or warranty and subject to a confidentiality agreement. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly and satisfactorily remediate any environmental conditions identified by such testing in accordance with all Environmental Requirements. Landlord’s receipt of or satisfaction with any environmental assessment in no way waives any rights which Landlord may have against Tenant.

 

(e)                                          Underground Tanks. If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials located on the Premises or the Project are used by Tenant or are hereafter placed on the Premises or the Project by Tenant, Tenant shall install, use, monitor, operate, maintain, upgrade and manage such storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, obtain and maintain appropriate insurance, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other actions necessary or required under applicable state and federal Legal Requirements, as such now exists or may hereafter be adopted or amended in connection with the installation, use, maintenance, management, operation, upgrading and closure of such storage tanks.

 

(f)                                           Tenant’s Obligations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 30 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease required by Tenant or Landlord to complete the removal from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials for which Tenant has obligations under this Lease (including, without limitation, the release and termination of any licenses or permits restricting the use of the Premises and the completion of the approved Surrender Plan), Tenant shall continue to pay the full Rent in accordance with this Lease for any portion of the Premises not relet by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion, which Rent shall be prorated daily.

 

(g)                                          Definitions. As used herein, the term “Environmental Requirements” means all applicable present and future statutes, regulations, ordinances, rules, codes, judgments, orders or other similar enactments of any Governmental Authority regulating or relating to health, safety, or environmental conditions on, under, or about the Premises or the Project, or the environment, including without limitation, the following: the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; and all state and local counterparts thereto, and any regulations or policies promulgated or issued thereunder. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means and includes any substance, material, waste, pollutant, or contaminant listed or defined as hazardous or toxic, or regulated by reason of its impact or potential impact on humans, animals and/or the environment under any Environmental Requirements, asbestos and petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof, natural gas liquids, liquefied natural gas, or synthetic gas usable for fuel (or mixtures of natural gas and such synthetic gas). As defined in Environmental Requirements, Tenant is and shall be deemed to be the “operator” of Tenant’s “facility” and the “owner” of all Hazardous Materials brought on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party, and the wastes, by-products, or residues generated, resulting, or produced therefrom.

 

31.                               Tenant’s Remedies/Limitation of Liability. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder unless Landlord fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder within 30 days after written notice from Tenant specifying such failure (unless such performance will, due to the nature of the obligation, require a period of time in excess of 30 days, then after such period of time as is reasonably necessary); provided, however that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation arises from an emergency condition and Tenant provides notice to Landlord (which may be telephonic if followed by written notice on the same day) describing the emergency condition in reasonable detail, then Landlord shall respond within a reasonable period after receipt of notice of such emergency condition. Upon any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any Holder of a Mortgage covering the Premises and to any landlord of any lease of property in or on which the Premises are located and Tenant shall offer such Holder and/or landlord a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Project by power of sale or a judicial action if such should prove necessary to effect a cure; provided Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices. All obligations of Landlord hereunder shall be construed as covenants, not

 

25



 

conditions; and, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease, Tenant may not terminate this Lease for breach of Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

 

All obligations of Landlord under this Lease will be binding upon Landlord only during the period of its ownership of the Premises and not thereafter. The term “Landlord” in this Lease shall mean only the owner for the time being of the Premises. Upon the transfer by such owner of its interest in the Premises, such owner shall thereupon be released and discharged from all obligations of Landlord thereafter accruing, but such obligations shall be binding during the Term upon each new owner for the duration of such owner’s ownership.

 

32.                               Inspection and Access. Subject to the following sentence, Landlord and its agents, representatives, and contractors may enter the Premises at any reasonable time to inspect the Premises and to make such repairs as may be required or permitted pursuant to this Lease and for any other business purpose. Landlord and Landlord’s representatives may enter the Premises during business hours on not less than 48 hours advance written notice (except in the case of emergencies in which case no such notice shall be required and such entry may be at any time) for the purpose of effecting any such repairs, inspecting the Premises, showing the Premises to prospective purchasers and, during the last 9 months of the Term, to prospective tenants or for any other business purpose. Landlord may erect a suitable sign on the Premises stating the Premises are available to let or that the Project is available for sale. Landlord may grant easements, make public dedications, designate Common Areas and create restrictions on or about the Premises, provided that no such easement, dedication, designation or restriction materially, adversely affects Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. At Landlord’s request, Tenant shall execute such instruments as may be necessary for such easements, dedications or restrictions. Tenant shall at all times, except in the case of emergencies, have the right to escort Landlord or its agents, representatives, contractors or guests while the same are in the Premises, provided such escort does not materially and adversely affect Landlord’s access rights hereunder.

 

33.                               Security. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts and that Landlord is not providing any security services with respect to the Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for, and Tenant waives any claim against Landlord with respect to, any loss by theft or any other damage suffered or incurred by Tenant in connection with any unauthorized entry into the Premises or any other breach of security with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the personal safety of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, contractors, guests and invitees while any such person is in, on or about the Premises and/or the Project. Tenant shall at Tenant’s cost obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts.

 

34.                               Force Majeure. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for delays in the performance of its obligations hereunder when caused by, related to, or arising out of acts of God, strikes, lockouts, or other labor disputes, embargoes, quarantines, weather, national, regional, or local disasters, calamities, or catastrophes, inability to obtain labor or materials (or reasonable substitutes therefor) at reasonable costs or failure of, or inability to obtain, utilities necessary for performance, governmental restrictions, orders, limitations, regulations, or controls, national emergencies, delay in issuance or revocation of permits, enemy or hostile governmental action, terrorism, insurrection, riots, civil disturbance or commotion, fire or other casualty, and other causes or events beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (“Force Majeure”).

 

35.                               Brokers, Entire Agreement, Amendment. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker) in connection with this transaction and that no Broker brought about this transaction other than Richards Barry Joyce & Partners and CB Richard Ellis/Whittier Partners to whom Landlord shall be responsible for a commission pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than the brokers, if any named in this Section 35, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction. This Lease constitutes the entire

 

26



 

agreement between Landlord and Tenant pertaining to the lease of the Premises and supersedes all other agreements, whether oral or written, pertaining to the lease of the Premises, and no other agreements with respect thereto shall be effective. Any amendments or modifications of this Lease shall be in writing and signed by both Landlord and Tenant, and any other attempted amendment or modification of this Lease shall be void.

 

36.                               Limitation on Landlord’s Liability. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT TO THE CONTRARY: (A) LANDLORD SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO TENANT OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR (AND TENANT AND EACH SUCH OTHER PERSON ASSUME ALL RISK OF) LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY, WHETHER ACTUAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL TO: TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION TRADE FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, INVENTORY, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, SCIENTIFIC EXPERIMENTS, [***], PRODUCT, SPECIMENS, SAMPLES, AND/OR SCIENTIFIC, BUSINESS, ACCOUNTING AND OTHER RECORDS OF EVERY KIND AND DESCRIPTION KEPT AT THE PREMISES AND ANY AND ALL INCOME DERIVED OR DERIVABLE THEREFROM; (B) THERE SHALL BE NO PERSONAL RECOURSE TO LANDLORD FOR ANY ACT OR OCCURRENCE IN, ON OR ABOUT THE PREMISES OR ARISING IN ANY WAY UNDER THIS LEASE OR ANY OTHER AGREEMENT BETWEEN LANDLORD AND TENANT WITH RESPECT TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND ANY LIABILITY OF LANDLORD HEREUNDER SHALL BE STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR ANY PROCEEDS FROM SALE OR CONDEMNATION THEREOF AND ANY INSURANCE PROCEEDS PAYABLE IN RESPECT OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST IN THE PROJECT OR IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH LOSS; AND (C) IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY PERSONAL LIABILITY BE ASSERTED AGAINST ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL LANDLORD OR ANY OF LANDLORD’S OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR CONTRACTORS BE LIABLE FOR INJURY TO TENANT’S BUSINESS OR FOR ANY LOSS OF INCOME OR PROFIT THEREFROM.

 

37.                               Severability. If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, then and in that event, it is the intention of the parties hereto that the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby. It is also the intention of the parties to this Lease that in lieu of each clause or provision of this Lease that is illegal, invalid or unenforceable, there be added, as a part of this Lease, a clause or provision as similar in effect to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable clause or provision as shall be legal, valid and enforceable.

 

38.                               Signs; Exterior Appearance. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion: (i) attach any awnings, exterior lights, decorations, balloons, flags, pennants, banners, painting or other projection to any outside wall of the Project, (ii) use any curtains, blinds, shades or screens other than Landlord’s standard window coverings, (iii) coat or otherwise sunscreen the interior or exterior of any windows, (iv) place any bottles, parcels, or other articles on the window sills, (v) place any equipment, furniture or other items of personal property on any exterior balcony, or (vi) paint, affix or exhibit on any part of the Premises or the Project any signs, notices, window or door lettering, placards, decorations, or advertising media of any type which can be viewed from the exterior of the Premises. Interior signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall be of a size, color and type acceptable to Landlord. Nothing may be placed on the exterior of corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants.

 

39.                               Right to Extend Term. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                 Extension Rights. Tenant shall have one right (an “Extension Right”) to extend the term of this Lease for 1 year (an “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as this Lease (other than Base Rent) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise each Extension

 


[***]  Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 

27


 

Right at least 9 months prior, and no earlier than 12 months prior, to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease or the expiration of any prior Extension Term.

 

Upon the commencement of any Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at the greater of (x) 95% of the Market Rate (as defined below) or (y) the Base Rent payable as of the date immediately preceding commencement of such Extension Term. As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant for laboratory/office space in Watertown, Massachusetts of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transit.

 

If, on or before the date which is 120 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, or the expiration of any prior Extension Term, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate after negotiating in good faith, Tenant may by written notice to Landlord not later than 120 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of this Lease, or the expiration of any then effective Extension Term, elect arbitration as described in Section 39(b) below. If Tenant does not elect such arbitration, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived any right to extend the Term of the Lease and all Extension Rights shall terminate.

 

(b)                                 Arbitration.

 

(i)                                     Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

 

(ii)                                  The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by the Rent Adjustment Percentage until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

 

(iii)                               An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater Boston metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater Boston metropolitan area, (ii)

 

28



 

devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

(c)                                          Rights Personal. Extension Rights are personal to Tenant and the assignee under a Permitted Assignment, and are not otherwise assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease.

 

(d)                                         Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, Extension Rights shall not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise any of the Extension Rights:

 

(i)                                     during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of this Lease; or

 

(ii)                                  if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of this Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

 

(e)                                          No Extensions. The period of time within which any Extension Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Rights.

 

(f)                                           Termination. The Extension Rights shall terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of an Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of an Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under this Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of an Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

40.                               Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Notices. All notices or other communications between the parties shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery by the addressee thereof if delivered in person, or upon actual receipt if delivered by reputable overnight guaranty courier, addressed and sent to the parties at their addresses set forth above. Landlord and Tenant may from time to time by written notice to the other designate another address for receipt of future notices.

 

(b)                                 Joint and Several Liability. If and when included within the term “Tenant,” as used in this instrument, there is more than one person or entity, each shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligations of Tenant.

 

(c)                                  Financial Information. If at any time during the Term of this Lease, Tenant is an entity other than a company the stock of which is publicly traded on a nationally recognized stock exchange, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with true and complete copies of (i) Tenant’s most recent audited annual financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (ii) Tenant’s most recent unaudited quarterly financial statements within 60 days of the end of each of Tenant’s first three fiscal quarters of each of Tenant’s fiscal years during the Term, (iii) at Landlord’s request from time to time (but not more than once in any 12 month period), updated business plans, including cash flow projections and/or pro forma balance sheets and income statements, and (iv) at Landlord’s request from time to time, any other financial information or summaries that Tenant typically provides to its lenders or shareholders. All of the foregoing information shall be treated by Landlord as confidential information belonging to Tenant.

 

29



 

(d)                                 Recordation. Neither this Lease nor a memorandum of lease shall be filed by or on behalf of Tenant in any public record. Landlord may prepare and file, and upon request by Landlord Tenant will execute, a memorandum of lease.

 

(e)                                  Interpretation. The normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Lease or any exhibits or amendments hereto. Words of any gender used in this Lease shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, unless the context otherwise requires. The captions inserted in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or otherwise describe the scope or intent of this Lease, or any provision hereof, or in any way affect the interpretation of this Lease.

 

(f)                                   Not Binding Until Executed. The submission by Landlord to Tenant of this Lease shall have no binding force or effect, shall not constitute an option for the leasing of the Premises, nor confer any right or impose any obligations upon either party until execution of this Lease by both parties.

 

(g)                                  Limitations on Interest. It is expressly the intent of Landlord and Tenant at all times to comply with applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of any interest payable on or in connection with this Lease. If applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any interest called for under this Lease, or contracted for, charged, taken, reserved, or received with respect to this Lease, then it is Landlord’s and Tenant’s express intent that all excess amounts theretofore collected by Landlord be credited on the applicable obligation (or, if the obligation has been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Tenant), and the provisions of this Lease immediately shall be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder.

 

(h)                                 Choice of Law. Construction and interpretation of this Lease shall be governed by the internal laws of the state in which the Premises are located, excluding any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

(i)                                     Time. Time is of the essence as to the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

 

(j)                                    OFAC. Tenant, and all beneficial owners of Tenant, are currently (a) in compliance with, and shall at all times during the Term of this Lease remain in compliance with, the regulations of the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury and any statute, executive order, or regulation relating thereto (collectively, the “OFAC Rules”), (b) not listed on, and shall not during the Term of this Lease be listed on, the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list maintained by OFAC or other governmental authority pursuant to any authorizing statute, executive order, or regulation, and (c) not a person or entity with whom a U.S. person is prohibited from conducting business under the OFAC Rules.

 

(k)                                 Incorporation by Reference. All exhibits and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated into this Lease and made a part hereof. If there is any conflict between such exhibits or addenda and the terms of this Lease, such exhibits or addenda shall control.

 

(i)                                     Hazardous Activities. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Landlord, for itself and its employees, agents and contractors, reserves the right to refuse to perform any repairs or services in any portion of the Premises which, pursuant to Tenant’s routine safety guidelines, practices or custom or prudent industry practices, require any form of protective clothing or equipment other than safety glasses. In any such case, Tenant shall contract with parties who are acceptable to Landlord, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, for all such repairs and services, and Landlord shall, to the extent required, equitably adjust Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in respect of such repairs or services to reflect that Landlord is not providing such repairs or services to Tenant.

 

30


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Bratzler

 

 

Its:

President

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership, managing
member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP., a Maryland
corporation, general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gary Dean

 

 

 

 

Name:

Gary Dean

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP - RE Legal Affair

 

31



 

Description of Premises

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT A TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

 

1


 

 

Description of Project

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT B TO LEASE

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

 

Legal Description of 480 Arsenal Street

 

The Land in Watertown, Middlesex County, Massachusetts located on Arsenal Street, Cypress Street, Quimby Street and Laurel Street, consisting of the following:

 

Beginning at a point on the southerly sideline of Cypress Street in the Town of Watertown, Middlesex County, Massachusetts, said point being 224.16 feet west of the Intersection of Cypress Street with Quimby Street and being the northeast corner of the herein described parcel;

 

Thence running along the southerly sideline of Cypress Street N 88’-36’-45” E, 224.16 feet to the easterly sideline of Quimby Street;

 

Thence turning and running by the easterly sideline of Quimby Street N 01’-20’-07” W, 210.02 feet to a point of the southerly sideline of Laurel Street;

 

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 20.00 feet and length 31.40 feet to a point;

 

Thence continuing along the southerly sideline of Laurel Street N 88’-35’-52” E, 508.35 feet to a point on the easterly sideline of Melendy Avenue;

 

Thence turning and running along the easterly sideline of Lot 2, S 03’-24’-45” W, 74.28 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 371.63 feet and length 152.00 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running S 02’-02’-53” E, 270.00 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running by the Northerly line of Lot 4 S 71’-16’-06” W, 258.22 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running S 77’-33’-41” W, 150.00 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running along a curve to the left of radius 63.85 feet and length 67.42 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running S 17’-03’-32” W, 33.54 feet to a point;

 

Thence turning and running along a curve to the right of radius 1947.68 feet and length 285.68 feet to a point, by land now or formerly of the Boston & Maine Railroad Company;

 

Thence turning and running N 01’-23’-14” W, 439.51 feet by land now or formerly of United Electric Controls to the point of beginning.

 

For title reference see the deed from AMB Property, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, to ARE-480 Arsenal Street, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, dated June 19, 2001 and recorded with the Middlesex South Registry of Deeds in Book 3308B, Page 527.

 

1



 

Work Letter — Tenant Build

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT C TO LEASE

 

WORK LETTER

 

THIS WORK LETTER (this “Work Letter”) is incorporated into that certain Lease (the “Lease”) dated as of Sept. 30, 2008 by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”). Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.                                      General Requirements.

 

(a)                                 Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Lloyd Johnston and Robert Bratzler (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord.

 

(b)                                 Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Tom Andrews, Tim White and Stuart Berry (any such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant.

 

(c)                                  Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that the architect (the “Tl Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2(a) below), the general contractor and any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall be named a third party beneficiary of any contract entered into by Tenant with the Tl Architect, any consultant, any contractor or any subcontractor, and of any warranty made by any contractor or any subcontractor.

 

2.                                      Tenant Improvements.

 

(a)                                 Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature which Tenant may make to the Premises from time to time during the Term of this Lease. Other than funding the Tl Allowance (as defined below) as provided herein, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

 

(b)                                 Tenant’s Space Plans. If the Tenant Improvements which Tenant intends to make are of such a nature that plans are reasonably necessary, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “Tl Design Drawings”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Not more than 14 days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the Tl Architect with regard to the Tl Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the Tl Design Drawings to be revised to address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within 10 days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the Tl Design Drawings.

 

(c)                                  Working Drawings. Not later than 15 business days following the approval of the Tl Design Drawings by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the Tl Architect to prepare and deliver to

 

1



 

Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“Tl Construction Drawings”), which Tl Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the Tl Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the Tl Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the Tl Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than 10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the Tl Design Drawings. Tenant and the Tl Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the Tl Construction Drawings is consistent with the Tl Design Drawings, Landlord shall approve the Tl Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Tenant shall not materially modify the Tl Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the Tl Permit (as defined in Section 3(a) below).

 

(d)                                 Approval and Completion. If any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the Tl Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the Tl Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

 

(e)                                  Non-Plan Tenant Improvements. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may, from time to time during the Term of this Lease, make Tenant Improvements to the Premises for which plans and design drawings would not ordinarily be required (“Non-Plan Tenant Improvements”) including, without limitation, the making of cosmetic changes such as painting, wall papering and carpeting, and for the purchase and installation of equipment in connection with the Permitted Use. In such event, Tenant shall not be obligated to obtain any permits and approvals from anyone other than Landlord as required under the Lease, except as required by Legal Requirements. If the Non-Plan Tenant Improvement is of such a nature that it would not be commercially reasonable for Tenant to employ an architect, Tenant need not do so and all references herein to an architect shall not be applicable.

 

3.                                      Performance of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(a)                                 Commencement and Permitting of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining and delivering to Landlord a building permit (the “Tl Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the Tl Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. The cost of obtaining the Tl Permit shall be payable from the Tl Fund. Landlord shall assist Tenant in obtaining the Tl Permit. Prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant’s contractors (including the Tl Architect), and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvement evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor’s liability coverages required above.

 

(b)                                 Selection of Materials, Etc. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the Tl Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant’s reasonable discretion if the matter concerns the Tenant Improvements, and within Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion if the matter concerns the structural components of the Building or any Building system.

 

2



 

(c)                                  Tenant Liability. Tenant shall be responsible for correcting any deficiencies or defects in the Tenant Improvements.

 

(d)                                 Substantial Completion. Tenant shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the Tl Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the Tl Permit); (ii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices which are not material; or (iii) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

4.                                      Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the Tl Design Drawings, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(a)                                 Tenant’s Right to Request Changes. If Tenant shall request changes (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form or other form reasonably acceptable to Landlord (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within 10 business days thereafter, provided that Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)                                 Implementation of Changes. If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess Tl Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted. If any TI Permit modification or change is required as a result of such Change, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of such Tl Permit modification or change.

 

5.                                      Costs.

 

(a)                                 Budget For Tenant Improvements. Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or that will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of The Tenant Improvements (the “Budget”), and deliver a copy of the Budget to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Budget shall be based upon the Tl Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and shall include a payment to Landlord of administrative rent (“Administrative Rent”) equal to 2.5% of the Tl Costs (as hereinafter defined) for monitoring and inspecting the construction of the Tenant Improvements, which sum shall be payable from the Tl Fund. Such Administrative Rent shall include, without limitation, all out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees incurred by or on behalf of Landlord arising from, out of, or in connection with, such monitoring of the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and shall be payable out of the Tl Fund. If the Budget is greater than the Tl Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the difference, in cash, prior to the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, for disbursement by Landlord as described in Section 5(d).

 

(b)                                 Tl Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“Tl Allowance”) of $7.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $88,613.00 in the aggregate. Within 10 business days after receipt of notice of Landlord’s approval of the Budget, Tenant shall notify Landlord how much of the Tl Allowance Tenant has elected to receive from Landlord. Such election shall be final and binding on Tenant, and may not thereafter be modified without Landlord’s consent, which

 

3



 

may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion. The Tl Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant may perform Tenant Improvements several times during the Term of this Lease and, in connection therewith, Tenant may submit several budgets; provided, however, that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to apply to Landlord for an amount which is, in the aggregate, more the than Tl Allowance.

 

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to Base Rent) of any portion of the Tl Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the Tl Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d) or (ii) any Changes pursuant to Section 4. Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the Tl Allowance that is not disbursed before the last day of the month that is 2 years after the Commencement Date.

 

(c)                                  Costs Includable in Tl Fund. The Tl Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the Tl Design Drawings and the Tl Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, including Landlord’s Administrative Rent, and the cost of Changes (collectively, “Tl Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Tl Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not be limited to, Tenant’s voice or data cabling, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements except that Tenant may use the Tl Fund for the purchase and installation of an autoclave, glassware washing equipment and a Reverse Osmosis De-ionizer system, all of which shall, if Landlord so elects, be and remain the property of Landlord as set forth in Section 12 of the Lease.

 

(d)                                 Excess Tl Costs. Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the Tl Allowance. If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining Tl Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended Tl Allowance, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to complete the Tenant Improvements, 100% of the then current Tl Cost in excess of the remaining Tl Allowance (“Excess Tl Costs”). If Tenant fails to deposit, or is late in depositing any Excess Tl Costs with Landlord, Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including, but not limited to, the right to interest at the Default Rate and the right to assess a late charge). For purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts, those amounts will be deemed Rent under the Lease. The Tl Allowance and Excess Tl Costs is herein referred to as the “Tl Fund.” Funds deposited by Tenant shall be the first thereafter disbursed to pay Tl Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for Tl Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the Tl Allowance. If upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements and the payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the Tl Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess Tl Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

 

(e)                                  Payment for Tl Costs. During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall pay Tl Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the Tl Fund), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and first tier subcontractors who did the work and final, unconditional lien waivers from all such contractors and first tier subcontractors; (ii) as-built plans (one copy in print format and two copies in electronic CAD format) for such Tenant Improvements (or other format of as-built plans, if any, reasonably required by Landlord for Non-Plan Tenant Improvements); (iii) a certification of substantial completion in Form AIA G704 or other form reasonably approved by Landlord, (iv) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises; and (v) copies of all operation and maintenance manuals and warranties affecting the Premises, if applicable.

 

4



 

6.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

 

(b)                                 Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

(c)                                  Default. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform any work hereunder or to fund any portion of the Tl Fund during any period Tenant is in Default under the Lease.

 

5


 

Acknowledgment of Commencement Date

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT D TO LEASE

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE

 

This ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE is made as of this        day of              , 2008 between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated as of             ,         (the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree, for all purposes of the Lease, that the Commencement Date of the Base Term of the Lease is             ,           , the Rent Commencement Date is            ,             and the termination date of the Base Term of the Lease shall be midnight on                 ,           . In case of a conflict between this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date and the Lease, this Acknowledgment of Commencement Date shall control for all purposes.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF COMMENCEMENT DATE to be effective on the date first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware

 

 

corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

 

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware

 

 

limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

 

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership, managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP., a Maryland corporation,

 

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

1



 

Rules and Regulations

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT E TO LEASE

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                      The sidewalk, entries, and driveways of the Project shall not be obstructed by Tenant, or any Tenant Party, or used by them for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises.

 

2.                                      Tenant shall not place any objects, including antennas, outdoor furniture, etc., in the parking areas, landscaped areas or other areas outside of its Premises, or on the roof of the Project.

 

3.                                      Except for animals assisting the disabled, no animals shall be allowed in the offices, halls, or corridors in the Project.

 

4.                                      Tenant shall not disturb the occupants of the Project or adjoining buildings by the use of any radio or musical instrument or by the making of loud or improper noises.

 

5.                                      If Tenant desires telegraphic, telephonic or other electric connections in the Premises, Landlord or its agent will direct the electrician as to where and how the wires may be introduced; and, without such direction, no boring or cutting of wires will be permitted. Any such installation or connection shall be made at Tenant’s expense.

 

6.                                      Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or other mechanical apparatus in the Premises, except as specifically approved in the Lease. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purpose is expressly prohibited. Explosives or other articles deemed extra hazardous shall not be brought into the Project.

 

7.                                      Parking any type of recreational vehicles is specifically prohibited on or about the Project. Except for the overnight parking of operative vehicles, no vehicle of any type shall be stored in the parking areas at any time. In the event that a vehicle is disabled, it shall be removed within 48 hours. There shall be no “For Sale” or other advertising signs on or about any parked vehicle. All vehicles shall be parked in the designated parking areas in conformity with all signs and other markings. All parking will be open parking, and no reserved parking, numbering or lettering of individual spaces will be permitted except as specified by Landlord.

 

8.                                      Tenant shall maintain the Premises free from rodents, insects and other pests.

 

9.                                      Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Project any person who, in the judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of the Rules and Regulations of the Project.

 

10.                               Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by reason of Tenant’s carelessness or indifference in the preservation of good order and cleanliness. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage done to the effects of Tenant by the janitors or any other employee or person.

 

11.                               Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of any defects in the water, lawn sprinkler, sewage, gas pipes, electrical lights and fixtures, heating apparatus, or any other service equipment affecting the Premises.

 

12.                               Tenant shall not permit storage outside the Premises, including without limitation, outside storage of trucks and other vehicles, or dumping of waste or refuse or permit any harmful materials to be placed in any drainage system or sanitary system in or about the Premises.

 

1



 

13.                               All moveable trash receptacles provided by the trash disposal firm for the Premises must be kept in the trash enclosure areas, if any, provided for that purpose.

 

14.                               No auction, public or private, will be permitted on the Premises or the Project.

 

15.                               No awnings shall be placed over the windows in the Premises except with the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

16.                               The Premises shall not be used for lodging, sleeping or cooking or for any immoral or illegal purposes or for any purpose other than that specified in the Lease. No gaming devices shall be operated in the Premises.

 

17.                               Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord the maximum amount of electrical current which can safely be used in the Premises, taking into account the capacity of the electrical wiring in the Project and the Premises and the needs of other tenants, and shall not use more than such safe capacity. Landlord’s consent to the installation of electric equipment shall not relieve Tenant from the obligation not to use more electricity than such safe capacity.

 

18.                               Tenant assumes full responsibility for protecting the Premises from theft, robbery and pilferage.

 

19.                               Tenant shall not install or operate on the Premises any machinery or mechanical devices of a nature not directly related to Tenant’s ordinary use of the Premises and shall keep all such machinery free of vibration, noise and air waves which may be transmitted beyond the Premises.

 

2


 

Tenant’s Personal Property

480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, MA

 

EXHIBIT F TO LEASE

 

TENANT’S PERSONAL PROPERTY

 

None.

 

©All rights reserved — Alexandria Real Estate Equities 2001

CONFIDENTIAL — DO NOT COPY OR DISTRIBUTE

 

1


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment (the “Amendment”) to Lease is made as of July 12, 2011, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSC1ENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease Agreement (the “Lease”) dated as of September 30, 2008, wherein Landlord leased to Tenant certain premises consisting of approximately 12,659 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts (“Building”) as more particularly described therein.

 

B.                                    Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to amend the Lease to, among other things, extend the Base Term of the Lease through May 31, 2012.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Capitalized Terms. All initially capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Lease unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

2.                                      Term. The defined term “Base Term” in the Basic Lease Provisions on page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Base Term: Beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on May 31, 2012.”

 

3.                                      No Right to Extend Term. Section 39 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and Tenant shall have no further rights to extend the Term of the Lease.

 

4.                                      Base Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent at the rates set forth in the Lease through November 30, 2011. Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 4 of the Lease to the contrary, for the period commencing on December 1, 2011 and ending on May 31, 2012, Tenant shall pay Base Rent at the rate of $39,559.38 per month.

 

5.                                      New Lease. If Tenant has entered into a new lease agreement (“New Lease”) with Landlord or an entity controlled by any of the constituent members of Landlord or controlled by Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. (“Affiliate”) pursuant to which Tenant shall lease space of a rentable square footage greater than or equal to the rentable square footage subject to the Lease (“New Premises”), for a term and base rent acceptable to Landlord and/or Affiliate for such New Premises and, otherwise, upon terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord or Affiliate and Tenant in their respective sole discretion, this Lease shall terminate upon the date (“New Lease Commencement Date”) that Tenant commences to pay base rent under the New Lease for the New Premises. Tenant acknowledges that nothing contained herein shall obligate Landlord or Affiliate in any way to enter into the New Lease nor shall anything contained herein be construed to grant to Tenant any option or right to lease any space at another property owned by Landlord or

 

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary — Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

 

ALEXANDRIA.

 

1



 

Affiliate. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this Section 5, then Tenant shall vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord in the condition required by the terms of this Lease on or before the New Lease Commencement Date and Tenant shall have no further obligations under this Lease except for those accruing prior to the New Lease Commencement Date, including the obligation to pay Rent through the New Lease Commencement Date, and those which, pursuant to the terms of the Lease, survive the expiration or early termination of the Lease. If the New Premises includes the Premises as part of the rentable square footage, Tenant shall not be required to vacate the Premises and deliver possession thereof to Landlord.

 

6.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 This Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

(b)                                 This Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

(c)                                  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Amendment attached thereto.

 

(d)                                 Landlord and Tenant each represent and warrant that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively “Broker”), other than Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, in connection with this transaction and that no Broker, other than Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, brought about this transaction. Landlord shall be responsible for payment of a commission to Richards Barry Joyce & Partners pursuant to a separate agreement. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agree to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker, other than Richards Barry Joyce & Partners, claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this leasing transaction.

 

(e)                                  Except as amended and/or modified by this Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Amendment,

 

(Signatures on Next Page)

 

2


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Werner Cautreels

 

Name:

Werner Cautreels

 

Its:

CEO

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jackie Clem

 

 

Jackie Clem

 

 

VP Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary — Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

 

ALEXANDRIA.

 

3


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Second Amendment”) is made as of October 17, 2011, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2011 (‘‘First Amendment”) (as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 12,659 rentable square feet (“Existing Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts. The Existing Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

 

B.                                    Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to among other things, (i) extend the term of the Lease through March 31, 2017, and (ii) expand the size of the Existing Premises by adding approximately 13,711 rentable square feet of space in the Building.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Expansion Premises. In addition to the Existing Premises, commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, that certain portion of the first floor of the Building consisting of approximately 13,711 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Expansion Premises”).

 

2.                                      Delivery. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to deliver full possession of the Expansion Premises to Tenant for the construction of Tenant’s Work on or before the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date (“Delivery” or “Deliver”). If Landlord fails to timely Deliver the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and the Lease with respect to the Expansion Premises shall not be void or voidable except as provided herein. If Landlord does not Deliver the Expansion Premises within 90 days of the Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date for any reason other than Force Majeure delays, this Second Amendment may be terminated by Tenant by written notice to Landlord, and if so terminated: (a) the Increased Security Deposit Amount (as defined in Section 6 below), or any balance thereof (i.e., after deducting therefrom all amounts to which Landlord is entitled under the Lease), shall be returned to Tenant, and (b) neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any further rights, duties or obligations under this Second Amendment, except with respect to provisions which expressly survive termination of this Second Amendment. As used herein, the term “Tenant’s Work,” shall have the meaning set forth for such term in the Work Letter attached to this Second Amendment as Exhibit B. If Tenant does not elect to void this Second Amendment within 5 business days of the lapse of such 90 day period, such right to void this Second Amendment shall be waived and this Second Amendment shall remain in full force and effect.

 

The “Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be the date Landlord Delivers the Expansion Premises to Tenant. The “Target Expansion Premises Commencement Date” is October 15, 2011. The “Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be the later of (i) April 1, 2012, and (ii) the date that is 24 weeks after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver a written acknowledgment of

 

1



 

the Expansion Premises Commencement Date when the same is established in a form substantially similar to the form of the “Acknowledgement of Commencement Date” attached to the Lease as Exhibit D; provided, however, Tenant’s failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment shall not affect Landlord’s or Tenant’s rights under the Lease as amended by this Second Amendment.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree that it shall be a condition precedent (“Condition Precedent”) to Landlord’s Delivery of the Expansion Premises to Tenant that EnVivo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“EnVivo”), the current tenant of the Expansion Premises, timely surrender the Expansion Premises in accordance with the terms of the existing lease for the Expansion Premises between Landlord and EnVivo. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability whatsoever to each other relating to or arising from Landlord’s inability or failure to cause the Condition Precedent to be satisfied.

 

Landlord shall, subject to Landlord’s standard non-reliance letter, deliver to Tenant copies of the surrender reports delivered to Landlord by EnVivo with respect to the Expansion Premises pursuant to its lease within 5 business days after Landlord receives such surrender reports from EnVivo.

 

The Building Systems serving the Expansion Premises shall be in good working order as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date. Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the report prepared by Landlord’s engineer documenting as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date the condition of the Building Systems serving the Expansion Premises.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that except as expressly set forth in this Second Amendment or in the Work Letter: (i) Tenant shall accept the Expansion Premises in their condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Expansion Premises and that the Expansion Premises was in good condition at the time possession was taken.

 

Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Expansion Premises is suitable for the Permitted Use. Landlord in executing this Second Amendment does so in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties, acknowledgments and agreements contained herein.

 

3.                                      Definition of Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Premises” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Premises: That portion of the Project containing approximately 26,370 rentable square feet, comprised of (i) the “Existing Premises” consisting of approximately 12,659 rentable square feet in the Building commonly known as Suite 160, and (ii) the “Expansion Premises” consisting of approximately 13,711 rentable square feet in the Building commonly known as Suite 101, all as shown on Exhibit A.

 

As of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to include Exhibit A attached to this Second Amendment.

 

4.                                      Base Term. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Base Term” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

2



 

Base Term: A term (i) beginning, with respect to the Existing Premises, on the Commencement Date, and with respect the Expansion Premises, on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and (ii) ending, with respect to the entire Premises, on March 31, 2017.”

 

5.                                      Base Rent.

 

a.                                      Existing Premises. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises as provided for in the Lease through May 31, 2012. Thereafter, Base Rent for the Existing Premises shall be payable pursuant to the following schedule:

 

6/1/12 — 3/31/13:

 

$

38,504.46 per month

 

4/1/13 — 3/31/14:

 

$

39,659.59 per month

 

4/1/14 — 3/31/15:

 

$

40,849.38 per month

 

4/1/15 — 3/31/16:

 

$

42,074.86 per month

 

4/1/16 — 3/31/17:

 

$

43,337.10 per month

 

 

b.                                      Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date (referred to below as the “EPRCD”), Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be payable pursuant to the following schedule:

 

EPRCD — 3/31/13:

 

$

45,132.04 per month

 

4/1/13 — 3/31/14:

 

$

46,486.00 per month

 

4/1/14 — 3/31/15:

 

$

47,880.58 per month

 

4/1/15 — 3/31/16:

 

$

49,317.00 per month

 

4/1/16 — 3/31/17:

 

$

50,796.51 per month

 

 

c.                                       Base Rent Adjustments. As of the date of this Second Amendment, (i) the defined term “Rent Adjustment Percentage” on Page 1 of the Lease, and (ii) Section 4 of the Lease, are hereby deleted and of no further force or effect.

 

6.                                      Security Deposit. Commencing on the date of this Second Amendment, the defined term “Security Deposit” on page 1 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Security Deposit: $265,515.84”

 

Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery to Landlord of an executed original of this Second Amendment, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amended Letter of Credit which increases the amount of the existing Letter of Credit being held by Landlord to $265,515.84 or an additional Letter of Credit in the amount of $148,420.06 (“Increased Security Deposit Amount”).

 

7.                                      Rentable Area of the Premises. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Rentable Area of the Premises” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Rentable Area of the Premises: 26,370 sq. ft.”

 

8.                                      Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Existing Premises: 8.99%

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Expansion Premises: 9.73%”

 

3



 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (i) Tenant shall not be required to pay Operating Expenses with respect to the Expansion Premises for the period commencing on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date through December 31, 2011, and (ii) commencing January 1, 2012, through March 31, 2012 (“OPEX Reduction Period”), Tenant shall be required to pay Operating Expenses with respect to only 50% of the Expansion Premises (during which time Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Expansion Premises shall equal 4.87%). Tenant shall commence paying Operating Expenses with respect to the entire Premises on April 1, 2012. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, all of the dates set forth in this paragraph shall be extended 1 day for each day after October 15, 2011, that Landlord fails to Deliver the Expansion Premises to Tenant. Tenant shall continue paying the full amount of Operating Expenses for the Existing Premises during the OPEX Reduction Period.

 

9.                                      Right to Expand.

 

a.                                      Expansion in the Project. During the period commencing January 1, 2013, through December 31, 2013 (“Expansion Right Period”), Tenant shall have the right, but not the obligation, to expand the Premises (the “Expansion Right”) to include any Available Space in the Project upon the terms and conditions in this Section. For purposes of this Section 9(a), “Available Space” shall mean (i) that certain space in the Building known as Suite 110, consisting of approximately 15,899 rentable square feet on the first floor of the Building, and (ii) Suite 200, consisting of approximately 27,311 rentable square feet on the first and second floors of the Building, which is not occupied by a tenant or which is occupied by any then existing tenant whose lease is expiring within 6 months or less and such tenant does not wish to renew (whether or not such tenant has a right to renew) its occupancy of such space. If there is any Available Space in the Project, Landlord shall, at such time as Landlord shall elect so long as Tenant’s rights hereunder are preserved, deliver to Tenant written notice (the “Expansion Notice”) of such Available Space, together with the market terms and conditions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, on which Landlord is prepared to lease Tenant such Available Space. Tenant shall have 10 business days following delivery of the Expansion Notice to deliver to Landlord written notification of Tenant’s exercise of the Expansion Right (“Acceptance Notice”). Provided that no right to expand or extend is exercised by any tenant with superior rights, Tenant shall be entitled to lease such Expansion Space upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Expansion Notice. If Tenant fails to deliver an Acceptance Notice to Landlord within the required 10 business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights under this Section 9(a) to lease the Expansion Space pursuant to the applicable Expansion Notice, and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Expansion Space to any third party on any terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Landlord intends to subsequently offer the Available Space at a base rent rate that is less than 90% of the base rent rate reflected in the Expansion Notice, Tenant’s Expansion Right pursuant to this Section 9(a) shall be restored

 

Tenant shall have the right at any time during the Expansion Right Period to deliver a written inquiry to Landlord regarding whether the Available Space is available for lease by Tenant. If Landlord determines that the Available Space is available for lease by Tenant, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the market terms and conditions, as reasonably determined by Landlord, on which Landlord is prepared to lease the Available Space to Tenant and the terms of this Section 9(a) shall apply.

 

b.                                      Amended Lease. If: (i) Tenant fails to timely deliver a Acceptance Notice, or (ii) after the expiration of a period of 10 business days after Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a lease amendment or lease agreement for Tenant’s lease of the Expansion Space, no lease amendment or lease agreement for the Expansion Space, acceptable to both parties each in their sole and absolute discretion, has been executed, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease such Expansion Space.

 

4



 

c.                                       Exceptions. Notwithstanding the above, the Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and may not be exercised by Tenant:

 

(i)                                     during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

 

(ii)                                  if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period prior to the date on which Tenant seeks to exercise the Expansion Right.

 

d.                                      Termination. The Expansion Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Expansion Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the lease of such Available Space, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Expansion Right to the date of the commencement of the lease of the Available Space, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

e.                                       Rights Personal. Expansion Rights are personal to Tenant and are not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that they may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of the Lease.

 

f.                                        No Extensions. The period of time within which any Expansion Rights may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Expansion Rights.

 

10.                               Right to Extend. Tenant shall have the right to extend the Term of the Lease upon the following terms and conditions:

 

a.                                      Extension Rights. Tenant shall have 1 right (an “Extension Right”) to extend the term of the Lease for 3 years (an “Extension Term”) on the same terms and conditions as the Lease (other than with respect to Base Rent or any Work Letter) by giving Landlord written notice of its election to exercise the Extension Right at least 9 months prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease.

 

Upon the commencement of the Extension Term, Base Rent shall be payable at 95% of the Market Rate (as defined below). Base Rent shall thereafter be adjusted on each annual anniversary of the commencement of such Extension Term by a percentage as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant at the time the Market Rate is determined. As used herein, “Market Rate” shall mean the then market rental rate as determined by Landlord and agreed to by Tenant, for laboratory/office space in Watertown, Massachusetts of comparable age, quality, level of finish and proximity to amenities and public transit, which shall in no event be less than the average annual Base Rent payable for the Premises during the last 3 years of the Base Term pursuant to this Second Amendment.

 

If, on or before the date which is 180 days prior to the expiration of the Base Term of the Lease, Tenant has not agreed with Landlord’s determination of the Market Rate and the rent escalations during the Extension Term after negotiating in good faith, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected arbitration as described in Section 10(b). Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, if Tenant has elected to exercise the Extension Right by delivering notice to Landlord as required in this Section 10(a), Tenant shall have no right thereafter to rescind or elect not to extend the term of the Lease for the Extension Term.

 

5



 

b.                                      Arbitration.

 

(i)                                     Within 10 days of Tenant’s notice to Landlord of its election (or deemed election) to arbitrate Market Rate and escalations, each party shall deliver to the other a proposal containing the Market Rate and escalations that the submitting party believes to be correct (“Extension Proposal”). If either party fails to timely submit an Extension Proposal, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent and escalations for the Extension Term. If both parties submit Extension Proposals, then Landlord and Tenant shall meet within 7 days after delivery of the last Extension Proposal and make a good faith attempt to mutually appoint a single Arbitrator (and defined below) to determine the Market Rate and escalations. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon a single Arbitrator, then each shall, by written notice delivered to the other within 10 days after the meeting, select an Arbitrator. If either party fails to timely give notice of its selection for an Arbitrator, the other party’s submitted proposal shall determine the Base Rent for the Extension Term. The 2 Arbitrators so appointed shall, within 5 business days after their appointment, appoint a third Arbitrator. If the 2 Arbitrators so selected cannot agree on the selection of the third Arbitrator within the time above specified, then either party, on behalf of both parties, may request such appointment of such third Arbitrator by application to any state court of general jurisdiction in the jurisdiction in which the Premises are located, upon 10 days prior written notice to the other party of such intent.

 

(ii)                                  The decision of the Arbitrator(s) shall be made within 30 days after the appointment of a single Arbitrator or the third Arbitrator, as applicable. The decision of the single Arbitrator shall be final and binding upon the parties. The average of the two closest Arbitrators in a three Arbitrator panel shall be final and binding upon the parties. Each party shall pay the fees and expenses of the Arbitrator appointed by or on behalf of such party and the fees and expenses of the third Arbitrator shall be borne equally by both parties. If the Market Rate and escalations are not determined by the first day of the Extension Term, then Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent in an amount equal to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the Extension Term and increased by 3% and thereafter if applicable, increased by 3% annually, until such determination is made. After the determination of the Market Rate and escalations, the parties shall make any necessary adjustments to such payments made by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant shall then execute an amendment recognizing the Market Rate and escalations for the Extension Term.

 

(iii)                               An “Arbitrator” shall be any person appointed by or on behalf of either party or appointed pursuant to the provisions hereof and: (i) shall be (A) a member of the American Institute of Real Estate Appraisers with not less than 10 years of experience in the appraisal of improved office and high tech industrial real estate in the greater Boston metropolitan area, or (B) a licensed commercial real estate broker with not less than 15 years experience representing landlords and/or tenants in the leasing of high tech or life sciences space in the greater Boston metropolitan area, (ii) devoting substantially all of their time to professional appraisal or brokerage work, as applicable, at the time of appointment and (iii) be in all respects impartial and disinterested.

 

c.                                       Rights Personal. The Extension Right is personal to Tenant and is not assignable without Landlord’s consent, which may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion separate and apart from any consent by Landlord to an assignment of Tenant’s interest in the Lease, except that it may be assigned in connection with any Permitted Assignment of the Lease.

 

d.                                      Exceptions. Notwithstanding anything set forth above to the contrary, the Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, not be in effect and Tenant may not exercise the Extension Right:

 

(i)                                     during any period of time that Tenant is in Default under any provision of the Lease; or

 

6



 

(ii)                                  if Tenant has been in Default under any provision of the Lease 3 or more times, whether or not the Defaults are cured, during the 12 month period immediately prior to the date that Tenant intends to exercise an Extension Right, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

 

e.                                       No Extensions. The period of time within which the Extension Right may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise the Extension Right.

 

f.                                        Termination. The Extension Right shall, at Landlord’s option, terminate and be of no further force or effect even after Tenant’s due and timely exercise of the Extension Right, if, after such exercise, but prior to the commencement date of the Extension Term, (i) Tenant fails to timely cure any default by Tenant under the Lease; or (ii) Tenant has Defaulted 3 or more times during the period from the date of the exercise of the Extension Right to the date of the commencement of the Extension Term, whether or not such Defaults are cured.

 

11.                               Signage. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, Tenant shall be entitled, at Landlord’s cost and expense, to 1 additional sign on the exterior directories at the Project. Such additional sign including, without limitation, the location, size, color and type, shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be consistent with Landlord’s signage program at the Project and applicable Legal Requirements.

 

12.                               Control Areas. The following is hereby added to the Lease as new Section 30(h):

 

“(h)                           Control Areas. Tenant shall be allowed to utilize 1 control area or zone (located within the Premises) for each of the Existing Premises and the Expansion Premises, as designated by the applicable building code, for chemical use or storage.”

 

13.                               Emergency Generator. The second paragraph of Section 11 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing emergency generators or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide emergency generators with not less than the stated capacity of the generators located in the Building as of the Commencement Date, of which Tenant shall be entitled to Tenant’s Share of the capacity thereof available for use by tenants (which, as of the date of the Second Amendment, is estimated to be 2 watts per rentable square foot of the Premises), and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the emergency generators as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the emergency generators is maintaining the generators as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the emergency generators when the emergency generators are not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such emergency generators will be operations at all times or that emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed. In not event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other party for any damages of any type, whether actual or consequential, suffered by Tenant or any such other person in the event that any emergency generator or back-up power or any replacement thereof fails or does not provide sufficient power.”

 

14.                               New Lease. Section 5 of the First Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

7



 

15.                               Recordation of Memorandum of Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, upon Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall file after execution by Landlord and Tenant a memorandum of lease prepared by Tenant (and reasonably acceptable to Landlord) which memorandum shall contain only the following information and any other additional information that may be required by applicable law: (i) the names of the parties to this Lease, (ii) description of the Premises and the Project, and (iii) the Term. Concurrent with Tenant’s delivery of an executed original of this Second Amendment to Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an executed and acknowledged Termination of Notice of Lease in the form provided to Tenant by Landlord, which Termination of Notice of Lease Landlord shall have the right to record upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

 

16.                               Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Second Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction, other than CB Richard Ellis/New England and Richards Barry Joyce & Partners. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having dealt with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this transaction.

 

17.                               Miscellaneous.

 

a.                                      This Second Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Second Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

b.                                      This Second Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, their respective agents, employees, representatives, officers, directors, divisions, subsidiaries, affiliates, assigns, heirs, successors in interest and shareholders.

 

c.                                       Tenant acknowledges that it has read the provisions of this Second Amendment, understands them, and is bound by them. Time is of the essence in this Second Amendment.

 

d.                                      This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Second Amendment attached thereto.

 

e.                                       Except as amended and/or modified by this Second Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Second Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Second Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Second Amendment, all of the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Second Amendment.

 

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

8


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Second Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lloyd Johnston

 

 

Lloyd Johnston

 

 

 

Its:

SVP Pharamaceutical Research, Development and Operations

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

 

general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric S. Johnson

 

 

 

 

Eric S. Johnson

 

 

 

Its:

Vice President

 

 

Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

 

 

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary — Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

 

ALEXANDRIA.

 

9



EXHIBIT A

 

Expansion Premises

 

 

A-1


 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Work Letter

 

THIS WORK LETTER dated October 17, 2011 (this “Work Letter”), is made and entered into by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and is attached to and made a part of the Lease Agreement dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2011, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated October 17, 2011 (as amended, the “Lease”), by and between Landlord and Tenant. Any initially capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

 

1.                                      General Requirements.

 

(a)                                 Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant designates Lloyd Johnston, SVP Pharmaceutical R&D and Operations and David Siewers, CFO (either such individual acting alone, “Tenant’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Tenant pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other communication (“Communication”) from or on behalf of Tenant in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Tenant’s Representative. Tenant may change either Tenant’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Landlord.

 

(b)                                 Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord designates Joseph Maguire and Jeff McComish (either such individual acting alone, “Landlord’s Representative”) as the only persons authorized to act for Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any request, approval, inquiry or other Communication from or on behalf of Landlord in connection with this Work Letter unless such Communication is in writing from Landlord’s Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Representative at any time upon not less than 5 business days advance written notice to Tenant.

 

(c)                                  Architects, Consultants and Contractors. Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and agree that (the architect (the “TI Architect”) for the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 2(a) below), the general contractor and, any subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements, shall be selected by Tenant, subject to Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Landlord shall provide Tenant with 2 names of MEP engineers and each type of mechanical subcontractor required to do work in connection with the Tenant Improvements, and (ii) Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall choose only from among such names provided by Landlord to Tenant to select the MEP engineer and any mechanical subcontractors for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall be named a third party beneficiary of any contract entered into by Tenant with the TI Architect, any consultant, any contractor or any subcontractor, and of any warranty made by any contractor or any subcontractor.

 

2.                                      Tenant Improvements.

 

(a)                                 Tenant Improvements Defined. As used herein, “Tenant Improvements” shall mean all laboratory and office improvements to the Premises desired by Tenant of a fixed and permanent nature. Other than funding the TI Allowance (as defined below) as provided herein, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever with respect to the finishing of the Premises for Tenant’s use and occupancy.

 

(b)                                 Tenant’s Space Plans. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord schematic drawings and outline specifications (the “TI Design Drawings”) detailing Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements within 15 days of the date hereof. Not more than 10 days thereafter, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant the

 

B-1



 

written objections, questions or comments of Landlord and the TI Architect with regard to the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall cause the TI Design Drawings to be revised to address such written comments and shall resubmit said drawings to Landlord for approval within 5 days thereafter. Such process shall continue until Landlord has approved the TI Design Drawings.

 

(c)                                  Working Drawings. Not later than 15 business days following the approval of the TI Design Drawings by Landlord, Tenant shall cause the TI Architect to prepare and deliver to Landlord for review and comment construction plans, specifications and drawings for the Tenant Improvements (“TI Construction Drawings”), which TI Construction Drawings shall be prepared substantially in accordance with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant shall be solely responsible for ensuring that the TI Construction Drawings reflect Tenant’s requirements for the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver its written comments on the TI Construction Drawings to Tenant not later than 10 business days after Landlord’s receipt of the same; provided, however, that Landlord may not disapprove any matter that is consistent with the TI Design Drawings. Tenant and the TI Architect shall consider all such comments in good faith and shall, within 10 business days after receipt, notify Landlord how Tenant proposes to respond to such comments. Any disputes in connection with such comments shall be resolved in accordance with Section 2(d) hereof. Provided that the design reflected in the TI Construction Drawings is consistent with the TI Design Drawings, Landlord shall approve the TI Construction Drawings submitted by Tenant. Once approved by Landlord, subject to the provisions of Section 4 below, Tenant shall not materially modify the TI Construction Drawings except as may be reasonably required in connection with the issuance of the TI Permit (as defined in Section 3(a) below).

 

(d)                                 Approval and Completion. If any dispute regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements is not settled within 10 business days after notice of such dispute is delivered by one party to the other, Tenant may make the final decision regarding the design of the Tenant Improvements, provided (i) Tenant acts reasonably and such final decision is either consistent with or a compromise between Landlord’s and Tenant’s positions with respect to such dispute, (ii) that all costs and expenses resulting from any such decision by Tenant shall be payable out of the TI Fund (as defined in Section 5(d) below), and (iii) Tenant’s decision will not affect the base Building, structural components of the Building or any Building systems (in which case Landlord shall make the final decision). Any changes to the TI Construction Drawings following Landlord’s and Tenant’s approval of same requested by Tenant shall be processed as provided in Section 4 hereof.

 

3.                                      Performance of the Tenant Improvements.

 

(a)                                 Commencement and Permitting of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements upon obtaining and delivering to Landlord a building permit (the “TI Permit”) authorizing the construction of the Tenant Improvements consistent with the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord. The cost of obtaining the TI Permit shall be payable from the TI Fund. Landlord shall assist Tenant in obtaining the TI Permit. Prior to the commencement of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy of any contract with Tenant’s contractors (including the TI Architect), and certificates of insurance from any contractor performing any part of the Tenant Improvement evidencing industry standard commercial general liability, automotive liability, “builder’s risk”, and workers’ compensation insurance. Tenant shall cause the general contractor to provide a certificate of insurance naming Landlord, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc., and Landlord’s lender (if any) as additional insureds for the general contractor’s liability coverages required above.

 

(b)                                 Selection of Materials, Etc. Where more than one type of material or structure is indicated on the TI Construction Drawings approved by Tenant and Landlord, the option will be within Tenant’s reasonable discretion if the matter concerns the Tenant Improvements, and within Landlord’s sole and absolute subjective discretion if the matter concerns the structural components of the Building or any Building system.

 

B-2



 

(c)                                  Tenant Liability. Tenant shall be responsible for correcting any deficiencies or defects in the Tenant Improvements.

 

(d)                                 Substantial Completion. Tenant shall substantially complete or cause to be substantially completed the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with the TI Permit subject, in each case, to Minor Variations and normal “punch list” items of a non-material nature which do not interfere with the use of the Premises (“Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete”). Upon Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall require the TI Architect and the general contractor to execute and deliver, for the benefit of Tenant and Landlord, a Certificate of Substantial Completion in the form of the American Institute of Architects (“AIA”) document G704. For purposes of this Work Letter, “Minor Variations” shall mean any modifications reasonably required: (i) to comply with all applicable Legal Requirements and/or to obtain or to comply with any required permit (including the TI Permit); (ii) to comport with good design, engineering, and construction practices which are not material; or (iii) to make reasonable adjustments for field deviations or conditions encountered during the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

 

4.                                      Changes. Any changes requested by Tenant to the Tenant Improvements after the delivery and approval by Landlord of the TI Design Drawings, shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 and shall be subject to the written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to obtain Landlord’s approval to a change to the Tenant Improvements desired by Tenant pursuant to this Section 4 only if the desired change (i) costs less than $7,500, (ii) does not involve any change to the MEP improvements reflected in the TI Design Drawings, and (iii) does not affect Building Systems.

 

(a)                                 Tenant’s Right to Request Changes. If Tenant shall request changes (“Changes”), Tenant shall request such Changes by notifying Landlord in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “Change Request”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any such Change. Such Change Request must be signed by Tenant’s Representative. Landlord shall review and approve or disapprove such Change Request within 5 business days thereafter, provided that Landlord’s approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)                                 Implementation of Changes. If Landlord approves such Change and Tenant deposits with Landlord any Excess TI Costs (as defined in Section 5(d) below) required in connection with such Change, Tenant may cause the approved Change to be instituted. If any TI Permit modification or change is required as a result of such Change, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with a copy of such TI Permit modification or change.

 

5.                                      Costs.

 

(a)                                 Budget For Tenant Improvements. Before the commencement of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall obtain a detailed breakdown, by trade, of the costs incurred or that will be incurred, in connection with the design and construction of The Tenant Improvements (the “Budget”), and deliver a copy of the Budget to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Budget shall be based upon the TI Construction Drawings approved by Landlord and shall include reimbursement to Landlord, up to $5,000, for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with third party review of the Tenant Improvements requiring such third party review, as reasonably determined by Landlord. If the Budget is greater than the TI Allowance, or if any Changes result in an increase to the Budget so that the TI Costs exceeds the TI Allowance, then Tenant shall directly pay, without any right to reimbursement from Landlord, any necessary funds to cover such Excess TI Costs (as defined below), and Tenant shall deliver evidence of such payment to Landlord, before any initial or further TI Allowance is utilized for the Tenant Improvements, all in accordance with Section 5(d) of this Work Letter.

 

B-3



 

(b)                                 TI Allowance. Landlord shall provide to Tenant a tenant improvement allowance (“TI Allowance”) of $27.50 per rentable square foot of the Premises, or $725,175 in the aggregate. Within 10 business days after receipt of notice of Landlord’s approval of the Budget, Tenant shall notify Landlord how much of the TI Allowance Tenant has elected to receive from Landlord. The TI Allowance shall be disbursed in accordance with this Work Letter.

 

Tenant shall have no right to the use or benefit (including any reduction to Base Rent) of any portion of the TI Allowance not required for the construction of (i) the Tenant Improvements described in the TI Construction Drawings approved pursuant to Section 2(d); or (ii) any Changes to the Tenant Improvements pursuant to Section 4; provided, however, if any TI Allowance remains following the completion of the Tenant Improvements and payment of all costs in connection therewith, Tenant shall have the right to use such remaining TI Allowance for the construction of subsequent Alterations made by Tenant to the Premises in accordance with Section 12 of the Lease. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall have no right to any portion of the TI Allowance that is not requested in writing before the last day of the month that is 24 months after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

(c)                                  Costs Includable in TI Fund. The TI Fund shall be used solely for the payment of design, permits and construction costs in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, including, without limitation, the cost of electrical power and other utilities used in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements, the cost of preparing the TI Design Drawings and the TI Construction Drawings, all costs set forth in the Budget, reimbursement of Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses pursuant to Section 5(a) above, and the cost of Changes (collectively, “TI Costs”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the TI Fund shall not be used to purchase any furniture, personal property or other non-Building system materials or equipment, including, but not be limited to, non-ducted biological safety cabinets and other scientific equipment not incorporated into the Tenant Improvements, except that Tenant shall have the right to use up to $26,370 of the TI Allowance for Tenant’s voice and data cabling.

 

(d)                                 Excess TI Costs. Landlord shall have no obligation to bear any portion of the cost of any of the Tenant Improvements except to the extent of the TI Allowance. If at any time and from time-to-time, the remaining TI Costs under the Budget exceed the remaining unexpended TI Allowance (such excess, the “Excess TI Costs”), Tenant shall either (i) directly pay, without any right to reimbursement from Landlord, any necessary funds to cover such Excess TI Costs, and Tenant shall deliver evidence of such payment to Landlord, before any initial or further TI Allowance is utilized for the Tenant Improvements, or (ii) deposit with Landlord, as a condition precedent to Landlord’s obligation to fund the initial or further TI Allowance, 100% of the then current Excess TI Costs. If Tenant fails to pay such Excess TI Costs or deposit such Excess TI Costs with Landlord, such failure shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default under the Lease; provided, however, that no interest or late charge may be assessed in connection therewith. The TI Allowance and Excess TI Costs are herein referred to as the “TI Fund.” Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 5(d), Tenant shall be fully and solely liable for TI Costs and the cost of Minor Variations in excess of the TI Allowance. If Tenant paid directly for Excess Costs pursuant to subsection (i) above and, upon completion of the Tenant Improvements and payment of all sums due in connection therewith, any portion of the TI Allowance remains unexpended, Tenant shall be entitled to reimbursement by Landlord of such Excess Costs directly paid by Tenant up to the amount of the remaining TI Allowance solely to the extent such Excess Costs were actually paid by Tenant. If Tenant has deposited the Excess TI Costs with Landlord pursuant to subsection (ii) above, if upon completion of the Tenant Improvements and payment of all sums due in connection therewith there remains any undisbursed portion of the TI Fund, Tenant shall be entitled to such undisbursed TI Fund solely to the extent of any Excess TI Costs deposit Tenant has actually made with Landlord.

 

(e)                                  Payment for TI Costs. During the course of design and construction of the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for TI Costs once a month against a draw request in Landlord’s standard form, containing evidence of payment of such TI Costs by Tenant and such certifications, lien waivers (including a conditional lien release for each progress payment and

 

B-4



 

unconditional lien releases for the prior month’s progress payments), inspection reports and other matters as Landlord customarily obtains, to the extent of Landlord’s approval thereof for payment, no later than 30 days following receipt of such draw request. Upon completion of the Tenant Improvements (and prior to any final disbursement of the TI Fund), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord: (i) sworn statements setting forth the names of all contractors and first tier subcontractors who did the work and final, unconditional lien waivers from all such contractors and first tier subcontractors; (ii) as-built plans (one copy in print format and two copies in electronic CAD format) for such Tenant Improvements; (iii) a certification of substantial completion in Form AIA G704, (iv) a certificate of occupancy for the Premises; and (v) copies of all operation and maintenance manuals and warranties affecting the Premises.

 

6.                                      Miscellaneous.

 

(a)                                 Consents. Whenever consent or approval of either party is required under this Work Letter, that party shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth herein to the contrary.

 

7.                                      Modification. No modification, waiver or amendment of this Work Letter or of any of its conditions or provisions shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

B-5


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE (this “Third Amendment”) is made as of April 6, 2015, by and between ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease Agreement dated as of September 30, 2008, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Lease dated as of July 12, 2011, and as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Lease dated as of October 17, 2011 (the “Second Amendment”)(as amended, the “Lease”). Pursuant to the Lease, Tenant leases certain premises consisting of approximately 26,370 rentable square feet (“Current Premises”) in a building located at 480 Arsenal Street, Watertown, Massachusetts. The Current Premises are more particularly described in the Lease. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings defined for such terms in the Lease.

 

B.                                    Landlord and Tenant desire, subject to the terms and conditions set forth below, to among other things, (i) reflect the surrender of that portion of the Current Premises consisting of approximately 13,711 rentable square feet, as shown on Exhibit B attached to this Third Amendment (the “Surrender Premises”) as of March 31, 2015 (the “Surrender Date”), and (ii) expand the size of the Current Premises by adding approximately 15,174 rentable square feet of space in the Building, as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment (the “Third Amendment Expansion Premises”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing Recitals, which are incorporated herein by this reference, the mutual promises and conditions contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                      Surrender of the Surrender Premises. The Lease with respect to the Surrender Premises shall terminate as provided for in the Lease on the Surrender Date. Tenant shall voluntarily surrender the Surrender Premises on such date in the condition which Tenant is required to surrender the Premises as of the expiration of the Lease. Tenant agrees to reasonably cooperate with Landlord in all matters, as applicable, relating to (i) surrendering the Premises in accordance with the surrender requirements and in the condition required pursuant to the Lease, and (ii) all other matters related to restoring the Premises to the condition required under the Lease. From and after the Surrender Date, Tenant shall have no further rights or obligations of any kind with respect to the Surrender Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, those provisions of the Lease which, by their terms, survive the termination of the Lease shall survive the surrender of the Surrender Premises and termination of the Lease with respect to the Surrender Premises as provided for herein. Nothing herein shall excuse Tenant from its obligations under the Lease with respect to the Surrender Premises prior to the Surrender Date.

 

2.                                      Third Amendment Expansion Premises. In addition to the Current Premises (not including the Surrender Premises), commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined below), Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant leases from Landlord, the Third Amendment Expansion Premises.

 

3.                                      Delivery. The “Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date” shall be April 1, 2015. The “Third Amendment Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date” shall be October 1, 2015. Landlord shall deliver the Third Amendment Expansion Premises to Tenant in “broom clean” condition and free of personal property on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date. The Building Systems serving the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall be in good working order as of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

1



 

Landlord shall, subject to Landlord’s standard non-reliance letter, deliver to Tenant copies of the surrender reports delivered to Landlord by the prior occupant of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises pursuant to its lease within 5 business days after Landlord receives such surrender reports.

 

Except as otherwise set forth in this Third Amendment: (i) Tenant shall accept the Third Amendment Expansion Premises in their “as-is” condition as of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, subject to all applicable Legal Requirements; (ii) Landlord shall have no obligation for any defects in the Third Amendment Expansion Premises; and (iii) Tenant’s taking possession of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises shall be conclusive evidence that Tenant accepts the Third Amendment Expansion Premises and that the Third Amendment Expansion Premises were in good condition as of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Third Amendment, Tenant agrees and acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of all or any portion of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises, and/or the suitability of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises for the conduct of Tenant’s business, and Tenant waives any implied warranty that the Third Amendment Expansion Premises are suitable for the Permitted Use.

 

4.                                      Definition of Premises and Rentable Area of Premises. Commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined terms “Premises” and “Rentable Area of Premises” on Page 1 of the Lease shall be deleted in their entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Premises: That portion of the Building containing approximately 27,833 rentable square feet, consisting of (i) approximately 12,659 rentable square feet (“Original Premises”), and (ii) approximately 15,174 rentable square feet (“Third Amendment Expansion Premises”), all as determined by Landlord, as shown on Exhibit A.”

 

Rentable Area of Premises: 27,833 sq. ft.”

 

As of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Exhibit A to the Lease shall be amended to include the Third Amendment Expansion Premises as shown on Exhibit A attached to this Third Amendment.

 

5.                                      Base Term. Commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Base Term” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Base Term: A term (i) beginning, with respect to the Original Premises, on the Commencement Date, and (ii) with respect the Third Amendment Expansion Premises, on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and ending, with respect to the entire Premises, on March 31, 2017 (“Expiration Date”).”

 

6.                                      Base Rent.

 

a.                                      Original Premises. Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the balance of the Current Premises (not including the Surrender Premises) as provided for in the Lease through the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent and Operating Expenses for the Surrender Premises through the Surrender Date.

 

2



 

b.                                      Third Amendment Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date through March 31, 2016, Tenant shall pay Base Rent with respect to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises equal to $42.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises per year. Commencing on April 1, 2016, through the Expiration Date, Tenant shall pay Base Rent with respect to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises equal to $44.00 per rentable square foot of the Third Amendment Expansion Premises per year. No Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant with respect to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises for any portion of the Base Term prior to the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Rent Commencement Date.

 

7.                                      Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses. Commencing on the Third Amendment Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the defined term “Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses” on page 1 of the Lease is deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

 

Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses: 19.77%”

 

8.                                      Right to Expand. Section 9 of the Second Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety and is null and void and of no further force or effect and Tenant shall have no further right to expand the Premises.

 

9.                                      Control Areas. Section 30(h) of the Lease is hereby amended by deleting the term “Expansion Premises” and replacing it with the term “Third Amendment Expansion Premises.”

 

10.                               Brokers. Landlord and Tenant each represents and warrants that it has not dealt with any broker, agent or other person (collectively, “Broker”) in connection with the transaction reflected in this Third Amendment and that no Broker brought about this transaction. Landlord and Tenant each hereby agrees to indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any claims by any Broker claiming a commission or other form of compensation by virtue of having represented Tenant or Landlord, as applicable, with regard to this transaction.

 

11.                               Miscellaneous.

 

a.                                      This Third Amendment is the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements and discussions. This Third Amendment may be amended only by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto.

 

b.                                      This Third Amendment is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

c.                                       Tenant acknowledges that it has read the provisions of this Third Amendment, understands them, and is bound by them. Time is of the essence in this Third Amendment.

 

d.                                      This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. The signature page of any counterpart may be detached therefrom without impairing the legal effect of the signature(s) thereon provided such signature page is attached to any other counterpart identical thereto except having additional signature pages executed by other parties to this Third Amendment attached thereto.

 

e.                                       Except as amended and/or modified by this Third Amendment, the Lease is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Third Amendment. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Third Amendment and the provisions of the Lease, the provisions of this Third Amendment shall prevail. Whether or not specifically amended by this Third Amendment, all of

 

3



 

the terms and provisions of the Lease are hereby amended to the extent necessary to give effect to the purpose and intent of this Third Amendment.

 

[Signatures are on the next page]

 

4


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

TENANT:

 

 

 

SELECTA BIOSCIENCES, INC.,

 

a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Siewers

 

Its:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

 

ARE-480 ARSENAL STREET, LLC,

 

a Delaware limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, LP.,

 

 

a Delaware limited partnership,

 

 

managing member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

ARE-QRS CORP.,

 

 

 

a Maryland corporation,

 

 

 

general  partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Eric S. Johnson

 

 

 

 

Eric S. Johnson

 

 

 

Its:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

Real Estate Legal Affairs

 

 

Copyright © 2005, Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Confidential and Proprietary — Do Not Copy or Distribute. Alexandria and the Alexandria Logo are registered trademarks of Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.

 

 

ALEXANDRIA.

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Third Amendment Expansion Premises

 

GRAPHIC

 


[***] Certain information in this document has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

 



 

Exhibit B

 

Surrender Premises